WorldWideScience

Sample records for based multireference configuration

  1. Benchmarks for electronically excited states: Time-dependent density functional theory and density functional theory based multireference configuration interaction

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Silva-Junior, Mario R.; Schreiber, Marko; Sauer, Stephan P. A.;

    2008-01-01

    Time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) and DFT-based multireference configuration interaction (DFT/MRCI) calculations are reported for a recently proposed benchmark set of 28 medium-sized organic molecules. Vertical excitation energies, oscillator strengths, and excited-state dipole...

  2. Multireference X-Ray Emission and Absorption Spectroscopy calculations from Monte Carlo Configuration Interaction

    CERN Document Server

    Coe, J P

    2015-01-01

    We adapt the method of Monte Carlo configuration interaction to calculate core-hole states and use this for the computation of X-ray emission and absorption values. We consider CO, CH$_{4}$, NH$_{3}$, H$_{2}$O, HF, HCN, CH$_{3}$OH, CH$_{3}$F, HCl and NO using a 6-311G** basis. We also look at carbon monoxide with a stretched geometry and discuss the dependence of its results on the cutoff used. The Monte Carlo configuration interaction results are compared with EOM-CCSD values for X-ray emission and with experiment for X-ray absorption. Oscillator strengths are also computed and we quantify the multireference nature of the wavefunctions to suggest when approaches based on a single reference would be expected to be successful.

  3. Comparison of fully internally and strongly contracted multireference configuration interaction procedures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sivalingam, Kantharuban; Krupicka, Martin; Auer, Alexander A.; Neese, Frank

    2016-08-01

    Multireference (MR) methods occupy an important class of approaches in quantum chemistry. In many instances, for example, in studying complex magnetic properties of transition metal complexes, they are actually the only physically satisfactory choice. In traditional MR approaches, single and double excitations are performed with respect to all reference configurations (or configuration state functions, CSFs), which leads to an explosive increase of computational cost for larger reference spaces. This can be avoided by the internal contraction scheme proposed by Meyer and Siegbahn, which effectively reduces the number of wavefunction parameters to their single-reference counterpart. The "fully internally contracted" scheme (FIC) is well known from the popular CASPT2 approach. An even shorter expansion of the wavefunction is possible with the "strong contraction" (SC) scheme proposed by Angeli and Malrieu in their NEVPT2 approach. Promising multireference configuration interaction formulations (MRCI) employing internal contraction and strong contraction have been reported by several authors. In this work, we report on the implementation of the FIC-MRCI and SC-MRCI methodologies, using a computer assisted implementation strategy. The methods are benchmarked against the traditional uncontracted MRCI approach for ground and excited states of small molecules (N2, O2, CO, CO+, OH, CH, and CN). For ground states, the comparison includes the "partially internally contracted" MRCI based on the Celani-Werner ansatz (PC-MRCI). For the three contraction schemes, the average errors range from 2% to 6% of the uncontracted MRCI correlation energies. Excitation energies are reproduced with ˜0.2 eV accuracy. In most cases, the agreement is better than 0.2 eV, even in cases with very large differential correlation contributions as exemplified for the d-d and ligand-to-metal charge transfer transitions of a Cu [NH 3 ] 4 2 + model complex. The benchmark is supplemented with the

  4. Convergence to the configuration-set limit in multireference configuration-interaction calculations on the He dimer

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The multireference configuration-interaction (MR-CI) method is used to calculate the binding energy of the He dimer. The convergence of the binding energy to the configuration-set limit (full-CI) is followed by progressively extending the multireference configuration set. Two variants of the Pople size-extensivity correction are applied. The distance dependence of the corrections and hence the effect upon the binding energy turns out to be very small. The effect of orbital optimization is studied and it is shown that it is sufficient to optimize the orbitals used for the multireference space in an atomic multiconfiguration self-consistent field (MCSCF) calculation. In a basis of 50 atomic orbitals, the full-CI binding energy of -9.08 K can be reproduced to 0.00 K (0.02 K) in calculations using only 37 (27) reference configurations, built from the atomic 1s, 2s, 2p, and 3s natural orbitals. Using a very large basis, the 37-reference set gives a best binding energy of -10.87 K, in satisfactory agreement with Aziz's recent semiempirical result of -10.95 K. These findings suggest that the MR-CI method can be developed into an efficient tool for calculating accurate van der Waals interaction energies for larger systems

  5. Assessment of multireference approaches to explicitly correlated full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kersten, J A F; Booth, George H; Alavi, Ali

    2016-08-01

    The Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo (FCIQMC) method has proved able to provide near-exact solutions to the electronic Schrödinger equation within a finite orbital basis set, without relying on an expansion about a reference state. However, a drawback to the approach is that being based on an expansion of Slater determinants, the FCIQMC method suffers from a basis set incompleteness error that decays very slowly with the size of the employed single particle basis. The FCIQMC results obtained in a small basis set can be improved significantly with explicitly correlated techniques. Here, we present a study that assesses and compares two contrasting "universal" explicitly correlated approaches that fit into the FCIQMC framework: the [2]R12 method of Kong and Valeev [J. Chem. Phys. 135, 214105 (2011)] and the explicitly correlated canonical transcorrelation approach of Yanai and Shiozaki [J. Chem. Phys. 136, 084107 (2012)]. The former is an a posteriori internally contracted perturbative approach, while the latter transforms the Hamiltonian prior to the FCIQMC simulation. These comparisons are made across the 55 molecules of the G1 standard set. We found that both methods consistently reduce the basis set incompleteness, for accurate atomization energies in small basis sets, reducing the error from 28 mEh to 3-4 mEh. While many of the conclusions hold in general for any combination of multireference approaches with these methodologies, we also consider FCIQMC-specific advantages of each approach. PMID:27497549

  6. Assessment of multireference approaches to explicitly correlated full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kersten, J. A. F.; Booth, George H.; Alavi, Ali

    2016-08-01

    The Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo (FCIQMC) method has proved able to provide near-exact solutions to the electronic Schrödinger equation within a finite orbital basis set, without relying on an expansion about a reference state. However, a drawback to the approach is that being based on an expansion of Slater determinants, the FCIQMC method suffers from a basis set incompleteness error that decays very slowly with the size of the employed single particle basis. The FCIQMC results obtained in a small basis set can be improved significantly with explicitly correlated techniques. Here, we present a study that assesses and compares two contrasting "universal" explicitly correlated approaches that fit into the FCIQMC framework: the [2]R12 method of Kong and Valeev [J. Chem. Phys. 135, 214105 (2011)] and the explicitly correlated canonical transcorrelation approach of Yanai and Shiozaki [J. Chem. Phys. 136, 084107 (2012)]. The former is an a posteriori internally contracted perturbative approach, while the latter transforms the Hamiltonian prior to the FCIQMC simulation. These comparisons are made across the 55 molecules of the G1 standard set. We found that both methods consistently reduce the basis set incompleteness, for accurate atomization energies in small basis sets, reducing the error from 28 mEh to 3-4 mEh. While many of the conclusions hold in general for any combination of multireference approaches with these methodologies, we also consider FCIQMC-specific advantages of each approach.

  7. Multi-reference configuration-interaction calculations on multiply charged ions of carbon monosulfide

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yan Bing; Zhang Yu-Juan

    2013-01-01

    The potential energy curves for neutrals and multiply charged ions of carbon monosulfide are computed with highly correlated multi-reference configuration interaction wavefunctions.The correlations of inner-shell electrons with the scalar relativistic effects are included in the present computations.The spectroscopic constants,dissociation energies,ionization energies for ground and low-lying excited states together with corresponding electronic configurations of ions are obtained,and a good agreement between the present work and existing experiments is found.No theoretical evidence is found for the adiabatically stable CSq+ (q > 2) ions according to the present ab initio calculations.The calculated values for lst-6th ionization energies are 11.25,32.66,64.82,106.25,159.75,and 224.64 eV,respectively.The kinetic energy release data of fragments are provided by the present work for further experimental comparisons.

  8. Multireference configuration interaction calculations of the first six ionization potentials of the uranium atom

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bross, David H.; Parmar, Payal; Peterson, Kirk A., E-mail: kipeters@wsu.edu [Department of Chemistry, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-4630 (United States)

    2015-11-14

    The first 6 ionization potentials (IPs) of the uranium atom have been calculated using multireference configuration interaction (MRCI+Q) with extrapolations to the complete basis set limit using new all-electron correlation consistent basis sets. The latter was carried out with the third-order Douglas-Kroll-Hess Hamiltonian. Correlation down through the 5s5p5d electrons has been taken into account, as well as contributions to the IPs due to the Lamb shift. Spin-orbit coupling contributions calculated at the 4-component Kramers restricted configuration interaction level, as well as the Gaunt term computed at the Dirac-Hartree-Fock level, were added to the best scalar relativistic results. The final ionization potentials are expected to be accurate to at least 5 kcal/mol (0.2 eV) and thus more reliable than the current experimental values of IP{sub 3} through IP{sub 6}.

  9. Electronically Excited States of Higher Acenes up to Nonacene: A Density Functional Theory/Multireference Configuration Interaction Study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bettinger, Holger F; Tönshoff, Christina; Doerr, Markus; Sanchez-Garcia, Elsa

    2016-01-12

    While the optical spectra of the acene series up to pentacene provide textbook examples for the annulation principle, the spectra of the larger members are much less understood. The present work provides an investigation of the optically allowed excited states of the acene series from pentacene to nonacene, the largest acene observed experimentally, using the density functional based multireference configuration method (DFT/MRCI). For this purpose, the ten lowest energy states of the B2u and B3u irreducible representations were computed. In agreement with previous computational investigations, the electronic wave functions of the acenes acquire significant multireference character with increasing acene size. The HOMO → LUMO excitation is the major contributor to the (1)La state (p band, B2u) also for the larger acenes. The oscillator strength decreases with increasing length. The (1)Lb state (α band, B3u), so far difficult to assign for the larger acenes due to overlap with photoprecursor bands, becomes almost insensitive to acene length. The (1)Bb state (β band, B3u) also moves only moderately to lower energy with increasing acene size. Excited states of B3u symmetry that formally result from double excitations involving HOMO, HOMO-1, LUMO, and LUMO+1 decrease in energy much faster with system size. One of them (D1) has very small oscillator strength but becomes almost isoenergetic with the (1)La state for nonacene. The other (D2) also has low oscillator strength as long as it is higher in energy than (1)Bb. Once it is lower in energy than the (1)Bb state, both states interact strongly resulting in two states with large oscillator strengths. The emergence of two strongly absorbing states is in agreement with experimental observations. The DFT/MRCI computations reproduce experimental excitation energies very well for pentacene and hexacene (within 0.1 eV). For the larger acenes deviations are larger (up to 0.2 eV), but qualitative agreement is observed. PMID

  10. Ab initio multi-reference configuration interaction of the low-lying states of the AsP molecule

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ling Zhang; Chuanlu Yang; Tingqi Ren; Meishan Wang

    2008-01-01

    Nine low-lying electronic states of the AsP molecule, including Σ+, Ⅱ, and △ symmetries with singlet, triplet, and quintet spin multiplicities, are studied using multi-reference configuration interaction method.The potential energy curves and the spectroscopic constants of these nine states are determined, and compared with the experimental observed data as well as other theoretical works available at present.Three quintet states are reported for the first time.Furthermore, the analytical potential energy functions of these states are fitted using Murrell-Sorbie function and least square fitting method.

  11. Assessment of Multireference Approaches to Explicitly Correlated Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo

    CERN Document Server

    Kersten, Jennifer; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    The Full Configuration Interaction Quantum Monte Carlo (FCIQMC) method has proved able to provide near-exact solutions to the electronic Schr\\"odinger equation within a finite orbital basis set, without relying on an expansion about a reference state. However, a drawback to the approach is that being based on an expansion of Slater determinants, the FCIQMC method suffers from a basis set incompleteness error that decays very slowly with the size of the employed single particle basis. The FCIQMC results obtained in a small basis set can be improved significantly with explicitly correlated techniques. Here, we present a study that assesses and compares two contrasting `universal' explicitly correlated approaches that fit into the FCIQMC framework; the $[2]_{R12}$ method of Valeev {\\em et al.}, and the explicitly correlated canonical transcorrelation approach of Yanai {\\em et al}. The former is an {\\em a posteriori} internally-contracted perturbative approach, while the latter transforms the Hamiltonian prior to...

  12. Study on spectroscopic parameters and molecular constants of HC1(X1Σ+) molecule by using multireference configuration interaction approach

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Equilibrium internuclear separations, harmonic frequencies and potential energy curves (PECs) of HC1(X1Σ+) molecule are investigated by using the highly accurate valence internally contracted multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) approach in combination with a series of correlation-consistent basis sets in the valence range. The PECs are all fitted to the Murrell–Sorbie function, and they are used to accurately derive the spectroscopic parameters (De, D0, ωeχe, αe and Be). Compared with the available measurements, the PEC obtained at the basis set, aug-cc-pV5Z, is selected to investigate the vibrational manifolds. The constants D0, De, Re, ωe, ωeχe, αe and Be at this basis set are 4.4006 eV, 4.5845 eV, 0.12757 nm, 2993.33 cm−1, 52.6273 cm−1, 0.2981 cm−1 and 10.5841 cm−1, respectively, which almost perfectly conform to the available experimental results. With the potential determined at the MRCI/aug-cc-pV5Z level of theory, by numerically solving the radial Schrödinger equation of nuclear motion in the adiabatic approximation, a total of 21 vibrational levels are predicted. Complete vibrational levels, classical turning points, inertial rotation and centrifugal distortion constants are reproduced, which are in excellent agreement with the available Rydberg–Klein–Rees data. Most of these theoretical vibrational manifolds are reported for the first time to the best of our knowledge. (atomic and molecular physics)

  13. Multireference configuration interaction potential curve and analytical potential energy function of the ground and low-lying excited states of CdSe

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Gao Feng; Yang Chuan-Lu; Hu Zhen-Yan; Wang Mei-Shan

    2007-01-01

    The potential energy curves (PECs) of the ground state (3Π) and three low-lying excited states (1∑, 3∑,1Π) of CdSe dimer have been studied by emploging quasirelativistic effective core potentials on the basis of the complete active space self-consistent field method followed by multireference configuration interaction calculation. The four PECs are fitted to analytical potential energy functions using the Murrel-Sorbie potential function. Based on the PECs,the vibrational levels of the four states are determined by solving the Schr(o)dinger equation of nuclear motion, and corresponding spectroscopic contants are accurately calculated. The equilibrium positions as well as the spectroscopic constants and the vibrational levels are reported. By our analysis, the 3Π state, of which the dissociation asymptote is Cd(1S) + Se(3p), is identified as a ground state of CdSe dimer, and the corresponding dissociation energy is estimated to be 0.39eV. However, the first excited state is only 1132.49cm-1 above the ground state and the 3∑ state is the highest in the four calculated states.

  14. Multireference explicitly correlated F12 theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiozaki, Toru; Werner, Hans-Joachim

    2013-03-01

    We review our recent developments in multireference explicitly correlated F12 theories (explicitly correlated internally contracted multireference perturbation and multireference configuration interaction theories) that achieve near-basis-set-limit accuracy of the underlying multireference electron correlation methods with basis sets of medium size. The applicability of the multireference F12 theories is the same as that of their non-F12 counterpart, and therefore it is a computational tool with predictive accuracy for complicated electronic structures with strong correlation. A comparison with the earlier developments by others is also discussed.

  15. Study of the Valence and Rydberg States of a Lithium Dimer by the Multi-reference Configuration-interaction Method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Chunwoo [Ajou Univ., Suwon (Korea, Republic of)

    2014-05-15

    Convergent all-electron multi-reference configuration-interaction (MRCI) calculations are performed for a lithium dimer with Kaufmann's Rydberg basis functions. A comparison of the results of these calculations with those of the effective core potential/core polarization potential (ECP/CPP) method and experimental data reveals the deficiency of the all-electron ab initio method. The deficiency is related to the mere 51.9% attainment of electron correlation for the ground state. The percent attainment of electron correlation for the first excited state is slightly better than that for the ground state, preventing us from obtaining better agreements with experimental data by means of increasing the size of basis sets. The Kaufmann basis functions are then used with the ECP/CPP method to obtain the accurate convergent potential energy curves for the {sup 1}Π{sub u} states correlated to Li(2p) + Li(2p) and Li(2s) + Li(n = 2, 3, 4). Quantum defect curves (QDCs) calculated for both the X {sup 2}Σ{sub g} and 1 {sup 2}Π{sub u} states of the Li{sub 2}{sup +} ion and the Lu-Fano plot reveal a strong series-series interaction between the two 2snpΠ and 2pnpΠ Rydberg series. The QDCs are then used to resolve assignment problems in the literature. The reassignments, performed by Jedrzejewski-Szemek et al., of the dissociation product of the D {sup 1}Π{sub u} state from (2s+3d) to (2s+3p) and that of the 6 {sup 1}Π{sub u} from (2s+4d) to (2s+4p) are found to be incorrect. It may be more natural to assign their 2snpΠ Rydberg series as a 2sndΠ series. The state, assigned as 5p {sup 1}Π{sub u} by Ross et al. and 4d 1Π by Jedrzejewski-Szemek et al., is assigned as the 7 {sup 1}Π{sub u} state, correlated to the Li(2s) + Li(4f) limit.

  16. Complex multireference configuration interaction calculations for the K-vacancy Auger states of N{sup q+} (q = 2-5) ions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Peng, Yi-Geng [Department of Modern Physics, Hefei National Laboratory for Physical Sciences at Microscale, University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, Anhui 230026 (China); Data Center for High Energy Density Physics, Institute of Applied Physics and Computational Mathematics, P.O. Box 8009, Beijing 100088 (China); Wu, Yong, E-mail: wu-yong@iapcm.ac.cn; Wang, Jian-Guo [Data Center for High Energy Density Physics, Institute of Applied Physics and Computational Mathematics, P.O. Box 8009, Beijing 100088 (China); Zhu, Lin-Fan [Department of Modern Physics, Hefei National Laboratory for Physical Sciences at Microscale, University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, Anhui 230026 (China); Zhang, Song Bin [School of Physics and Information Technology, Shaanxi Normal University, Xi’an 710062 (China); Max Planck Institute for the Structure and Dynamics of Matter (MPSD) and Center for Free-Electron Laser Science (CFEL), 22761 Hamburg (Germany); Liebermann, H.-P.; Buenker, R. J. [Fachbereich C-Mathematik und Naturwissenschaften, BergischeUniversität Wuppertal, D-42097 Wuppertal (Germany)

    2016-02-07

    K-vacancy Auger states of N{sup q+} (q = 2-5) ions are studied by using the complex multireference single- and double-excitation configuration interaction (CMRD-CI) method. The calculated resonance parameters are in good agreement with the available experimental and theoretical data. It shows that the resonance positions and widths converge quickly with the increase of the atomic basis sets in the CMRD-CI calculations; the standard atomic basis set can be employed to describe the atomic K-vacancy Auger states well. The strong correlations between the valence and core electrons play important roles in accurately determining those resonance parameters, Rydberg electrons contribute negligibly in the calculations. Note that it is the first time that the complex scaling method has been successfully applied for the B-like nitrogen. CMRD-CI is readily extended to treat the resonance states of molecules in the near future.

  17. Spectroscopic investigations on NO+(X1∑+, a3∑+,A1Ⅱ) ion using multi-reference configuration interaction method and correlation-consistent sextuple basis set augmented with diffuse functions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Jin-Ping; Cheng Xin-Lu; Zhang Hong; Yang Xiang-Dong

    2011-01-01

    Three low-lying electronic states (X1∑+, a3∑+, and A1Ⅱ) of NO+ ion are studied using the complete active space self-consistent-field (CASSCF) method followed by highly accurate valence internally contracted multi-reference configuration interaction (MRCI) approach in combination of the correlation-consistent sextuple basis set augmented with diffuse functions, aug-cc-pV6Z. The potential energy curves (PECs) of the NO+(X1∑+, a3∑+, A1Ⅱ) are calculated. Based on the PECs, the spectroscopic parameters Re, De, ωe, ωeXe, αe, Be, and D0 are reproduced, which are in excellent agreement with the available measurements. By numerically solving the radial Schr(o)dinger equation of nuclear motion using the Numerov method, the first 20 vibrational levels, inertial rotation and centrifugal distortion constants of NO+(X1∑+, a3∑+, A1Ⅱ) ion are derived when the rotational quantum number J is equal to zero (J = 0)for the first time, which accord well with the available measurements. Finally, the analytical potential energy functions of these states are fitted, which are used to accurately derive the first 20 classical turning points when J = 0. These results are compared in detail with those of previous investigations reported in the literature.

  18. Relativistic internally contracted multireference electron correlation methods

    CERN Document Server

    Shiozaki, Toru

    2015-01-01

    We report internally contracted relativistic multireference configuration interaction (ic-MRCI), complete active space second-order perturbation (CASPT2), and strongly contracted n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) on the basis of the four-component Dirac Hamiltonian, enabling accurate simulations of relativistic, quasi-degenerate electronic structure of molecules containing transition-metal and heavy elements. Our derivation and implementation of ic-MRCI and CASPT2 are based on an automatic code generator that translates second-quantized ans\\"atze to tensor-based equations, and to efficient computer code. NEVPT2 is derived and implemented manually. The rovibrational transition energies and absorption spectra of HI and TlH are presented to demonstrate the accuracy of these methods.

  19. Comparison of some multireference electronic structure methods in illustrative applications

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    The performances of several multireference electronic structure methods including complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF)-based second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2), multireference configuration interaction with single and double excitations (MR-CISD), MR-CISD with the Davidson correction (MR-CISD+Q), and the CASSCF-based block-correlated coupled cluster method (CAS-BCCC4) we developed recently are compared by applying them to study several different chemical problems involving computation of ground state potential energy surfaces, the singlet-triplet gaps in diradicals, reaction barriers, and the excitation energies of low-lying excited states. Comparison with the results from other highly accurate theoretical methods or the available experimental data demonstrate that for all the problems studied, the overall performance of CAS-BCCC4 is competitive with that of MR-CISD+Q, and better than that of CASPT2 and MR-CISD methods. Thus the CAS-BCCC4 approach is expected to be a promising theoretical method for quantitative descriptions of the electronic structures of molecules with noticeable multireference character.

  20. Knowledge Based Product Configuration - a documentatio tool for configuration projects

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Malis, Martin

    2003-01-01

    . A lot of knowledge isput into these systems and many domain experts are involved. This calls for an effective documentation system in order to structure this knowledge in a way that fits to the systems. Standard configuration systems do not support this kind of documentation. The chapter deals...... with the development of a Lotus Notes application that serves as a knowledge based documentation tool for configuration projects. A prototype has been developed and tested empirically in an industrial case-company. It has proved to be a succes....

  1. Transition state theory thermal rate constants and RRKM-based branching ratios for the N((2)D) + CH(4) reaction based on multi-state and multi-reference ab initio calculations of interest for the Titan's chemistry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ouk, Chanda-Malis; Zvereva-Loëte, Natalia; Scribano, Yohann; Bussery-Honvault, Béatrice

    2012-10-30

    Multireference single and double configuration interaction (MRCI) calculations including Davidson (+Q) or Pople (+P) corrections have been conducted in this work for the reactants, products, and extrema of the doublet ground state potential energy surface involved in the N((2)D) + CH(4) reaction. Such highly correlated ab initio calculations are then compared with previous PMP4, CCSD(T), W1, and DFT/B3LYP studies. Large relative differences are observed in particular for the transition state in the entrance channel resolving the disagreement between previous ab initio calculations. We confirm the existence of a small but positive potential barrier (3.86 ± 0.84 kJ mol(-1) (MR-AQCC) and 3.89 kJ mol(-1) (MRCI+P)) in the entrance channel of the title reaction. The correlation is seen to change significantly the energetic position of the two minima and five saddle points of this system together with the dissociation channels but not their relative order. The influence of the electronic correlation into the energetic of the system is clearly demonstrated by the thermal rate constant evaluation and it temperature dependance by means of the transition state theory. Indeed, only MRCI values are able to reproduce the experimental rate constant of the title reaction and its behavior with temperature. Similarly, product branching ratios, evaluated by means of unimolecular RRKM theory, confirm the NH production of Umemoto et al., whereas previous works based on less accurate ab initio calculations failed. We confirm the previous findings that the N((2)D) + CH(4) reaction proceeds via an insertion-dissociation mechanism and that the dominant product channels are CH(2)NH + H and CH(3) + NH.

  2. (Re)configuration based on model generation

    CERN Document Server

    Friedrich, Gerhard; Falkner, Andreas A; Haselböck, Alois; Schenner, Gottfried; Schreiner, Herwig; 10.4204/EPTCS.65.3

    2011-01-01

    Reconfiguration is an important activity for companies selling configurable products or services which have a long life time. However, identification of a set of required changes in a legacy configuration is a hard problem, since even small changes in the requirements might imply significant modifications. In this paper we show a solution based on answer set programming, which is a logic-based knowledge representation formalism well suited for a compact description of (re)configuration problems. Its applicability is demonstrated on simple abstractions of several real-world scenarios. The evaluation of our solution on a set of benchmark instances derived from commercial (re)configuration problems shows its practical applicability.

  3. Relativistic Multireference Many-body Perturbation Theory for Open-shell Ions with Multiple Valence Shell Electrons: the Transition Rates and Lifetimes of the Excited Levels in Chlorinelike Fe X

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ishikawa, Y; Santana, J A; Trabert, E

    2009-09-30

    A recently developed relatistic multireference many-body perturbation theory based on multireference configuration-interaction wavefunctions as zeroth order wavefunctions is outlined. The perturbation theory employs a general class of configuration-interaction wve functions as reference functions, and thus is applciable to multiple open valence shell systems with near degeneracy of a manifold of strongly interacting configurations. Multireference many-body perturbation calculations are reported for the ground and excited states of chlorine-like Fe X in which the near degeneracy of a manifold of strongly interacting configurations mandates a multireference treatment. Term energies of a total of 83 excited levels arising from the 3s{sup 2}3p{sup 5}, 3s3p{sup 6}, 3s{sup 2}3p{sup 4}3d, 3s3p{sup 5}3d, and 3s{sup 2}3p{sup 3}3d{sup 2} configurations of the ion are evaluated to high accuracy. Transition rates associated with E1/M1/E2/M2/E3 radiative decays and lifetimes of a number of excited levels are calculated and compared with laboratory measurements to critically evaluate recent experiments.

  4. Large-Scale Parallel Uncontracted Multireference-Averaged Quadratic Coupled Cluster: The Ground State of the Chromium Dimer Revisited

    Science.gov (United States)

    Müller, Thomas

    2009-09-01

    The accurate prediction of the potential energy function of the X1Σg+ state of Cr2 is a remarkable challenge; large differential electron correlation effects, significant scalar relativistic contributions, the need for large flexible basis sets containing g functions, the importance of semicore valence electron correlation, and its multireference nature pose considerable obstacles. So far, the only reasonable successful approaches were based on multireference perturbation theory (MRPT). Recently, there was some controversy in the literature about the role of error compensation and systematic defects of various MRPT implementations that cannot be easily overcome. A detailed basis set study of the potential energy function is presented, adopting a variational method. The method of choice for this electron-rich target with up to 28 correlated electrons is fully uncontracted multireference-averaged quadratic coupled cluster (MR-AQCC), which shares the flexibility of the multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) approach and is, in addition, approximately size-extensive (0.02 eV in error as compared to the MRCI value of 1.37 eV for two noninteracting chromium atoms). The best estimate for De arrives at 1.48 eV and agrees well with the experimental data of 1.47 ± 0.056 eV. At the estimated CBS limit, the equilibrium bond distance (1.685 Å) and vibrational frequency (459 cm-1) are in agreement with experiment (1.679 Å, 481 cm-1). Large basis sets and reference configuration spaces invariably result in huge wave function expansions (here, up to 2.8 billion configuration state functions), and efficient parallel implementations of the method are crucial. Hence, relevant details on implementation and general performance of the parallel program code are discussed as well.

  5. Large-scale parallel uncontracted multireference-averaged quadratic coupled cluster: the ground state of the chromium dimer revisited.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Müller, Thomas

    2009-11-12

    The accurate prediction of the potential energy function of the X1Sigmag+ state of Cr2 is a remarkable challenge; large differential electron correlation effects, significant scalar relativistic contributions, the need for large flexible basis sets containing g functions, the importance of semicore valence electron correlation, and its multireference nature pose considerable obstacles. So far, the only reasonable successful approaches were based on multireference perturbation theory (MRPT). Recently, there was some controversy in the literature about the role of error compensation and systematic defects of various MRPT implementations that cannot be easily overcome. A detailed basis set study of the potential energy function is presented, adopting a variational method. The method of choice for this electron-rich target with up to 28 correlated electrons is fully uncontracted multireference-averaged quadratic coupled cluster (MR-AQCC), which shares the flexibility of the multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) approach and is, in addition, approximately size-extensive (0.02 eV in error as compared to the MRCI value of 1.37 eV for two noninteracting chromium atoms). The best estimate for De arrives at 1.48 eV and agrees well with the experimental data of 1.47 +/- 0.056 eV. At the estimated CBS limit, the equilibrium bond distance (1.685 A) and vibrational frequency (459 cm-1) are in agreement with experiment (1.679 A, 481 cm-1). Large basis sets and reference configuration spaces invariably result in huge wave function expansions (here, up to 2.8 billion configuration state functions), and efficient parallel implementations of the method are crucial. Hence, relevant details on implementation and general performance of the parallel program code are discussed as well. PMID:19725509

  6. Stochastic multireference Epstein-Nesbet perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali; Umrigar, C J

    2016-01-01

    We extend the recently proposed heat-bath configuration interaction (HCI) method [Holmes, Tubman, Umrigar, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 12, 3674 (2016)], by introducing a stochastic algorithm for performing multireference Epstein-Nesbet perturbation theory, in order to completely eliminate the severe memory bottleneck of the original method. The proposed stochastic algorithm has several attractive features. First, there is no sign problem that plagues several quantum Monte Carlo methods. Second, instead of using Metropolis-Hastings sampling, we use the Alias method to directly sample determinants from the reference wavefunction, thus avoiding correlations between consecutive samples. Third, in addition to removing the memory bottleneck, stochastic-HCI (s-HCI) is faster than the deterministic variant for most systems if a stochastic error of 0.1 mHa is acceptable. Fourth, within the s-HCI algorithm one can trade memory for a modest increase in computer time. Fifth, the perturbative calculation is embarrassingly par...

  7. Intellectual Model-Based Configuration Management Conception

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bartusevics Arturs

    2014-07-01

    Full Text Available Software configuration management is one of the most important disciplines within the software development project, which helps control the software evolution process and allows including into the end project only tested and validated changes. To achieve this, software management completes certain tasks. Concrete tools are used for technical implementation of tasks, such as version control systems, servers of continuous integration, compilers, etc. A correct configuration management process usually requires several tools, which mutually exchange information by generating various kinds of transfers. When it comes to introducing the configuration management process, often there are situations when tool installation is started, yet at that given moment there is no general picture of the total process. The article offers a model-based configuration management concept, which foresees the development of an abstract model for the configuration management process that later is transformed to lower abstraction level models and tools are indicated to support the technical process. A solution of this kind allows a more rational introduction and configuration of tools

  8. Evolutionary algorithm based configuration interaction approach

    CERN Document Server

    Chakraborty, Rahul

    2016-01-01

    A stochastic configuration interaction method based on evolutionary algorithm is designed as an affordable approximation to full configuration interaction (FCI). The algorithm comprises of initiation, propagation and termination steps, where the propagation step is performed with cloning, mutation and cross-over, taking inspiration from genetic algorithm. We have tested its accuracy in 1D Hubbard problem and a molecular system (symmetric bond breaking of water molecule). We have tested two different fitness functions based on energy of the determinants and the CI coefficients of determinants. We find that the absolute value of CI coefficients is a more suitable fitness function when combined with a fixed selection scheme.

  9. Accurate multireference study of Si3 electronic manifold

    CERN Document Server

    Goncalves, Cayo Emilio Monteiro; Braga, Joao Pedro

    2016-01-01

    Since it has been shown that the silicon trimer has a highly multi-reference character, accurate multi-reference configuration interaction calculations are performed to elucidate its electronic manifold. Emphasis is given to the long range part of the potential, aiming to understand the atom-diatom collisions dynamical aspects, to describe conical intersections and important saddle points along the reactive path. Potential energy surface main features analysis are performed for benchmarking, and highly accurate values for structures, vibrational constants and energy gaps are reported, as well as the unpublished spin-orbit coupling magnitude. The results predict that inter-system crossings will play an important role in dynamical simulations, specially in triplet state quenching, making the problem of constructing a precise potential energy surface more complicated and multi-layer dependent. The ground state is predicted to be the singlet one, but since the singlet-triplet gap is rather small (2.448 kJ/mol) bo...

  10. Configuration based Collisional-Radiative Model including configuration interaction

    Science.gov (United States)

    Busquet, Michel

    2007-11-01

    Atomic levels mixing through Configuration Interaction (CI) yields important effects. It transfers oscillator strengthes from allowed lines to forbidden lines, and produces strong shift and broadening of line arrays, although the total emissivity is almost insensitive to CI, being proportional to the average wave number. However for hi Z material, like Xe or Sn (potential xuv-ray source for micro-lithography), a non-LTE calculation accounting for all relevant levels wiill be untractable with billions of states. The model we constructed, CAVCRM (caf'e-crème), is a non-LTE C.R.M. where states are configurations but it includes C.I. to give full richness of spectral quantities, using the latest version of the HULLAC-v9 suite of codes and our newly developped algorithm for large set of states with as many as 50,000 states [1]. [1] M.Klapisch et al, this conference

  11. XVCL: XML-based Variant Configuration Language

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jarzabek, Stan; Basset, Paul; Zhang, Hongyu;

    2003-01-01

    XVCL (XML-based Variant Configuration Language) is a meta-programming technique and tool that provides effective reuse mechanisms. XVCL is an open source software developed at the National University of Singapore. Being a modern and versatile version of Bassett's frames, a technology that has...

  12. SparseMaps—A systematic infrastructure for reduced-scaling electronic structure methods. III. Linear-scaling multireference domain-based pair natural orbital N-electron valence perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Yang; Sivalingam, Kantharuban; Valeev, Edward F.; Neese, Frank

    2016-03-01

    Multi-reference (MR) electronic structure methods, such as MR configuration interaction or MR perturbation theory, can provide reliable energies and properties for many molecular phenomena like bond breaking, excited states, transition states or magnetic properties of transition metal complexes and clusters. However, owing to their inherent complexity, most MR methods are still too computationally expensive for large systems. Therefore the development of more computationally attractive MR approaches is necessary to enable routine application for large-scale chemical systems. Among the state-of-the-art MR methods, second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) is an efficient, size-consistent, and intruder-state-free method. However, there are still two important bottlenecks in practical applications of NEVPT2 to large systems: (a) the high computational cost of NEVPT2 for large molecules, even with moderate active spaces and (b) the prohibitive cost for treating large active spaces. In this work, we address problem (a) by developing a linear scaling "partially contracted" NEVPT2 method. This development uses the idea of domain-based local pair natural orbitals (DLPNOs) to form a highly efficient algorithm. As shown previously in the framework of single-reference methods, the DLPNO concept leads to an enormous reduction in computational effort while at the same time providing high accuracy (approaching 99.9% of the correlation energy), robustness, and black-box character. In the DLPNO approach, the virtual space is spanned by pair natural orbitals that are expanded in terms of projected atomic orbitals in large orbital domains, while the inactive space is spanned by localized orbitals. The active orbitals are left untouched. Our implementation features a highly efficient "electron pair prescreening" that skips the negligible inactive pairs. The surviving pairs are treated using the partially contracted NEVPT2 formalism. A detailed comparison

  13. Risk-based systems configuration monitoring system

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The paper presents the work done in the frame of the Research Contract No. 6993/RB - ''Risk based systems configuration monitoring system'' part of the coordinated programme ''Development of safety related expert systems''. The aim of this contract was to develop the prototype of an expert system based on PSA technology to be use for controlling the plant systems configuration taking into account the risk. The software prototype implementation was done using Visual Basic language, under Windows environment. The implemented prototype has the following features: store data/knowledge about components and human factor; store data/knowledge about the plant system and systems components, providing facilities to modify/search data/knowledge, based on the general knowledge; generate the logic model of the system; provide minimal cut sets and path sets determination; provide information to be used by the user for configuration risk management; provide user friendly interface (graphical interface under windows). The prototype can be independently used as an operator support system or for other on-line or off-line applications. After the testing of the prototype, some of the conclusions are: the developed software can be one of the most useful tools to be used by designers, PSA analysts, operators and regulatory for evaluation of the safety and reliability of the plant systems; the structure of the General Knowledge Base included into the prototype offers the possibility to combine knowledge introduced by different users. This feature can be the basis for the development of a knowledge acquisition system; the developed software and methodology can offer the basis for the risk-based data collection system development. (author). 12 refs, 30 figs

  14. Beta-decay study within multi-reference density functional theory and beyond

    CERN Document Server

    Konieczka, M; Satula, W

    2015-01-01

    Pioneering study of Gamow-Teller (GT) and Fermi matrix elements (MEs) using no-core-configuration-interaction formalism rooted in multi-reference density functional theory is presented. After successful test performed for 6He -> 6Li beta-decay, the model is applied to compute MEs in the sd- and pf-shell T=1/2 mirror nuclei. The calculated GT MEs and the isospin-symmetry-breaking corrections to the Fermi branch are found to be in a very good agreement with shell-model predictions in spite of fundamental differences between these models concerning model space, treatment of correlations or inclusion of a core. This result indirectly supports the two-body current based scenarios behind the quenching of axial-vector coupling constant.

  15. Generic configuration stellarator based on several concentric Fourier windings

    CERN Document Server

    Queral, Vicente

    2016-01-01

    Stellarators commonly comprise different sets of coils to produce diverse magnetic configurations. However, the diversity of possible configurations in a single device is usually rather limited. The achievement of a broad variety of magnetic configurations might be valuable for some purposes, for example, to assay the effect of the magnetic configuration on turbulent transport. Thus, a method is created to systematically define sets of modular coils located on concentric toroidal winding surfaces. The method is based on the expression of a Last Closed Flux Surface (LCFS) by Fourier coefficients in cylindrical coordinates and consists in the definition of successive windings located on equidistant concentric winding surfaces, each winding such that produces a magnetic field which, when added to the magnetic field generated by a sole base winding that generates a base magnetic configuration, produces a magnetic configuration whose LCFS is defined by the Fourier coefficients of the base magnetic configuration pl...

  16. Cost-Effective Treatment of Scalar Relativistic Effects for Multireference Systems: A CASSCF Implementation Based on the Spin-free Dirac-Coulomb Hamiltonian.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lipparini, Filippo; Gauss, Jürgen

    2016-09-13

    We present an implementation of the complete active space-self-consistent field (CASSCF) method specifically designed to be used in four-component scalar relativistic calculations based on the spin-free Dirac-Coulomb (SFDC) Hamiltonian. Our implementation takes full advantage of the properties of the SFDC Hamiltonian that allow us to use real algebra and to exploit point-group and spin symmetry to their full extent while including in a rigorous way scalar relativistic effects in the treatment. The SFDC-CASSCF treatment is more expensive than its non-relativistic counterpart only in the orbital optimization step, while exhibiting the same computational cost for the rate-determining full configuration interaction part. The numerical aspects are discussed, and the capabilities of the SFDC-CASSCF methodology are demonstrated through a pilot application. PMID:27464026

  17. A Framework for Constraint-Programming based Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Queva, Matthieu Stéphane Benoit

    languages. We then develop ProCoLa, a configuration-specific modelling language based on a conceptual framework that synthesizes, unies and extends several approaches to modelling configuration in different design disciplines, e.g. physical products, software or services. A rigorous formalisation of the Pro......Product configuration systems play an important role in the development of Mass Customisation, allowing the companies to reduce their costs while offering highly customised products. Such systems are often based on a configuration model, representing the product knowledge necessary to perform...... the configuration task. Several challenges arise when dealing with product configuration. One of those issues concerns how to model a configurable product family, i.e. how to represent the dierent types of conguration knowledge and their interactions. Another challenge is to provide adequate formalisms...

  18. Multireference linearized Coupled Cluster theory for strongly correlated systems using Matrix Product States

    CERN Document Server

    Sharma, Sandeep

    2015-01-01

    We propose a multireference linearized coupled cluster theory using matrix product states (MPS-LCC) which provides remarkably accurate ground-state energies, at a computational cost that has the same scaling as multireference configuration interaction singles and doubles (MRCISD), for a wide variety of electronic Hamiltonians. These range from first-row dimers at equilibrium and stretched geometries, to highly multireference systems such as the chromium dimer and lattice models such as periodic two-dimensional 1-band and 3-band Hubbard models. The MPS-LCC theory shows a speed up of several orders of magnitude over the usual DMRG algorithm while delivering energies in excellent agreement with converged DMRG calculations. Also, in all the benchmark calculations presented here MPS-LCC outperformed the commonly used multi-reference quantum chemistry methods in some cases giving energies in excess of an order of magnitude more accurate. As a size-extensive method that can treat large active spaces, MPS-LCC opens u...

  19. A new configuration selection method for configuration interaction calculations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Visscher, L.; Raedt, H. De; Nieuwpoort, W.C.

    1994-01-01

    The recently proposed stochastic diagonalization method is applied to the ab initio quantum chemistry configuration interaction problem. In this context it can be viewed as a multi-reference CI method with dynamic selection of important configurations. The method is compared with other methods and t

  20. Double Pyramidal Central Configurations with a Concave Quadrilateral Base

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIUXuefei

    2002-01-01

    As for a doudle pyramidal central configuration in 6-body problems,the case when its bese is a concave polygon is studied.By advancing several assumptions according to the definition of double pyramidal central configuration and deducing two theorems and two corollaries on this subject,the essential and sufficient conditions to form a double pyramidal central configuration with a concave quadriateral base are demonstrated.

  1. Developing a Matrix Based Sales Configurator for Modular Product

    OpenAIRE

    Antti Huuskonen

    2013-01-01

    For several years, the structuring approaches for modular product families have been developed in industry. The modularization leads often to the use of configurator, which is a computer application used to manage the relations of modules, connections and rules between different customer segments. Configurator brings benefits to the whole delivery process, by removing the information gaps from which are needed in the product order. Matrix based sales configurator can make order delivery proce...

  2. Research on Web-Based Product Structure and Configuration Management

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHENJi-zhong; TIANLing; XUXiao-hui

    2004-01-01

    An enhanced system architecture of Web-based product structure and configuration management system along with its, functions are is presented. The key techniques, such as construction of object models of product structure and product configuration, hybrid approach method in product configuration management, sharing and integration of heterogeneous product data, integration with other sub-systems, are discussed too. A prototype system is developed by J2EE technology.

  3. CASE-BASED PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND REUSE IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wang Shiwei; Tan Jianrong; Zhang Shuyou; Wang Xin; He Chenqi

    2004-01-01

    The increasing complexity and size of configuration knowledge bases requires the provision of advanced methods supporting the development of the actual configuration process and design reuse.A new framework to find a feasible and practical product configuration method is presented in mass customization.The basic idea of the approach is to integrate case-based reasoning (CBR) with a constraint satisfaction problem(CSP).The similarity measure between a crisp and range is also given,which is common in case retrieves.Based on the configuration model,a product platform and customer needs,case adaptation is carried out with the repair-based algorithm.Lastly,the methodology in the elevator configuration design domain is tested.

  4. Study of operational risk-based configuration control

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vesely, W E [Science Applications International Corp., Dublin, OH (United States); Samanta, P K; Kim, I S [Brookhaven National Lab., Upton, NY (United States)

    1991-08-01

    This report studies aspects of a risk-based configuration control system to detect and control plant configurations from a risk perspective. Configuration control, as the term is used here, is the management of component configurations to achieve specific objectives. One important objective is to control risk and safety. Another is to operate efficiently and make effective use of available resources. PSA-based evaluations are performed to study configuration to core-melt frequency and core-melt probability for two plants. Some equipment configurations can cause large core-melt frequency and there are a number of such configurations that are not currently controlled by technical specifications. However, the expected frequency of occurrence of the impacting configurations is small and the core-melt probability contributions are also generally small. The insights from this evaluation are used to develop the framework for an effective risk-based configuration control system. The focal points of such a system and the requirements for tools development for implementing the system are defined. The requirements of risk models needed for the system, and the uses of plant-specific data are also discussed. 18 refs., 25 figs., 10 tabs.

  5. Developing a Matrix Based Sales Configurator for Modular Product

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Antti Huuskonen

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available For several years, the structuring approaches for modular product families have been developed in industry. The modularization leads often to the use of configurator, which is a computer application used to manage the relations of modules, connections and rules between different customer segments. Configurator brings benefits to the whole delivery process, by removing the information gaps from which are needed in the product order. Matrix based sales configurator can make order delivery process to go through faster, and especially help to keep the product knowledge of modules and modular structures of complex products in order as well as to make the updating of them easier by its illustrative user interface. MS Excel was used in the first developed version of the sales configurator prototype and it was found to be good platform for testing configurability in machine industry companies, because of its prevalence. Second development version, the server-client sales configurator expanded the possibilities of the application and improved user safety compared to the MS Excel version of the sales configurator and matrix rule table. The research project described in this paper was started because there was demand for a flexible sales configurator in local heavy machine industry. The paper describes the project where new prototype of sales configurator application was developed in just over a year in cooperation with case company from machine industry

  6. Tree Tensor Network State with Variable Tensor Order: An Efficient Multireference Method for Strongly Correlated Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Murg, V; Verstraete, F; Schneider, R; Nagy, P R; Legeza, Ö

    2015-03-10

    We study the tree-tensor-network-state (TTNS) method with variable tensor orders for quantum chemistry. TTNS is a variational method to efficiently approximate complete active space (CAS) configuration interaction (CI) wave functions in a tensor product form. TTNS can be considered as a higher order generalization of the matrix product state (MPS) method. The MPS wave function is formulated as products of matrices in a multiparticle basis spanning a truncated Hilbert space of the original CAS-CI problem. These matrices belong to active orbitals organized in a one-dimensional array, while tensors in TTNS are defined upon a tree-like arrangement of the same orbitals. The tree-structure is advantageous since the distance between two arbitrary orbitals in the tree scales only logarithmically with the number of orbitals N, whereas the scaling is linear in the MPS array. It is found to be beneficial from the computational costs point of view to keep strongly correlated orbitals in close vicinity in both arrangements; therefore, the TTNS ansatz is better suited for multireference problems with numerous highly correlated orbitals. To exploit the advantages of TTNS a novel algorithm is designed to optimize the tree tensor network topology based on quantum information theory and entanglement. The superior performance of the TTNS method is illustrated on the ionic-neutral avoided crossing of LiF. It is also shown that the avoided crossing of LiF can be localized using only ground state properties, namely one-orbital entanglement.

  7. Optimization Research of Urban Space Configuration Based on Space Syntax

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhu Qing; Wang Jingwen

    2005-01-01

    In this paper, a new method based on the space syntax is presented to optimize the urban space configuration. Space syntax theory is used to detect systematically whether one urban space configuration is optimal or not from four aspects including traffic space, cognition space, land use space and culture space. After introducing the computational and cognitive aspects of space syntax for the research of urban space, a framework of urban space optimization based on space syntax is proposed, then the integration with GIS and the extension to third dimension are discussed. Finally, a case study for Kanmen town of Zhejiang province of P.R.China is illustrated by using Axwoman tool.

  8. Data base management system configuration specification. [computer storage devices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Neiers, J. W.

    1979-01-01

    The functional requirements and the configuration of the data base management system are described. Techniques and technology which will enable more efficient and timely transfer of useful data from the sensor to the user, extraction of information by the user, and exchange of information among the users are demonstrated.

  9. Towards Configuration of applied Web-based information system

    CERN Document Server

    Levin, Mark Sh

    2011-01-01

    In the paper, combinatorial synthesis of structure for applied Web-based systems is described. The problem is considered as a combination of selected design alternatives for system parts/components into a resultant composite decision (i.e., system configuration design). The solving framework is based on Hierarchical Morphological Multicriteria Design (HMMD) approach: (i) multicriteria selection of alternatives for system parts, (ii) composing the selected alternatives into a resultant combination (while taking into account ordinal quality of the alternatives above and their compatibility). A lattice-based discrete space is used to evaluate (to integrate) quality of the resultant combinations (i.e., composite system decisions or system configurations). In addition, a simplified solving framework based on multicriteria multiple choice problem is considered. A multistage design process to obtain a system trajectory is described as well. The basic applied example is targeted to an applied Web-based system for a c...

  10. LHCb: A CMake-based build and configuration framework

    CERN Multimedia

    Clemencic, M; Mato, P

    2011-01-01

    The LHCb experiment has been using the CMT build and configuration tool for its software since the first versions, mainly because of its multi-platform build support and its powerful configuration management functionality. Still, CMT has some limitations in terms of build performance and the increased complexity added to the tool to cope with new use cases added latterly. Therefore, we have been looking for a viable alternative to it and we have investigated the possibility of adopting the CMake tool, which does a very good job for building and is getting very popular in the HEP community. The result of this study is a CMake-based framework which provides most of the special configuration features available natively only in CMT, with the advantages of better performances, flexibility and portability.

  11. Symmetry in Sphere-Based Assembly Configuration Spaces

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Meera Sitharam

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Many remarkably robust, rapid and spontaneous self-assembly phenomena occurring in nature can be modeled geometrically, starting from a collection of rigid bunches of spheres. This paper highlights the role of symmetry in sphere-based assembly processes. Since spheres within bunches could be identical and bunches could be identical, as well, the underlying symmetry groups could be of large order that grows with the number of participating spheres and bunches. Thus, understanding symmetries and associated isomorphism classes of microstates that correspond to various types of macrostates can significantly increase efficiency and accuracy, i.e., reduce the notorious complexity of computing entropy and free energy, as well as paths and kinetics, in high dimensional configuration spaces. In addition, a precise understanding of symmetries is crucial for giving provable guarantees of algorithmic accuracy and efficiency, as well as accuracy vs. efficiency trade-offs in such computations. In particular, this may aid in predicting crucial assembly-driving interactions. This is a primarily expository paper that develops a novel, original framework for dealing with symmetries in configuration spaces of assembling spheres, with the following goals. (1 We give new, formal definitions of various concepts relevant to the sphere-based assembly setting that occur in previous work and, in turn, formal definitions of their relevant symmetry groups leading to the main theorem concerning their symmetries. These previously-developed concepts include, for example: (i assembly configuration spaces; (ii stratification of assembly configuration space into configurational regions defined by active constraint graphs; (iii paths through the configurational regions; and (iv coarse assembly pathways. (2 We then demonstrate the new symmetry concepts to compute the sizes and numbers of orbits in two example settings appearing in previous work. (3 Finally, we give formal

  12. Efficiency of a Multi-Reference Coupled Cluster method

    CERN Document Server

    Giner, Emmanuel; Scemama, Anthony; Malrieu, Jean Paul

    2015-01-01

    The multi-reference Coupled Cluster method first proposed by Meller et al (J. Chem. Phys. 1996) has been implemented and tested. Guess values of the amplitudes of the single and double excitations (the ${\\hat T}$ operator) on the top of the references are extracted from the knowledge of the coefficients of the Multi Reference Singles and Doubles Configuration Interaction (MRSDCI) matrix. The multiple parentage problem is solved by scaling these amplitudes on the interaction between the references and the Singles and Doubles. Then one proceeds to a dressing of the MRSDCI matrix under the effect of the Triples and Quadruples, the coefficients of which are estimated from the action of ${\\hat T}^2$. This dressing follows the logics of the intermediate effective Hamiltonian formalism. The dressed MRSDCI matrix is diagonalized and the process is iterated to convergence. The method is tested on a series of benchmark systems from Complete Active Spaces (CAS) involving 2 or 4 active electrons up to bond breakings. The...

  13. Sample-Based Planning with Volumes in Configuration Space

    CERN Document Server

    Shkolnik, Alexander

    2011-01-01

    A simple sample-based planning method is presented which approximates connected regions of free space with volumes in Configuration space instead of points. The algorithm produces very sparse trees compared to point-based planning approaches, yet it maintains probabilistic completeness guarantees. The planner is shown to improve performance on a variety of planning problems, by focusing sampling on more challenging regions of a planning problem, including collision boundary areas such as narrow passages.

  14. Trends in bond dissociation energies of alcohols and aldehydes computed with multireference averaged coupled-pair functional theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oyeyemi, Victor B; Keith, John A; Carter, Emily A

    2014-05-01

    As part of our ongoing investigation of the combustion chemistry of oxygenated molecules using multireference correlated wave function methods, we report bond dissociation energies (BDEs) in C1-C4 alcohols (from methanol to the four isomers of butanol) and C1-C4 aldehydes (from methanal to butanal). The BDEs are calculated with a multireference averaged coupled-pair functional-based scheme. We compare these multireference BDEs with those derived from experiment and single-reference methods. Trends in BDEs for the alcohols and aldehydes are rationalized by considering geometry relaxations of dissociated radical fragments, resonance stabilization, and hyperconjugation. Lastly, we discuss the conjectured association between bond strengths and rates of hydrogen abstraction by hydroxyl radicals. In general, abstraction reaction rates are higher at sites where the C-H bond energies are lower (and vice versa). However, comparison with available rate data shows this inverse relationship between bond strengths and abstraction rates does not hold at all temperatures.

  15. Stochastic multi-configurational self-consistent field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Thomas, Robert E; Alavi, Ali; Booth, George H

    2015-01-01

    The multi-configurational self-consistent field theory is considered the standard starting point for almost all multireference approaches required for strongly-correlated molecular problems. The limitation of the approach is generally given by the number of strongly-correlated orbitals in the molecule, as its cost will grow exponentially with this number. We present a new multi-configurational self-consistent field approach, wherein linear determinant coefficients of a multi-configurational wavefunction are optimized via the stochastic full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo technique at greatly reduced computational cost, with non-linear orbital rotation parameters updated variationally based on this sampled wavefunction. This extends this approach to strongly-correlated systems with far larger active spaces than it is possible to treat by conventional means. By comparison with this traditional approach, we demonstrate that the introduction of stochastic noise in both the determinant amplitudes an...

  16. Analytically continued Fock space multi-reference coupled-cluster theory: Application to the shape resonance

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pal, Sourav; Sajeev, Y.; Vaval, Nayana

    2006-10-01

    The Fock space multi-reference coupled-cluster (FSMRCC) method is used for the study of the shape resonance energy and width in an electron-atom/molecule collision. The procedure is based upon combining a complex absorbing potential (CAP) with FSMRCC theory. Accurate resonance parameters are obtained by solving a small non-Hermitian eigen-value problem. We study the shape resonances in e --C 2H 4 and e --Mg.

  17. Towards topic maps for a promise theory based configuration management

    OpenAIRE

    2009-01-01

    Knowledge management is the major challenge of today. Capturing expert information in a knowledge base that allows non-experts to locate it requires a carefully designed knowledge model. We attempt to discover whether the relationship between Topic Maps and Promise Theory can make configuration knowledge management easier, due to the promise model itself. Topic Maps is an ISO standard for representation and interchange of knowledge. Promise Theory on the other hand is a modelin...

  18. Aerodynamic characteristics of missile configurations based on Soviet design concepts

    Science.gov (United States)

    Spearman, M. L.

    1979-01-01

    The aerodynamic characteristics of several missile concepts are examined. The configurations, which are based on some typical Soviet design concepts, include fixed-wing missiles with either forward- or aft-tail controls, and wing-control missiles with fixed aft stabilizing surfaces. The conceptual missions include air-to-air, surface-to-air, air-to-surface, and surface-to-surface. Analytical and experimental results indicate that through the proper shaping and location of components, and through the exploitation of local flow fields, the concepts provide generally good stability characteristics, high control effectiveness, and low control hinge moments. In addition, in the case of some cruise-type missions, there are indications of the application of area ruling as a means of improving the aerodynamic efficiency. In general, a point-design philosophy is indicated whereby a particular configuration is developed for performing a particular mission.

  19. Dynamic airspace configuration method based on a weighted graph model

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chen Yangzhou; Zhang Defu

    2014-01-01

    This paper proposes a new method for dynamic airspace configuration based on a weighted graph model. The method begins with the construction of an undirected graph for the given airspace, where the vertices represent those key points such as airports, waypoints, and the edges represent those air routes. Those vertices are used as the sites of Voronoi diagram, which divides the airspace into units called as cells. Then, aircraft counts of both each cell and of each air-route are computed. Thus, by assigning both the vertices and the edges with those aircraft counts, a weighted graph model comes into being. Accordingly the airspace configuration problem is described as a weighted graph partitioning problem. Then, the problem is solved by a graph par-titioning algorithm, which is a mixture of general weighted graph cuts algorithm, an optimal dynamic load balancing algorithm and a heuristic algorithm. After the cuts algorithm partitions the model into sub-graphs, the load balancing algorithm together with the heuristic algorithm trans-fers aircraft counts to balance workload among sub-graphs. Lastly, airspace configuration is com-pleted by determining the sector boundaries. The simulation result shows that the designed sectors satisfy not only workload balancing condition, but also the constraints such as convexity, connec-tivity, as well as minimum distance constraint.

  20. Dynamic airspace configuration method based on a weighted graph model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chen Yangzhou

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available This paper proposes a new method for dynamic airspace configuration based on a weighted graph model. The method begins with the construction of an undirected graph for the given airspace, where the vertices represent those key points such as airports, waypoints, and the edges represent those air routes. Those vertices are used as the sites of Voronoi diagram, which divides the airspace into units called as cells. Then, aircraft counts of both each cell and of each air-route are computed. Thus, by assigning both the vertices and the edges with those aircraft counts, a weighted graph model comes into being. Accordingly the airspace configuration problem is described as a weighted graph partitioning problem. Then, the problem is solved by a graph partitioning algorithm, which is a mixture of general weighted graph cuts algorithm, an optimal dynamic load balancing algorithm and a heuristic algorithm. After the cuts algorithm partitions the model into sub-graphs, the load balancing algorithm together with the heuristic algorithm transfers aircraft counts to balance workload among sub-graphs. Lastly, airspace configuration is completed by determining the sector boundaries. The simulation result shows that the designed sectors satisfy not only workload balancing condition, but also the constraints such as convexity, connectivity, as well as minimum distance constraint.

  1. A state-specific partially internally contracted multireference coupled cluster approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Datta, Dipayan; Kong, Liguo; Nooijen, Marcel

    2011-06-01

    A state-specific partially internally contracted multireference coupled cluster approach is presented for general complete active spaces with arbitrary number of active electrons. The dominant dynamical correlation is included via an exponential parametrization of internally contracted cluster operators (hat{T}) which excite electrons from a multideterminantal reference function. The remaining dynamical correlation and relaxation effects are included via a diagonalization of the transformed Hamiltonian {{hat{overline{H}}=e^{-hat{T}}hat{H}e^{hat{T}}}} in the multireference configuration interaction singles space in an uncontracted fashion. A new set of residual equations for determining the internally contracted cluster amplitudes is proposed. The second quantized matrix elements of {{hat{overline{H}}}}, expressed using the extended normal ordering of Kutzelnigg and Mukherjee, are used as the residual equations without projection onto the excited configurations. These residual equations, referred to as the many-body residuals, do not have any near-singularity and thus, should allow one to solve all the amplitudes without discarding any. There are some relatively minor remaining convergence issues that may arise from an attempt to solve all the amplitudes and an initial analysis is provided in this paper. Applications to the bond-stretching potential energy surfaces for N2, CO, and the low-lying electronic states of C2 indicate clear improvements of the results using the many-body residuals over the conventional projected residual equations.

  2. Configurable Embedded CPG-based Control for Robot Locomotion

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jose Hugo Barron-Zambrano

    2012-09-01

    Full Text Available Recently, the development of intelligent robots has benefited from a deeper understanding of the biomechanics and neurology of biological systems. Researchers have proposed the concept of Central Pattern Generators (CPGs as a mechanism for generating an efficient control strategy for legged robots based on biological locomotion principles. Although many studies have aimed to develop robust legged locomotion controllers, relatively few of them have focused on adopting the technology for fully practical embedded hardware implementations. In this contribution, a reconfigurable hardware implementation of a CPG‐based controller which is able to generate several gaits for quadruped and hexapod robots is presented. The proposed implementation is modular and configurable in order to scale up to legged robots with different degrees of freedom. Experimental results for embedded Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA implementations for quadruped and hexapod robot controllers are presented and analysed.

  3. JBOOM: Java Based Object Oriented Model of Software Configuration Management

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bhavya Mehta

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available Most of the present Software Configuration Management systems deal with version and configurations in the form of files and directories, the need today is to have a Software Configuration Management system that handles versions and configurations directly in terms of functions (program module. A major objective of this research is the use of Java in the Software Configuration Management systems. An object-oriented language provides both design and implementation in an integrated manner. We have proposed a model that expresses change evolution in terms of class hierarchies. As the changes evolve so does the class hierarchy, it can be further extended and existing classes can be extended.

  4. Entanglement Measures for Single- and Multi-Reference Correlation Effects

    CERN Document Server

    Boguslawski, Katharina; Legeza, Örs; Reiher, Markus

    2012-01-01

    Electron correlation effects are essential for an accurate ab initio description of molecules. A quantitative a priori knowledge of the single- or multi-reference nature of electronic structures as well as of the dominant contributions to the correlation energy can facilitate the decision regarding the optimum quantum chemical method of choice. We propose concepts from quantum information theory as orbital entanglement measures that allow us to evaluate the single- and multi-reference character of any molecular structure in a given orbital basis set. By studying these measures we can detect possible artifacts of small active spaces.

  5. Investigation on Supply Chain Management Based on ComponentConfiguration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张洁; 陈淮莉; 马登哲

    2004-01-01

    From supply-push mode to demand-pull mode, SCM systems will face four main points: (1) real time visibility that covers the whole supply chain, (2) agility for choice of supply and source, (3) response to diverse customer demands and short delivery deadlines, and (4) rapid occurrence of new products following the market trends and new designs. Component-based SCM has become a hot spot in research areas. A multi-layer framework is set up, including a database server layer, an application server layer, a kernel component layer and a user interface layer. Some function components are designed, which are optimal planning arithmetic components, controller components and evaluation indexes components, in order to suit both discrete and continuous manufacturing. This paper studies a three-dimensional SCM configuration method based on the types of enterprise, manufacturing and products, provides powerful tools for SCM system implementations, and adopts an object-oriented technology to construct component-based distributed information system to assure right time, right materials, right place, right quantity and right customers.

  6. Existence and uniqueness for a class of double pyramidal central configurations with a concave pentagonal base

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2003-01-01

    Based on some necessary conditions for double pyramidal central configurations with a concave pentagonal base, for any given ratio of masses, the existence and uniqueness of a class of double pyramidal central configurations with a concave pentagonal base in 7-body problems are proved and the range of the ratio between radius and half-height is obtained, within which the 7 bodies involved form a central configuration or form uniquely a central configuration.

  7. CMS Configuration Editor: GUI based application for user analysis job

    Science.gov (United States)

    de Cosa, A.

    2011-12-01

    We present the user interface and the software architecture of the Configuration Editor for the CMS experiment. The analysis workflow is organized in a modular way integrated within the CMS framework that organizes in a flexible way user analysis code. The Python scripting language is adopted to define the job configuration that drives the analysis workflow. It could be a challenging task for users, especially for newcomers, to develop analysis jobs managing the configuration of many required modules. For this reason a graphical tool has been conceived in order to edit and inspect configuration files. A set of common analysis tools defined in the CMS Physics Analysis Toolkit (PAT) can be steered and configured using the Config Editor. A user-defined analysis workflow can be produced starting from a standard configuration file, applying and configuring PAT tools according to the specific user requirements. CMS users can adopt this tool, the Config Editor, to create their analysis visualizing in real time which are the effects of their actions. They can visualize the structure of their configuration, look at the modules included in the workflow, inspect the dependences existing among the modules and check the data flow. They can visualize at which values parameters are set and change them according to what is required by their analysis task. The integration of common tools in the GUI needed to adopt an object-oriented structure in the Python definition of the PAT tools and the definition of a layer of abstraction from which all PAT tools inherit.

  8. CMS Configuration Editor: GUI based application for user analysis job

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We present the user interface and the software architecture of the Configuration Editor for the CMS experiment. The analysis workflow is organized in a modular way integrated within the CMS framework that organizes in a flexible way user analysis code. The Python scripting language is adopted to define the job configuration that drives the analysis workflow. It could be a challenging task for users, especially for newcomers, to develop analysis jobs managing the configuration of many required modules. For this reason a graphical tool has been conceived in order to edit and inspect configuration files. A set of common analysis tools defined in the CMS Physics Analysis Toolkit (PAT) can be steered and configured using the Config Editor. A user-defined analysis workflow can be produced starting from a standard configuration file, applying and configuring PAT tools according to the specific user requirements. CMS users can adopt this tool, the Config Editor, to create their analysis visualizing in real time which are the effects of their actions. They can visualize the structure of their configuration, look at the modules included in the workflow, inspect the dependences existing among the modules and check the data flow. They can visualize at which values parameters are set and change them according to what is required by their analysis task. The integration of common tools in the GUI needed to adopt an object-oriented structure in the Python definition of the PAT tools and the definition of a layer of abstraction from which all PAT tools inherit.

  9. ACES-Based Testbed and Bayesian Game-Theoretic Framework for Dynamic Airspace Configuration Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — This SBIR effort is focused on developing a Dynamic Airspace Configuration (DAC) concept where-in ARTCCs can benefit from re-configuring airspaces based on Traffic...

  10. Relativistic multireference many-body perturbation theory calculations on Au64+ - Au69+ ions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vilkas, M J; Ishikawa, Y; Trabert, E

    2006-03-31

    Many-body perturbation theory (MBPT) calculations are an adequate tool for the description of the structure of highly charged multi-electron ions and for the analysis of their spectra. They demonstrate this by way of a re-investigation of n=3, {Delta}n=0 transitions in the EUV spectra of Na-, Mg-, Al-like, and Si-like ions of Au that have been obtained previously by heavy-ion accelerator based beam-foil spectroscopy. They discuss the evidence and propose several revisions on the basis of the multi-reference many-body perturbation theory calculations of Ne- through P-like ions of Au.

  11. Combining internally contracted states and matrix product states to perform multireference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sharma, Sandeep; Guo, Sheng; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    We present two efficient and intruder-free methods for treating dynamic correlation on top of general multi-configuration reference wave functions---including such as obtained by the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) with large active spaces. The new methods are the second order variant of the recently proposed multi-reference linearized coupled cluster method (MRLCC) [S. Sharma, A. Alavi, J. Chem. Phys. 143, 102815 (2015)], and of N-electron valence perturbation theory (NEVPT2), with expected accuracies similar to MRCI+Q and (at least) CASPT2, respectively. Great efficiency gains are realized by representing the first-order wave function with a combination of internal contraction (IC) and matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT). With this combination, only third order reduced density matrices (RDMs) are required. Thus, we obviate the need for calculating (or estimating) RDMs of fourth or higher order; these had so far posed a severe bottleneck for dynamic correlation treatments involving t...

  12. Collaborative Product Configuration Model in Networked Manufacturing Based on Semantic Web%投稿须知

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2012-01-01

    Aim at the requirements of collaborative product configuration design in networked manufacturing, a collaborative product configuration model based on semantic web was exploredA semantic web-based structure of the collaborative product configuration model was proposedAnd a product configuration design workflow model was constructedThe collaborative product configuration ontology was constructed by definition of semantic-based metadata of collaborative product configuration information. The ontology was used for semantic annotation of information that dispersed in the network.So the product configuration information can shared between collaborative enterprises in networked manufacturing.And the efficiency of distribute information exchange and the collaborative product development level can be improved,The validity of the model was verified by applying the model into a networked collaborative design platform.

  13. A modified multi-reference second order perturbation theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    A new scheme with extended model space is proposed to improve the calculation of multi-reference second order perturbation theory (MRPT2). The new scheme preserves the concise code structure of the original program, and avoids intruder states in constructions of the potential energy surface, which is confirmed by a series of comparable calculations. The new MRPT2 program is an available tool for the research of molecular excited states and electronic spectrum.

  14. An integral-factorized implementation of the driven similarity renormalization group second-order multireference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hannon, Kevin P; Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2016-05-28

    We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-ζ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings (ΔST) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the ΔST values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.

  15. TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF PRODUCT EVOLUTIONARY DESIGN BASED ON CONFIGURATION IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION MODE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    FENG Yixiong; CHENG Jin; TAN Jianrong; ZHENG Bing; WEI Zhe

    2007-01-01

    Product customization has been recognized as an effective means to implement mass customization (MC). A new theory and method for MC-oriented evolutionary design of configuration product is presented based on the study of developing law of evolutionary design in integrated environment, which focuses on the innovation and reuse properties of configuration product. The key technologies for general requirement modeling in quick response to customer requirement, multi-level stepwise configuration optimization driven by customer requirement and evolutionary deduction of product variable structure based on configuration association are thoroughly investigated. The successful application of the presented method in the development of real-life products demonstrates its utility, flexibility and robusticity.

  16. A transformed framework for dynamic correlation in multireference problems

    CERN Document Server

    Sokolov, Alexander Yu

    2014-01-01

    We describe how multirefence dynamic correlation theories can be naturally obtained as single-reference correlation theories in a canonically transformed frame. Such canonically transformed correlation theories are very simple and involve identical expressions to their single-reference counterparts. The corresponding excitations involve quasiparticles rather than the bare particles of the system. High-order density matrices (or their approximations) and the numerical metric instabilities common to multireference correlation theories do not appear. As an example, we formulate the Bogoliubov canonically transformed version of second-order M{\\o}ller-Plesset perturbation theory and demonstrate its performance in hydrogen, water, and nitrogen bond dissociation.

  17. NEMO-Nordic : A NEMO based ocean modelling configuration for Baltic & North Seas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hordoir, Robinson; Schimanke, Semjon; Axell, Lars; Gröger, Matthias; Dieterich, Christian; Liu, Ye; Höglund, Anders; Kuznetsov, Ivan; Ljungemyr, Patrik; Nygren, Petter; Jönsson, Anette; Meier, Markus

    2015-04-01

    Based on the NEMO ocean engine, three regional setups for the North Sea and Baltic Sea domain have been developed : the NEMO-Nordic configuration is declined in an operational setup, a stand-alone version used for climate and process studies, and a NEMO-Nordic-RCA4 atmosphere/ocean coupled configuration used for downscalling climate scenarios. We give a brief overview of the options chosen within the NEMO engine to design the configurations. Based on the results provided by each of the three configurations, we also provide an assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of NEMO-Nordic. Finally, a validation of the configurations is provided based on an extensive comparison between in-situ measurements and model results for temperature, salinity, sea-ice extent, sea level and mean circulation.

  18. An ontology-based semantic configuration approach to constructing Data as a Service for enterprises

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cai, Hongming; Xie, Cheng; Jiang, Lihong; Fang, Lu; Huang, Chenxi

    2016-03-01

    To align business strategies with IT systems, enterprises should rapidly implement new applications based on existing information with complex associations to adapt to the continually changing external business environment. Thus, Data as a Service (DaaS) has become an enabling technology for enterprise through information integration and the configuration of existing distributed enterprise systems and heterogonous data sources. However, business modelling, system configuration and model alignment face challenges at the design and execution stages. To provide a comprehensive solution to facilitate data-centric application design in a highly complex and large-scale situation, a configurable ontology-based service integrated platform (COSIP) is proposed to support business modelling, system configuration and execution management. First, a meta-resource model is constructed and used to describe and encapsulate information resources by way of multi-view business modelling. Then, based on ontologies, three semantic configuration patterns, namely composite resource configuration, business scene configuration and runtime environment configuration, are designed to systematically connect business goals with executable applications. Finally, a software architecture based on model-view-controller (MVC) is provided and used to assemble components for software implementation. The result of the case study demonstrates that the proposed approach provides a flexible method of implementing data-centric applications.

  19. Description of odd-mass nuclei by multi-reference energy density functional methods

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In this work, we are interested in the treatment of odd-mass atomic nuclei in energy density functional (EDF) models. More precisely, the goal of this thesis is to develop and to apply to odd-mass nuclei, the theoretical extensions of the EDF method that are: first, the projection technique, and secondly the configuration mixing by the generator coordinate method (GCM). These two extensions are part of the so-called multi-reference energy density functional (MR-EDF) formalism and allow one to take into account, within an EDF context, the 'beyond-mean-field' correlations between the nucleons forming the nucleus. Until now, the MR-EDF formalism has been applied, in its fully-fledged version, only to the calculation of even-even nuclei. In this thesis, we want to demonstrate the applicability of such a model also for the description of odd-mass nuclei. In the first part of this thesis, we describe the theoretical formalism of the EDF models, giving particular attention to the treatment of symmetries within our approach. In the second part of the manuscript, we apply our model to the nucleus 25Mg and investigate different aspects of the method (e.g. numerical accuracy, convergence of the configuration mixing, comparison to known experimental data). The results obtained in this work are encouraging and demonstrate the potential of our approach for theoretical nuclear structure calculations. (author)

  20. A Component-Based Software Configuration Management Model and Its Supporting System

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    梅宏; 张路; 杨芙清

    2002-01-01

    Software configuration management (SCM) is an important key technology in software development. Component-based software development (CBSD) is an emerging paradigm in software development. However, to apply CBSD effectively in real world practice,supporting SCM in CBSD needs to be further investigated. In this paper, the objects that need to be managed in CBSD is analyzed and a component-based SCM model is presented. In this model, components, as the integral logical constituents in a system, are managed as the basic configuration items in SCM, and the relationships between/among components are defined and maintained. Based on this model, a configuration management system is implemented.

  1. Multireference coupled cluster study of the oxyallyl diradical

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Graphical abstract: Adiabatic singlet-triplet gap of the oxyallyl diradical has been studied by multireference coupled cluster methods. The results demonstrate the necessity to account for connected triexcitations and to employ a size-extensive method. The best result obtained at the MkCCSD(Tu)/cc-pVQZ level is in an excellent agreement both with experiment and with recent spin-flip EOMCCSD(dT) calculations. Highlights: ► This paper reports a MRCC study of the adiabatic singlet-triplet gap of the oxyallyl diradical.B. ► To get correct results, connected triples and size-extensive MRCC method are needed. ► The best result obtained at the MkCCSD(Tu)/cc-pVQZ level is in an excellent agreement with experiment. - Adiabatic singlet–triplet gap of the oxyallyl diradical has been studied by multireference Brillouin–Wigner and Mukherjee’s coupled cluster methods (BWCC and MkCC). The results demonstrate the necessity to include connected triples excitations, as well as employing a size-extensive MRCC method. The best result, calculated at the MkCCSD(Tu)/cc-pVQZ level, is in an excellent agreement with both experiment and recent spin-flip EOMCCSD(dT) calculations.

  2. MS S4.03.002 - Adjoint-Based Design for Configuration Shaping

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nemec, Marian; Aftosmis, Michael J.

    2009-01-01

    This slide presentation discusses a method of inverse design for low sonic boom using adjoint-based gradient computations. It outlines a method for shaping a configuration in order to match a prescribed near-field signature.

  3. Multi-reference perturbation theory with Cholesky decomposition for the density matrix renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Freitag, Leon; Angeli, Celestino; Reiher, Markus

    2016-01-01

    We present a second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) based on a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) reference wave function that exploits a Cholesky decomposition of the two-electron repulsion integrals (CD-DMRG-NEVPT2). With a parameter-free multireference perturbation theory approach at hand, the latter allows us to efficiently describe static and dynamic correlation in large molecular systems. We demonstrate the applicability of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 for spin-state energetics of spin-crossover complexes involving calculations with more than 1000 atomic basis functions. We first assess in a study of a heme model the accuracy of the strongly- and partially-contracted variant of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 before embarking on resolving a controversy about the spin ground state of a cobalt tropocoronand complex.

  4. Technology Evaluation of Process Configurations for Second Generation Bioethanol Production using Dynamic Model-based Simulations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Morales Rodriguez, Ricardo; Meyer, Anne S.; Gernaey, Krist;

    2011-01-01

    An assessment of a number of different process flowsheets for bioethanol production was performed using dynamic model-based simulations. The evaluation employed diverse operational scenarios such as, fed-batch, continuous and continuous with recycle configurations. Each configuration was evaluated...... in continuous mode with a recycle of the SSCF reactor effluent, results in the best productivity of bioethanol among the proposed process configurations, with a yield of 0.18 kg ethanol /kg dry-biomass....... against the following benchmark criteria, yield (kg ethanol/kg dry-biomass), final product concentration and number of unit operations required in the different process configurations. The results has shown the process configuration for simultaneous saccharification and co-fermentation (SSCF) operating...

  5. Artificial Intelligence Based Optimal Configuration of Hybrid Power Generation System

    OpenAIRE

    Suryoatmojo, Heri; スルヨアトモジョ, ヘリ

    2010-01-01

    As discussed in this chapter, PV and wind energy are the most promising as a future energy technology and can be classified as a clean sources of electric energy in the world. Due to the unexpected power variation of these sources utilization of these sources with Diesel generator unit and battery system is a challenging aspect that must be overcome in this thesis. This dissertation presents a proposed package of computer programs based pm Matlab software. This package presents a complete des...

  6. Effects of Machine Tool Configuration on Its Dynamics Based on Orthogonal Experiment Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAO Xiangsheng; ZHANG Yidu; ZHANG Hongwei; WU Qiong

    2012-01-01

    In order to analyze the influence of configuration parameters on dynamic characteristics of machine tools in the working space,the configuration parameters have been suggested based on the orthogonal experiment method.Dynamic analysis of a milling machine,which is newly designed for producing turbine blades,has been conducted by utilizing the modal synthesis method.The finite element model is verified and updated by experimental modal analysis (EMA) of the machine tool.The result gained by modal synthesis method is compared with whole-model finite element method (FEM) result as well.According to the orthogonal experiment method,four configuration parameters of machine tool are considered as four factors for dynamic characteristics.The influence of configuration parameters on the first three natural frequencies is obtained by range analysis.It is pointed out that configuration parameter is the most important factor affecting the fundamental frequency of machine tools,and configuration parameter has less effect on lower-order modes of the system than others.The combination of configuration parameters which makes the fundamental frequency reach the maximum value is provided.Through demonstration,the conclusion can be drawn that the influence of configuration parameters on the natural frequencies of machine tools can be analyzed explicitly by the orthogonal experiment method,which offers a new method for estimating the dynamic characteristics of machine tools.

  7. Why do TD-DFT excitation energies of BODIPY/Aza-BODIPY families largely deviate from experiment? Answers from electron correlated and multireference methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Momeni, Mohammad R; Brown, Alex

    2015-06-01

    The vertical excitation energies of 17 boron-dipyrromethene (BODIPY) core structures with a variety of substituents and ring sizes are benchmarked using time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) with nine different functionals combined with the cc-pVTZ basis set. When compared to experimental measurements, all functionals provide mean absolute errors (mean AEs) greater than 0.3 eV, larger than the 0.1-0.3 eV differences typically expected from TD-DFT. Due to the high linear correlation of TD-DFT results with experiment, most functionals can be used to predict excitation energies if corrected empirically. Using the CAM-B3LYP functional, 0-0 transition energies are determined, and while the absolute difference is improved (mean AE = 0.478 eV compared to 0.579 eV), the correlation diminishes substantially (R(2) = 0.961 to 0.862). Two very recently introduced charge transfer (CT) indices, q(CT) and d(CT), and electron density difference (EDD) plots demonstrate that CT does not play a significant role for most of the BODIPYs examined and, thus, cannot be the source of error in TD-DFT. To assess TD-DFT methods, vertical excitation energies are determined utilizing TD-HF, configuration interaction CIS and CIS(D), equation of motion EOM-CCSD, SAC-CI, and Laplace-transform based local coupled-cluster singles and approximate doubles LCC2* methods. Moreover, multireference CASSCF and CASPT2 vertical excitation energies were also obtained for all species (except CASPT2 was not feasible for the four largest systems). The SAC-CI/cc-pVDZ, LCC2*/cc-pVDZ, and CASPT2/cc-pVDZ approaches are shown to have the smallest mean AEs of 0.154, 0.109, and 0.100 eV, respectively; the utility of the LCC2* approach is demonstrated for eight extended BODIPYs and aza-BODIPYs. We found that the problems with TD-DFT arise from difficulties in dealing with the differential electron correlation (as assessed by comparing CCS, CC2, LR-CCSD, CCSDR(T), and CCSDR(3) vertical excitation energies for

  8. Disassemblability modeling technology of configurable product based on disassembly constraint relation weighted design structure matrix(DSM)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qiu, Lemiao; Liu, Xiaojian; Zhang, Shuyou; Sun, Liangfeng

    2014-05-01

    The current research of configurable product disassemblability focuses on disassemblability evaluation and disassembly sequence planning. Little work has been done on quantitative analysis of configurable product disassemblability. The disassemblability modeling technology for configurable product based on disassembly constraint relation weighted design structure matrix (DSM) is proposed. Major factors affecting the disassemblability of configurable product are analyzed, and the disassembling degrees between components in configurable product are obtained by calculating disassembly entropies such as joint type, joint quantity, disassembly path, disassembly accessibility and material compatibility. The disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM of configurable product is constructed and configuration modules are formed by matrix decomposition and tearing operations. The disassembly constraint relation in configuration modules is strong coupling, and the disassembly constraint relation between modules is weak coupling, and the disassemblability configuration model is constructed based on configuration module. Finally, taking a hydraulic forging press as an example, the decomposed weak coupling components are used as configuration modules alone, components with a strong coupling are aggregated into configuration modules, and the disassembly sequence of components inside configuration modules is optimized by tearing operation. A disassemblability configuration model of the hydraulic forging press is constructed. By researching the disassemblability modeling technology of product configuration design based on disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM, the disassembly property in maintenance, recycling and reuse of configurable product are optimized.

  9. A multi-agent based intelligent configuration method for aircraft fleet maintenance personnel

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Feng Qiang

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available A multi-agent based fleet maintenance personnel configuration method is proposed to solve the mission oriented aircraft fleet maintenance personnel configuration problem. The maintenance process of an aircraft fleet is analyzed first. In the process each aircraft contains multiple parts, and different parts are repaired by personnel with different majors and levels. The factors and their relationship involved in the process of maintenance are analyzed and discussed. Then the whole maintenance process is described as a 3-layer multi-agent system (MAS model. A communication and reasoning strategy among the agents is put forward. A fleet maintenance personnel configuration algorithm is proposed based on contract net protocol (CNP. Finally, a fleet of 10 aircraft is studied for verification purposes. A mission type with 3 waves of continuous dispatch is imaged. Compared with the traditional methods that can just provide configuration results, the proposed method can provide optimal maintenance strategies as well.

  10. A new configuration of the Moxon-Rae detector based on Si detector

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A new Moxon-Rae detector configuration based on Si semiconductor detector was proposed in this paper. Three γ-ray sources, 137Cs, 60Co, and 24Na, were employed to make actual measurements using the new Moxon-Rae detector. The measured pulse height spectra and detection efficiencies were compared with the EGS4 simulated values. The results revealed that the proposed new configuration is indeed a successful method and specially a useful technique for higher energy γ-ray measurement

  11. Unconventional supercapacitors from nanocarbon-based electrode materials to device configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Lili; Niu, Zhiqiang; Chen, Jun

    2016-07-25

    As energy storage devices, supercapacitors that are also called electrochemical capacitors possess high power density, excellent reversibility and long cycle life. The recent boom in electronic devices with different functions in transparent LED displays, stretchable electronic systems and artificial skin has increased the demand for supercapacitors to move towards light, thin, integrated macro- and micro-devices with transparent, flexible, stretchable, compressible and/or wearable abilities. The successful fabrication of such supercapacitors depends mainly on the preparation of innovative electrode materials and the design of unconventional supercapacitor configurations. Tremendous research efforts have been recently made to design and construct innovative nanocarbon-based electrode materials and supercapacitors with unconventional configurations. We review here recent developments in supercapacitors from nanocarbon-based electrode materials to device configurations. The advances in nanocarbon-based electrode materials mainly include the assembly technologies of macroscopic nanostructured electrodes with different dimensions of carbon nanotubes/nanofibers, graphene, mesoporous carbon, activated carbon, and their composites. The electrodes with macroscopic nanostructured carbon-based materials overcome the issues of low conductivity, poor mechanical properties, and limited dimensions that are faced by conventional methods. The configurational design of advanced supercapacitor devices is presented with six types of unconventional supercapacitor devices: flexible, micro-, stretchable, compressible, transparent and fiber supercapacitors. Such supercapacitors display unique configurations and excellent electrochemical performance at different states such as bending, stretching, compressing and/or folding. For example, all-solid-state simplified supercapacitors that are based on nanostructured graphene composite paper are able to maintain 95% of the original capacity at

  12. Unconventional supercapacitors from nanocarbon-based electrode materials to device configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Lili; Niu, Zhiqiang; Chen, Jun

    2016-07-25

    As energy storage devices, supercapacitors that are also called electrochemical capacitors possess high power density, excellent reversibility and long cycle life. The recent boom in electronic devices with different functions in transparent LED displays, stretchable electronic systems and artificial skin has increased the demand for supercapacitors to move towards light, thin, integrated macro- and micro-devices with transparent, flexible, stretchable, compressible and/or wearable abilities. The successful fabrication of such supercapacitors depends mainly on the preparation of innovative electrode materials and the design of unconventional supercapacitor configurations. Tremendous research efforts have been recently made to design and construct innovative nanocarbon-based electrode materials and supercapacitors with unconventional configurations. We review here recent developments in supercapacitors from nanocarbon-based electrode materials to device configurations. The advances in nanocarbon-based electrode materials mainly include the assembly technologies of macroscopic nanostructured electrodes with different dimensions of carbon nanotubes/nanofibers, graphene, mesoporous carbon, activated carbon, and their composites. The electrodes with macroscopic nanostructured carbon-based materials overcome the issues of low conductivity, poor mechanical properties, and limited dimensions that are faced by conventional methods. The configurational design of advanced supercapacitor devices is presented with six types of unconventional supercapacitor devices: flexible, micro-, stretchable, compressible, transparent and fiber supercapacitors. Such supercapacitors display unique configurations and excellent electrochemical performance at different states such as bending, stretching, compressing and/or folding. For example, all-solid-state simplified supercapacitors that are based on nanostructured graphene composite paper are able to maintain 95% of the original capacity at

  13. Augmentation of Explicit Spatial Configurations by Knowledge-Based Inference on Geometric Fields

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dan Tappan

    2009-04-01

    Full Text Available A spatial configuration of a rudimentary, static, realworld scene with known objects (animals and properties (positions and orientations contains a wealth of syntactic and semantic spatial information that can contribute to a computational understanding far beyond what its quantitative details alone convey. This work presents an approach that (1 quantitatively represents what a configuration explicitly states, (2 integrates this information with implicit, commonsense background knowledge of its objects and properties, (3 infers additional, contextually appropriate, commonsense spatial information from and about their interrelationships, and (4 augments the original representation with this combined information. A semantic network represents explicit, quantitative information in a configuration. An inheritance-based knowledge base of relevant concepts supplies implicit, qualitative background knowledge to support semantic interpretation. Together, these structures provide a simple, nondeductive, constraint-based, geometric logical formalism to infer substantial implicit knowledge for intrinsic and deictic frames of spatial reference.

  14. A hybrid configuration interaction treatment based on seniority number and excitation schemes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Alcoba, Diego R.; Capuzzi, Pablo [Departamento de Física, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas y Naturales, Universidad de Buenos Aires and Instituto de Física de Buenos Aires, Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones Científicas y Técnicas, Ciudad Universitaria, 1428 Buenos Aires (Argentina); Torre, Alicia; Lain, Luis, E-mail: qfplapel@lg.ehu.es [Departamento de Química Física, Facultad de Ciencia y Tecnología, Universidad del País Vasco, Apdo. 644 E-48080 Bilbao (Spain); Oña, Ofelia B. [Instituto de Investigaciones Fisicoquímicas Teóricas y Aplicadas, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, CCT La Plata, Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones Científicas y Técnicas, Diag. 113 y 64 (S/N), Sucursal 4, CC 16, 1900 La Plata (Argentina); Van Raemdonck, Mario; Bultinck, Patrick [Department of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry, Ghent University, Krijgslaan 281 (S3), 9000 Gent (Belgium); Van Neck, Dimitri [Center for Molecular Modelling, Ghent University, Technologiepark 903, 9052 Zwijnaarde (Belgium)

    2014-12-28

    We present a configuration interaction method in which the Hamiltonian of an N-electron system is projected on Slater determinants selected according to the seniority-number criterion along with the traditional excitation-based procedure. This proposed method is especially useful to describe systems which exhibit dynamic (weak) correlation at determined geometric arrangements (where the excitation-based procedure is more suitable) but show static (strong) correlation at other arrangements (where the seniority-number technique is preferred). The hybrid method amends the shortcomings of both individual determinant selection procedures, yielding correct shapes of potential energy curves with results closer to those provided by the full configuration interaction method.

  15. Towards easing the configuration and new team member accommodation for open source software based portals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fu, L.; West, P.; Zednik, S.; Fox, P. A.

    2013-12-01

    For simple portals such as vocabulary based services, which contain small amounts of data and require only hyper-textual representation, it is often an overkill to adopt the whole software stack of database, middleware and front end, or to use a general Web development framework as the starting point of development. Directly combining open source software is a much more favorable approach. However, our experience with the Coastal and Marine Spatial Planning Vocabulary (CMSPV) service portal shows that there are still issues such as system configuration and accommodating a new team member that need to be handled carefully. In this contribution, we share our experience in the context of the CMSPV portal, and focus on the tools and mechanisms we've developed to ease the configuration job and the incorporation process of new project members. We discuss the configuration issues that arise when we don't have complete control over how the software in use is configured and need to follow existing configuration styles that may not be well documented, especially when multiple pieces of such software need to work together as a combined system. As for the CMSPV portal, it is built on two pieces of open source software that are still under rapid development: a Fuseki data server and Epimorphics Linked Data API (ELDA) front end. Both lack mature documentation and tutorials. We developed comparison and labeling tools to ease the problem of system configuration. Another problem that slowed down the project is that project members came and went during the development process, so new members needed to start with a partially configured system and incomplete documentation left by old members. We developed documentation/tutorial maintenance mechanisms based on our comparison and labeling tools to make it easier for the new members to be incorporated into the project. These tools and mechanisms also provided benefit to other projects that reused the software components from the CMSPV

  16. Configuring Web-based Media for Communication in Dispersed Project Groups

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Scheepers, Rens; Nicolajsen, Hanne Westh

    2006-01-01

    meetings, telephone) are not always viable options. Instead, computer-based communication media such as email, project intranets and extranets become surrogate conduits for day-to-day project communication and exchange of project-related content. We examined the effect of different media configurations...

  17. Optimization of process configuration and strain selection for microalgae-based biodiesel production.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Nan; Dieu, Linus Tao Jie; Harvey, Simon; Lee, Dong-Yup

    2015-10-01

    A mathematical model was developed for the design of microalgae-based biodiesel production system by systematically integrating all the production stages and strain properties. Through the hypothetical case study, the model suggested the most economical system configuration for the selected microalgae strains from the available processes at each stage, thus resulting in the cheapest biodiesel production cost, S$2.66/kg, which is still higher than the current diesel price (S$1.05/kg). Interestingly, the microalgae strain properties, such as lipid content, effective diameter and productivity, were found to be one of the major factors that significantly affect the production cost as well as system configuration.

  18. Efficient and configurable transmission protocol based on UDP in grid computing

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jigang WANG; Guochang GU; Chunguang MA; Weidong ZHONG

    2009-01-01

    At present,mainstream data transfer protocols are not always a good match for the diverse demands of grid computing.Considering this situation,this article proposes an efficient and configurable data transfer protocol (ECUDP) for grid computing.The ECUDP is based on the standard user datagram protocol (UDP),but with a collection of optimizations that meet the challenge of providing configurability and reliability while main-taining performance that meets the communication requirements of demanding applications.Experimental results show that the ECUDP performs efficiently in various grid computing scenarios and the performance analysis model can provide a good estimation of its performance.

  19. Multi-configuration time-dependent density-functional theory based on range separation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Fromager, E.; Knecht, S.; Jensen, Hans Jørgen Aagaard

    2013-01-01

    -range density-functional (DFT) description, is then considered. The resulting time-dependent multi-configuration short-range DFT (TD-MC-srDFT) model is applied to the calculation of singlet excitation energies in H, Be, and ferrocene, considering both short-range local density (srLDA) and generalized gradient......-Lee-Yang-Parr functional (TD-DFT/CAM-B3LYP), and superior to wave-function (TD-MCSCF, symmetry adapted cluster-configuration interaction) and TD-DFT results based on LDA, GGA, and hybrid functionals. © 2013 American Institute of Physics....

  20. An integral-factorized implementation of the driven similarity renormalization group second-order multireference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Hannon, Kevin P; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2016-01-01

    We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order M{\\o}ller$-$Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-$\\zeta$ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings ($\\Delta_\\text{ST}$) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the $\\Delta_\\text{ST}$ values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.

  1. Heat-Bath Configuration Interaction: An Efficient Selected Configuration Interaction Algorithm Inspired by Heat-Bath Sampling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holmes, Adam A; Tubman, Norm M; Umrigar, C J

    2016-08-01

    We introduce a new selected configuration interaction plus perturbation theory algorithm that is based on a deterministic analog of our recent efficient heat-bath sampling algorithm. This Heat-bath Configuration Interaction (HCI) algorithm makes use of two parameters that control the trade-off between speed and accuracy, one which controls the selection of determinants to add to a variational wave function and one which controls the selection of determinants used to compute the perturbative correction to the variational energy. We show that HCI provides an accurate treatment of both static and dynamic correlation by computing the potential energy curve of the multireference carbon dimer in the cc-pVDZ basis. We then demonstrate the speed and accuracy of HCI by recovering the full configuration interaction energy of both the carbon dimer in the cc-pVTZ basis and the strongly correlated chromium dimer in the Ahlrichs VDZ basis, correlating all electrons, to an accuracy of better than 1 mHa, in just a few minutes on a single core. These systems have full variational spaces of 3 × 10(14) and 2 × 10(22) determinants, respectively. PMID:27428771

  2. Merging multireference perturbation and density-functional theories by means of range separation: Potential curves for Be2, Mg2, and Ca2

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Fromager, Emmanuel; Cimiraglia, Renzo; Jensen, Hans Jørgen Aagaard

    2010-01-01

    A rigorous combination of multireference perturbation theory and density functional theory (DFT) is proposed. Based on a range separation of the regular two-electron Coulomb interaction, it combines a short-range density functional with second-order strongly contracted n-electron valence state pe...

  3. Ontology-based information extraction from the configuration command line of network routers

    OpenAIRE

    Martínez Manzanilla, Anny Gabriela; Yannuzzi, Marcelo; Serral Gracià, René; Ramirez Almonte, Wilson

    2014-01-01

    Knowledge extraction is increasingly attracting the attention of researchers from different disciplines, as a means to automate complex tasks that rely on bulk textual resources. However, the configuration of many devices in the networking field continues to be a labor intensive task, based on the human interpretation and manual entry of commands through a text-based user interface. Typically, these Command-Line Interfaces (CLIs) are both device and vendor-specific, and thus, commands differ ...

  4. Basis set limit electronic excitation energies, ionization potentials, and electron affinities for the 3d transition metal atoms: Coupled cluster and multireference methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Balabanov, Nikolai B.; Peterson, Kirk A.

    2006-08-01

    Recently developed correlation consistent basis sets for the first row transition metal elements Sc-Zn have been utilized to determine complete basis set (CBS) scalar relativistic electron affinities, ionization potentials, and 4s23dn -2-4s1dn -1 electronic excitation energies with single reference coupled cluster methods [CCSD(T), CCSDT, and CCSDTQ] and multireference configuration interaction with three reference spaces: 3d4s, 3d4s4p, and 3d4s4p3d'. The theoretical values calculated with the highest order coupled cluster techniques at the CBS limit, including extrapolations to full configuration interaction, are well within 1kcal/mol of the corresponding experimental data. For the early transition metal elements (Sc-Mn) the internally contracted multireference averaged coupled pair functional method yielded excellent agreement with experiment; however, the atomic properties for the late transition metals (Mn-Zn) proved to be much more difficult to describe with this level of theory, even with the largest reference function of the present work.

  5. Configuration maintaining control of three-body ring tethered system based on thrust compensation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huang, Panfeng; Liu, Binbin; Zhang, Fan

    2016-06-01

    Space multi-tethered systems have shown broad prospects in remote observation missions. This paper mainly focuses on the dynamics and configuration maintaining control of space spinning three-body ring tethered system for such mission. Firstly, we establish the spinning dynamic model of the three-body ring tethered system considering the elasticity of the tether using Newton-Euler method, and then validate the suitability of this model by numerical simulation. Subsequently, LP (Likins-Pringle) initial equilibrium conditions for the tethered system are derived based on rigid body's equilibrium theory. Simulation results show that tether slack, snapping and interaction between the tethers exist in the three-body ring system, and its' configuration can not be maintained without control. Finally, a control strategy based on thrust compensation, namely thrust to simulate tether compression under LP initial equilibrium conditions is designed to solve the configuration maintaining control problem. Control effects are verified by numerical simulation compared with uncontrolled situation. Simulation results show that the configuration of the three-body ring tethered system could maintain under this active control strategy.

  6. Variable Speed Wind Turbine Based on Multiple Generators Drive-Train Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Deng, Fujin; Chen, Zhe

    2010-01-01

    A variable speed wind turbine is presented in this paper, where multiple permanent magnet synchronous generators (MPMSGs) drive-train configuration is employed in the wind turbine. A cascaded multilevel converter interface based on the MPMSGs is developed to synthesize a desired high ac sinusoidal...... reduce the fluctuation of the electromagnetic torque sum and results in a good performance for the MPMSGs structure. The simulation study is conducted using PSCAD/EMTDC, and the results verify the feasibility of this variable speed wind turbine based on multiple generators drive-train configuration....... output voltage, which could be directly connected to the grids. What is more, such arrangement has been made so that the output ac voltage having a selected phase angle difference among the stator windings of multiple generators. A phase angle shift strategy is proposed in this paper, which effectively...

  7. A general end point free energy calculation method based on microscopic configurational space coarse-graining

    CERN Document Server

    Tian, Pu

    2015-01-01

    Free energy is arguably the most important thermodynamic property for physical systems. Despite the fact that free energy is a state function, presently available rigorous methodologies, such as those based on thermodynamic integration (TI) or non-equilibrium work (NEW) analysis, involve energetic calculations on path(s) connecting the starting and the end macrostates. Meanwhile, presently widely utilized approximate end-point free energy methods lack rigorous treatment of conformational variation within end macrostates, and are consequently not sufficiently reliable. Here we present an alternative and rigorous end point free energy calculation formulation based on microscopic configurational space coarse graining, where the configurational space of a high dimensional system is divided into a large number of sufficiently fine and uniform elements, which were termed conformers. It was found that change of free energy is essentially decided by change of the number of conformers, with an error term that accounts...

  8. Configuration space control of a parallel delta robot with a neural network based inverse kinematics

    OpenAIRE

    Uzunovic, Tarik; Golubovic, Edin; Baran, Eray Abdurrahman; Şabanoviç, Asif; SABANOVIC, Asif

    2013-01-01

    This paper describes configuration space control of a Delta robot with a neural network based kinematics. Mathematical model of the kinematics for parallel Delta robot used for manipulation purposes in microfactory was validated, and experiments showed that this model is not describing “real” kinematics properly. Therefore a new solution for kinematics mapping had to be investigated. Solution was found in neural network utilization, and it was used to model robot's inverse kinematics. It show...

  9. Variable Speed Wind Turbine Based on Multiple Generators Drive-Train Configuration

    OpenAIRE

    Deng, Fujin; Chen, Zhe

    2010-01-01

    A variable speed wind turbine is presented in this paper, where multiple permanent magnet synchronous generators (MPMSGs) drive-train configuration is employed in the wind turbine. A cascaded multilevel converter interface based on the MPMSGs is developed to synthesize a desired high ac sinusoidal output voltage, which could be directly connected to the grids. What is more, such arrangement has been made so that the output ac voltage having a selected phase angle difference among the stator w...

  10. The space shuttle ascent vehicle aerodynamic challenges configuration design and data base development

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dill, C. C.; Young, J. C.; Roberts, B. B.; Craig, M. K.; Hamilton, J. T.; Boyle, W. W.

    1985-01-01

    The phase B Space Shuttle systems definition studies resulted in a generic configuration consisting of a delta wing orbiter, and two solid rocket boosters (SRB) attached to an external fuel tank (ET). The initial challenge facing the aerodynamic community was aerodynamically optimizing, within limits, this configuration. As the Shuttle program developed and the sensitivities of the vehicle to aerodynamics were better understood the requirements of the aerodynamic data base grew. Adequately characterizing the vehicle to support the various design studies exploded the size of the data base to proportions that created a data modeling/management challenge for the aerodynamicist. The ascent aerodynamic data base originated primarily from wind tunnel test results. The complexity of the configuration rendered conventional analytic methods of little use. Initial wind tunnel tests provided results which included undesirable effects from model support tructure, inadequate element proximity, and inadequate plume simulation. The challenge to improve the quality of test results by determining the extent of these undesirable effects and subsequently develop testing techniques to eliminate them was imposed on the aerodynamic community. The challenges to the ascent aerodynamics community documented are unique due to the aerodynamic complexity of the Shuttle launch. Never before was such a complex vehicle aerodynamically characterized. The challenges were met with innovative engineering analyses/methodology development and wind tunnel testing techniques.

  11. No-core configuration-interaction model for the isospin- and angular-momentum-projected states

    CERN Document Server

    Satula, W; Dobaczewski, J; Konieczka, M

    2016-01-01

    [Background] Single-reference density functional theory is very successful in reproducing bulk nuclear properties like binding energies, radii, or quadrupole moments throughout the entire periodic table. Its extension to the multi-reference level allows for restoring symmetries and, in turn, for calculating transition rates. [Purpose] We propose a new no-core-configuration-interaction (NCCI) model treating properly isospin and rotational symmetries. The model is applicable to any nucleus irrespective of its mass and neutron- and proton-number parity. It properly includes polarization effects caused by an interplay between the long- and short-range forces acting in the atomic nucleus. [Methods] The method is based on solving the Hill-Wheeler-Griffin equation within a model space built of linearly-dependent states having good angular momentum and properly treated isobaric spin. The states are generated by means of the isospin and angular-momentum projection applied to a set of low-lying (multi)particle-(multi)h...

  12. Configuration mixing within the energy density functional formalism: pathologies and cures

    CERN Document Server

    Lacroix, Denis; Duguet, Thomas

    2008-01-01

    Configuration mixing calculations performed in terms of the Skyrme/Gogny Energy Density Functional (EDF) rely on extending the Single-Reference energy functional into non-diagonal EDF kernels. The standard way to do so, based on an analogy with the pure Hamiltonian case and the use of the generalized Wick theorem, is responsible for the recently observed divergences and steps in Multi-Reference calculations. We summarize here the minimal solution to this problem recently proposed [Lacroix et al, arXiv:0809.2041] and applied with success to particle number restoration[Bender et al, arXiv:0809.2045]. Such a regularization method provides suitable corrections of pathologies for EDF depending on integer powers of the density. The specific case of fractional powers of the density[Duguet et al, arXiv:0809.2049] is also discussed.

  13. A New Classification Analysis of Customer Requirement Information Based on Quantitative Standardization for Product Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zheng Xiao

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Traditional methods used for the classification of customer requirement information are typically based on specific indicators, hierarchical structures, and data formats and involve a qualitative analysis in terms of stationary patterns. Because these methods neither consider the scalability of classification results nor do they regard subsequent application to product configuration, their classification becomes an isolated operation. However, the transformation of customer requirement information into quantifiable values would lead to a dynamic classification according to specific conditions and would enable an association with product configuration in an enterprise. This paper introduces a classification analysis based on quantitative standardization, which focuses on (i expressing customer requirement information mathematically and (ii classifying customer requirement information for product configuration purposes. Our classification analysis treated customer requirement information as follows: first, it was transformed into standardized values using mathematics, subsequent to which it was classified through calculating the dissimilarity with general customer requirement information related to the product family. Finally, a case study was used to demonstrate and validate the feasibility and effectiveness of the classification analysis.

  14. Analysis of Hybrid Configuration of Coal-Based Methanol-Power Polygeneration System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaosong Zhang

    2010-09-01

    Full Text Available

    A novel hybrid configuration of a coal-based polygeneration system, which bears the configuration characteristics of both parallel and sequential polygeneration systems, is proposed and investigated. Due to its configuration characteristics, the new system performs flexible production distribution (power and methanol to coordinate the performance and capacity ratio of chemical to power and facilitate peak shaving of power generation. The performance of the new system is simulated by means of Aspen Plus. The new system has a wider range of product capacity than the sequential polygeneration system, with a range of energy saving rate of 2~14%. Compared with the two other polygeneration systems the new system has better performance at each capacity ratio. Especially at a capacity ratio of chemical production to power generation of 0.5, it is about 2% higher than sequential polygeneration system and 4.5% higher than the parallel polygeneration system. Exergy analysis is performed. Better chemical energy utilization of the syngas is obtained without component adjustment but with proper recycling of the unreacted gas.

  15. A configurable component-based software system for magnetic field measurements

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nogiec, J.M.; DiMarco, J.; Kotelnikov, S.; Trombly-Freytag, K.; Walbridge, D.; Tartaglia, M.; /Fermilab

    2005-09-01

    A new software system to test accelerator magnets has been developed at Fermilab. The magnetic measurement technique involved employs a single stretched wire to measure alignment parameters and magnetic field strength. The software for the system is built on top of a flexible component-based framework, which allows for easy reconfiguration and runtime modification. Various user interface, data acquisition, analysis, and data persistence components can be configured to form different measurement systems that are tailored to specific requirements (e.g., involving magnet type or test stand). The system can also be configured with various measurement sequences or tests, each of them controlled by a dedicated script. It is capable of working interactively as well as executing a preselected sequence of tests. Each test can be parameterized to fit the specific magnet type or test stand requirements. The system has been designed with portability in mind and is capable of working on various platforms, such as Linux, Solaris, and Windows. It can be configured to use a local data acquisition subsystem or a remote data acquisition computer, such as a VME processor running VxWorks. All hardware-oriented components have been developed with a simulation option that allows for running and testing measurements in the absence of data acquisition hardware.

  16. Impact of well configuration on performance of steam-based gravity drainage processes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tamer, M.; Gates, I.D. [Calgary Univ., AB (Canada)

    2009-07-01

    These viscous oil sands are essentially immobile at reservoir conditions. Most in-situ recovery processes are steam-based, such cyclic steam stimulation (CSS) or steam-assisted gravity drainage (SAGD) where steam is injected into a horizontal well placed above a horizontal producer. There are several SAGD projects currently in operation in the Athabasca area. However, there are several design issues that need to be understood to develop and improve the performance of SAGD. Some examples are well configurations and operating conditions such as steam trap control and injection pressure. This paper examined the impact of position and geometry of steam injectors on the performance of SAGD processes in a heterogeneous reservoir. Different injection well configurations including single horizontal, offset SAGD, and vertical/horizontal well combinations were evaluated using a detailed, three-dimensional, geostatistically-populated, large-scale thermal reservoir simulation model. The study showed that well configuration changes the evolution of the steam conformance zone and oil flow dynamics in the reservoir. Several vertical injectors have the potential to deliver steam more efficiently than a single horizontal injector. It was concluded that a larger steam chamber volume has a larger heat transfer area, and therefore more mobilized oil and a higher production rate. 21 refs., 5 tabs., 34 figs.

  17. Hyperfine Coupling Constants from Internally Contracted Multireference Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiozaki, Toru; Yanai, Takeshi

    2016-09-13

    We present an accurate method for calculating hyperfine coupling constants (HFCCs) based on the complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with full internal contraction. The HFCCs are computed as a first-order property using the relaxed CASPT2 spin-density matrix that takes into account orbital and configurational relaxation due to dynamical electron correlation. The first-order unrelaxed spin-density matrix is calculated from one- and two-body spin-free counterparts that are readily available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program [M. K. MacLeod and T. Shiozaki, J. Chem. Phys. 142, 051103 (2015)], whereas the second-order part is computed directly using the newly extended automatic code generator. The relaxation contribution is then calculated from the so-called Z-vectors that are available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program. Numerical results are presented for the CN and AlO radicals, for which the CASPT2 values are comparable (or, even superior in some cases) to the ones computed by the coupled-cluster and density matrix renormalization group methods. The HFCCs for the hexaaqua complexes with V(II), Cr(III), and Mn(II) are also presented to demonstrate the accuracy and efficiency of our code. PMID:27479148

  18. Hyperfine Coupling Constants from Internally Contracted Multireference Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiozaki, Toru; Yanai, Takeshi

    2016-09-13

    We present an accurate method for calculating hyperfine coupling constants (HFCCs) based on the complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with full internal contraction. The HFCCs are computed as a first-order property using the relaxed CASPT2 spin-density matrix that takes into account orbital and configurational relaxation due to dynamical electron correlation. The first-order unrelaxed spin-density matrix is calculated from one- and two-body spin-free counterparts that are readily available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program [M. K. MacLeod and T. Shiozaki, J. Chem. Phys. 142, 051103 (2015)], whereas the second-order part is computed directly using the newly extended automatic code generator. The relaxation contribution is then calculated from the so-called Z-vectors that are available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program. Numerical results are presented for the CN and AlO radicals, for which the CASPT2 values are comparable (or, even superior in some cases) to the ones computed by the coupled-cluster and density matrix renormalization group methods. The HFCCs for the hexaaqua complexes with V(II), Cr(III), and Mn(II) are also presented to demonstrate the accuracy and efficiency of our code.

  19. Hyperfine coupling constants from internally contracted multireference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Shiozaki, Toru

    2016-01-01

    We present an accurate method for calculating hyperfine coupling constants (HFCCs) based on the complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with full internal contraction. The HFCCs are computed as a first-order property using the relaxed CASPT2 spin-density matrix that takes into account orbital and configurational relaxation due to dynamical electron correlation. The first-order unrelaxed spin-density matrix is calculated from one- and two-body spin-free counterparts that are readily available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program [M. K. MacLeod and T. Shiozaki, J. Chem. Phys. 142, 051103 (2015)], whereas the second-order part is computed directly using the newly extended automatic code generator. The relaxation contribution is then calculated from the so-called Z-vectors that are available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program. Numerical results are presented for the CN and AlO radicals, for which the CASPT2 values are comparable (or, even superior in some cases) to the ones computed ...

  20. Configuration-based optimization for six degree-of-freedom haptic rendering for fine manipulation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dangxiao Wang; Xin Zhang; Yuru Zhang; Jing Xiao

    2013-01-01

    Six-degree-of-freedom (6-DOF) haptic rendering for fine manipulation in narrow space is a challenging topic because of frequent constraint changes caused by small tool movement and the requirement to preserve the feel of fine-features of objects. In this paper, we introduce a configuration-based constrained optimization method for solving this rendering problem. We represent an object using a hierarchy of spheres, i.e., a sphere tree, which allows faster detection of multiple contacts/collisions among objects than polygonal mesh and facilitates contact constraint formulation. Given a moving graphic tool as the avatar of the haptic tool in the virtual environment, we compute its quasi-static motion by solving a configuration-based optimization. The constraints in the 6D configuration space of the graphic tool is obtained and updated through online mapping of the nonpenetration constraint between the spheres of the graphic tool and those of the other objects in the three-dimensional physical space, based on the result of collision detection. This problem is further modeled as a quadratic programming optimization and solved by the classic active-set methods. Our algorithm has been implemented and interfaced with a 6-DOF Phantom Premium 3.0. We demonstrate its performance in several benchmarks involving complex, multiregion contacts. The experimental results show both the high efficiency and stability of haptic rendering by our method for complex scenarios. Nonpenetration between the graphic tool and the object is maintained under frequent contact switches. Update rate of the simulation loop including optimization and constraint identification is maintained at about 1 kHz. PMID:24808301

  1. Configurable Resistive Switching between Memory and Threshold Characteristics for Protein-Based Devices

    KAUST Repository

    Wang, Hong

    2015-05-01

    The employ of natural biomaterials as the basic building blocks of electronic devices is of growing interest for biocompatible and green electronics. Here, resistive switching (RS) devices based on naturally silk protein with configurable functionality are demonstrated. The RS type of the devices can be effectively and exactly controlled by controlling the compliance current in the set process. Memory RS can be triggered by a higher compliance current, while threshold RS can be triggered by a lower compliance current. Furthermore, two types of memory devices, working in random access and WORM modes, can be achieved with the RS effect. The results suggest that silk protein possesses the potential for sustainable electronics and data storage. In addition, this finding would provide important guidelines for the performance optimization of biomaterials based memory devices and the study of the underlying mechanism behind the RS effect arising from biomaterials. Resistive switching (RS) devices with configurable functionality based on protein are successfully achieved. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  2. Testing the magnetotail configuration based on observations of low-altitude isotropic boundaries during quiet times

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ilie, R.; Ganushkina, N.; Toth, G.; Dubyagin, S.; Liemohn, M. W.

    2015-12-01

    We investigate the configuration of the geomagnetic field on the nightside magnetosphere during a quiet time interval based on National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Polar Orbiting Environment Satellites Medium Energy Proton and Electron Detector (NOAA/POES MEPED) measurements in combination with numerical simulations of the global terrestrial magnetosphere using the Space Weather Modeling Framework. Measurements from the NOAA/POES MEPED low-altitude data sets provide the locations of isotropic boundaries; those are used to extract information regarding the field structure in the source regions in the magnetosphere. In order to evaluate adiabaticity and mapping accuracy, which is mainly controlled by the ratio between the radius of curvature and the particle's Larmor radius, we tested the threshold condition for strong pitch angle scattering based on the MHD magnetic field solution. The magnetic field configuration is represented by the model with high accuracy, as suggested by the high correlation coefficients and very low normalized root-mean-square errors between the observed and the modeled magnetic field. The scattering criterion, based on the values of k=Rcρ ratio at the crossings of magnetic field lines, associated with isotropic boundaries, with the minimum B surface, predicts a critical value of kCR˜33. This means that, in the absence of other scattering mechanisms, the strong pitch angle scattering takes place whenever the Larmor radius is ˜33 times smaller than the radius of curvature of the magnetic field, as predicted by the Space Weather Modeling Framework.

  3. Optimizing intermediate ecosystem services in agriculture using rules based on landscape composition and configuration indices

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Cong, Rong-Gang; Ekroos, Johan; Smith, Henrik G.;

    2016-01-01

    Abstract Important intermediate ecosystem services (ES) such as crop pollination and biological control of pests, which underpin the final ES agricultural yields, are mediated by mobile organisms that depend on availability of habitat and its arrangement in the landscape. It has been suggested that...... landscape-scale management (LSM) of habitat in a multi-farm setting results in higher provisioning of such ES compared to farm-scale management (FSM). However, to achieve the LSM solution, farmers' land-use decisions need to be coordinated. To this end, we develop rules based on novel landscape composition...... and configuration indices. We model farmers' interdependencies through ES in an agent-based model (ABM) and optimize land use at both the farm and landscape scales for comparison. Our analysis is based on a simple artificial landscape with homogeneous soil quality and uses crop pollination as an...

  4. The optimal configuration of photovoltaic module arrays based on adaptive switching controls

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Highlights: • We propose a strategy for determining the optimal configuration of a PV array. • The proposed strategy was based on particle swarm optimization (PSO) method. • It can identify the optimal module array connection scheme in the event of shading. • It can also find the optimal connection of a PV array even in module malfunctions. - Abstract: This study proposes a strategy for determining the optimal configuration of photovoltaic (PV) module arrays in shading or malfunction conditions. This strategy was based on particle swarm optimization (PSO). If shading or malfunctions of the photovoltaic module array occur, the module array immediately undergoes adaptive reconfiguration to increase the power output of the PV power generation system. First, the maximal power generated at various irradiation levels and temperatures was recorded during normal array operation. Subsequently, the irradiation level and module temperature, regardless of operating conditions, were used to recall the maximal power previously recorded. This previous maximum was compared with the maximal power value obtained using the maximum power point tracker to assess whether the PV module array was experiencing shading or malfunctions. After determining that the array was experiencing shading or malfunctions, PSO was used to identify the optimal module array connection scheme in abnormal conditions, and connection switches were used to implement optimal array reconfiguration. Finally, experiments were conducted to assess the strategy for identifying the optimal reconfiguration of a PV module array in the event of shading or malfunctions

  5. A practical tablet-based hearing aid configuration as an exemplar project for students of instrumentation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ricardo Simeoni

    2015-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the configuration and digital signal processing details of a tablet-based hearing aid transmitting wirelessly to standard earphones, whereby the tablet performs full sound processing rather than solely providing a means of setting adjustment by streaming to conventional digital hearing aids. The presented device confirms the recognized advantages of this tablet-based approach (e.g., in relation to cost, frequency domain processing, amplification range, versatility of functionality, component battery rechargeability, and flags the future wider-spread availability of such hearing solutions within mainstream healthcare. The use of a relatively high sampling frequency was found to be beneficial for device performance, while the use of optional off-the-shelf add-on components (e.g., data acquisition device, high fidelity microphone, compact wireless transmitter/ receiver, wired headphones are also discussed in relation to performance optimization. The easy-to-follow configuration utilized is well suited to student learning/research instrumentation projects within the health and biomedical sciences. In this latter regard, the presented device was pedagogically integrated into a flipped classroom approach for the teaching of bioinstrumentation within an Allied Health Sciences School, with the subsequent establishment of positive student engagement outcomes.

  6. V-Model based Configuration Management Program for New-Build Nuclear Power Plant

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    An, Kyungik [PartDB Co. Ltd., Daejeon (Korea, Republic of); Cho, Yoon Sang [KHNP Co. Ltd., Daejeon (Korea, Republic of); Freeland, Kent R. [Industrial Analysts Incorporated, New Hampshire (United States)

    2014-05-15

    As NPP operators undertook design basis reconstitution efforts, they began to realize that the design basis is a foundation for Configuration Management (CM). This realization was made evident in the magnitude of the problems that were being observed. This experience also raised serious questions about how the information being developed to produce the design basis documents would be kept up to date in the future. A process to reconstitute the design basis is likely to be ineffective if CM controls are not in place. The right IT solution for CM depends upon a number of factors, including the nuclear power plant culture, budget, target technology, and the nuclear power plant owner/operator's standards, requirements and limitations for its generating fleet. Comprehensive CM Program for NPP is the single greatest strategy to meet the commitment to nuclear excellence. The safety and viability of nuclear power, particularly at the fleet level, depends upon the development of positive design control and design basis to better understanding plant operating dynamics and margin management, along with technology to control the realization of such design in the physical plant. However the most of plant facilities are modified many times, often without suitable support needed to confirm with their design base and to update their engineering data, maintenance rules and operating procedures. This lack of equilibrium between the requirements, design information and physical plant still remains a important issue. This study focuses on how to manage the configuration information of NPP using systems engineering V-model approach, and proposes data model to manage the configuration information in relation to manage their life cycle. Comprehensive CM Program and IMS for NPP life cycle support is the greatest strategy to meet the commitment to nuclear safety.

  7. V-Model based Configuration Management Program for New-Build Nuclear Power Plant

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    As NPP operators undertook design basis reconstitution efforts, they began to realize that the design basis is a foundation for Configuration Management (CM). This realization was made evident in the magnitude of the problems that were being observed. This experience also raised serious questions about how the information being developed to produce the design basis documents would be kept up to date in the future. A process to reconstitute the design basis is likely to be ineffective if CM controls are not in place. The right IT solution for CM depends upon a number of factors, including the nuclear power plant culture, budget, target technology, and the nuclear power plant owner/operator's standards, requirements and limitations for its generating fleet. Comprehensive CM Program for NPP is the single greatest strategy to meet the commitment to nuclear excellence. The safety and viability of nuclear power, particularly at the fleet level, depends upon the development of positive design control and design basis to better understanding plant operating dynamics and margin management, along with technology to control the realization of such design in the physical plant. However the most of plant facilities are modified many times, often without suitable support needed to confirm with their design base and to update their engineering data, maintenance rules and operating procedures. This lack of equilibrium between the requirements, design information and physical plant still remains a important issue. This study focuses on how to manage the configuration information of NPP using systems engineering V-model approach, and proposes data model to manage the configuration information in relation to manage their life cycle. Comprehensive CM Program and IMS for NPP life cycle support is the greatest strategy to meet the commitment to nuclear safety

  8. An MDE-based approach for solving configuration problems: An application to the Eclipse platform

    OpenAIRE

    Doux, Guillaume; Albert, Patrick; Barbier, Gabriel; Cabot, Jordi; Didonet Del Fabro, Marcos; Lee, Scott

    2011-01-01

    International audience Most of us have experienced configuration issues when installing new software applications. Finding the right configuration is often a challenging task since we need to deal with many dependencies between plug-ins, components, libraries, packages, etc; sometimes even regarding specific versions of the involved artefacts. Right now, most configuration engines are adhoc tools designed for specific configuration scenarios. This makes their reuse in different contexts ve...

  9. Periodic Trends in Lanthanide Compounds through the Eyes of Multireference ab Initio Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aravena, Daniel; Atanasov, Mihail; Neese, Frank

    2016-05-01

    Regularities among electronic configurations for common oxidation states in lanthanide complexes and the low involvement of f orbitals in bonding result in the appearance of several periodic trends along the lanthanide series. These trends can be observed on relatively different properties, such as bonding distances or ionization potentials. Well-known concepts like the lanthanide contraction, the double-double (tetrad) effect, and the similar chemistry along the lanthanide series stem from these regularities. Periodic trends on structural and spectroscopic properties are examined through complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF) followed by second-order N-electron valence perturbation theory (NEVPT2) including both scalar relativistic and spin-orbit coupling effects. Energies and wave functions from electronic structure calculations are further analyzed in terms of ab initio ligand field theory (AILFT), which allows one to rigorously extract angular overlap model ligand field, Racah, and spin-orbit coupling parameters directly from high-level ab initio calculations. We investigated the elpasolite Cs2NaLn(III)Cl6 (Ln(III) = Ce-Nd, Sm-Eu, Tb-Yb) crystals because these compounds have been synthesized for most Ln(III) ions. Cs2NaLn(III)Cl6 elpasolites have been also thoroughly characterized with respect to their spectroscopic properties, providing an exceptionally vast and systematic experimental database allowing one to analyze the periodic trends across the lanthanide series. Particular attention was devoted to the apparent discrepancy in metal-ligand covalency trends between theory and spectroscopy described in the literature. Consistent with earlier studies, natural population analysis indicates an increase in covalency along the series, while a decrease in both the nephelauxetic (Racah) and relativistic nephelauxetic (spin-orbit coupling) reduction with increasing atomic number is calculated. These apparently conflicting results are discussed on the

  10. Donor-Acceptor Heterojunction Configurations Based on DNA-Multichromophore Arrays.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nakamura, Mitsunobu; Tsuto, Koji; Jomura, Ayumi; Takada, Tadao; Yamana, Kazushige

    2015-08-10

    Multichromophore arrays of bis(2-thienyl)diketopyrrolopyrrole (DPP) and naphthalenediimide (NDI) with two Zn(II) -cyclens were constructed using thymidine DNA as a scaffold through the binding of the Zn(II) -cyclens with thymine bases. We demonstrate photocurrent generation in a donor-acceptor heterojunction configuration consisting of the DPP (donor) and NDI (acceptor) arrays co-immobilized on an Au electrode. The co-immobilized electrode exhibited good photocurrent responses because of the efficient charge separation between the DPP and NDI arrays. In contrast, an immobilized electrode consisting of randomly assembled DPP-NDI arrays generated no photocurrent response because DPP formed ground-state charge-transfer complexes with NDI in the randomly assembled arrays. Therefore, our approach to generate donor-acceptor heterojunctions based on DNA-multichromophore arrays is a useful method to efficiently generate photocurrent. PMID:26179473

  11. Quadcopter Aggressive Maneuvers along Singular Configurations: An Energy-Quaternion Based Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ayman A. El-Badawy

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Automatic aggressive maneuvers with quadcopters are regarded as a highly challenging control problem. The aim is to tackle the singularities that exist in a vertical looping maneuver. Modeling singularities are resolved by writing the equations-of-motion of the quadcopter in quaternion form. Physical singularities due to underactuation are resolved by using an energy-based control. Energy-based control is utilized to overcome the uncontrollability of the quadcopter at physical singular configurations, for instance, when commanding the quadcopter to gain altitude while pitched at 90∘. Three looping strategies (circular, clothoidal, and newly developed constant thrust are implemented on a nonlinear model of the quadcopter. The three looping strategies are discussed along with their advantages and limitations.

  12. Computer aided system for generating fuel shuffling configurations based on knowledge engineering

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In a PWR core, approximately 1/3 of the burned fuels are replaced by fresh fuels after about a year's operation. Reload cores are designed so as to minimize the radial power peaking factor under design requirements and some administrative constraints. The conventional way of generating an appropriate fuel loading pattern is a method of trial error, which is laborious and requires much computer time. A computer aided system has therefore been developed to speed up and make more efficient the determination of fuel shuffling configurations in reload cores. The system consists of a rule-base system employing artificial intelligence techniques, a pin-wise diffusion code and a feedback program based on fuel assembly power distributions. It was successfully applied to cores with only burnable poison rods, with gadolinium-dispersed fuels and also to cores employing low leakage fuel management strategy. (author)

  13. A Model-based Approach to Reactive Self-Configuring Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Williams, Brian C.; Nayak, P. Pandurang

    1996-01-01

    This paper describes Livingstone, an implemented kernel for a self-reconfiguring autonomous system, that is reactive and uses component-based declarative models. The paper presents a formal characterization of the representation formalism used in Livingstone, and reports on our experience with the implementation in a variety of domains. Livingstone's representation formalism achieves broad coverage of hybrid software/hardware systems by coupling the concurrent transition system models underlying concurrent reactive languages with the discrete qualitative representations developed in model-based reasoning. We achieve a reactive system that performs significant deductions in the sense/response loop by drawing on our past experience at building fast prepositional conflict-based algorithms for model-based diagnosis, and by framing a model-based configuration manager as a prepositional, conflict-based feedback controller that generates focused, optimal responses. Livingstone automates all these tasks using a single model and a single core deductive engine, thus making significant progress towards achieving a central goal of model-based reasoning. Livingstone, together with the HSTS planning and scheduling engine and the RAPS executive, has been selected as the core autonomy architecture for Deep Space One, the first spacecraft for NASA's New Millennium program.

  14. Flow-acoustic Characterisation of a Cavity-based Combustor Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Krishna Kant Agarwal

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available This study concerns the flow-acoustic characterisation of a cavity-based combustor configuration. A well-validated numerical tool has been used to simulate the unsteady, two-dimensional reacting flow. Initially, a conventional flow over a cavity with dimensions and conditions corresponding to a compact cavity combustor was studied. Cavity mass injections in the form of fuel and air injections required for trapped vortex formation were then employed and the resonance features of this configuration were studied. The results indicate that the cavity depth mode resonance mechanism is dominant at the conditions studied in this work and that the oscillation frequencies do not change with cavity air injection. This observation is important since it implies that the only important variable which can alter resonant frequencies is the cavity depth. With combustion, the pressure oscillation amplitude was observed to increases significantly due to periodic entrainment of the cavity air jet and fluctuation of fuel-air mixture composition to produce highly fluctuating heat-release rates. The underlying mechanisms of the unsteady flow in the cavity combustor identified in this study indicate the strong dependence of the acoustics on the cavity injection strategies.Defence Science Journal, 2011, 61(6, pp.523-528, DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.14429/dsj.61.870

  15. Self-Configuring Indoor Localization Based on Low-Cost Ultrasonic Range Sensors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Can Basaran

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available In smart environments, target tracking is an essential service used by numerous applications from activity recognition to personalized infotaintment. The target tracking relies on sensors with known locations to estimate and keep track of the path taken by the target, and hence, it is crucial to have an accurate map of such sensors. However, the need for manually entering their locations after deployment and expecting them to remain fixed, significantly limits the usability of target tracking. To remedy this drawback, we present a self-configuring and device-free localization protocol based on genetic algorithms that autonomously identifies the geographic topology of a network of ultrasonic range sensors as well as automatically detects any change in the established network structure in less than a minute and generates a new map within seconds. The proposed protocol significantly reduces hardware and deployment costs thanks to the use of low-cost off-the-shelf sensors with no manual configuration. Experiments on two real testbeds of different sizes show that the proposed protocol achieves an error of 7.16~17.53 cm in topology mapping, while also tracking a mobile target with an average error of 11.71~18.43 cm and detecting displacements of 1.41~3.16 m in approximately 30 s.

  16. The role of the magnetic orbitals in the calculation of the magnetic coupling constants from multireference perturbation theory methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Angeli, Celestino; Calzado, Carmen J

    2012-07-21

    The use of multireference perturbation theory (MRPT) for the calculation of the magnetic coupling in binuclear complexes has shown to give poor results if applied on a minimal active space complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF) wavefunction. In this work, we identify the origin of this problem in the starting CASSCF orbitals, which are exceedingly localized on the metal atoms. Focusing on the case of antiferromagnetic systems, it is shown that the form of the active orbitals has a dramatic effect on the relative description of the neutral and ionic structures. Finally, a simple and computational inexpensive strategy is proposed for the calculation of a set of magnetic orbitals describing in a more balanced way the neutral and ionic structures. The use of these orbitals, instead the CASSCF ones, in minimal active space MRPT2 calculations leads to a marked improvement of the J values, which become in reasonable agreement with those obtained with the expensive high level difference dedicated configuration interaction approach and with the experimental values.

  17. Excited electronic states from a variational approach based on symmetry-projected Hartree--Fock configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Jiménez-Hoyos, Carlos A; Scuseria, Gustavo E

    2013-01-01

    Recent work from our research group has demonstrated that symmetry-projected Hartree--Fock (HF) methods provide a compact representation of molecular ground state wavefunctions based on a superposition of non-orthogonal Slater determinants. The symmetry-projected ansatz can account for static correlations in a computationally efficient way. Here we present a variational extension of this methodology applicable to excited states of the same symmetry as the ground state. Benchmark calculations on the C$_2$ dimer with a modest basis set, which allows comparison with full configuration interaction results, indicate that this extension provides a high quality description of the low-lying spectrum for the entire dissociation profile. We apply the same methodology to obtain the full low-lying vertical excitation spectrum of formaldehyde, in good agreement with available theoretical and experimental data, as well as to a challenging model $C_{2v}$ insertion pathway for BeH$_2$. The variational excited state methodolo...

  18. All-Fiber Configuration Laser Self-Mixing Doppler Velocimeter Based on Distributed Feedback Fiber Laser.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Shuang; Wang, Dehui; Xiang, Rong; Zhou, Junfeng; Ma, Yangcheng; Gui, Huaqiao; Liu, Jianguo; Wang, Huanqin; Lu, Liang; Yu, Benli

    2016-07-27

    In this paper, a novel velocimeter based on laser self-mixing Doppler technology has been developed for speed measurement. The laser employed in our experiment is a distributed feedback (DFB) fiber laser, which is an all-fiber structure using only one Fiber Bragg Grating to realize optical feedback and wavelength selection. Self-mixing interference for optical velocity sensing is experimentally investigated in this novel system, and the experimental results show that the Doppler frequency is linearly proportional to the velocity of a moving target, which agrees with the theoretical analysis commendably. In our experimental system, the velocity measurement can be achieved in the range of 3.58 mm/s-2216 mm/s with a relative error under one percent, demonstrating that our novel all-fiber configuration velocimeter can implement wide-range velocity measurements with high accuracy.

  19. Recent advances in plasma devices based on plasma lens configuration for manipulating high-current heavy ion beams

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We describe new results of development of novel generation cylindrical plasma devices based on the electrostatic plasma lens configuration and concept of electrons magnetic insulation. The crossed electric and magnetic fields plasma lens configuration provides us with the attractive and suitable method for establishing a stable plasma discharge at low pressure. Using plasma lens configuration in this way some cost-effective plasma devices were developed for ion treatment and deposition of exotic coatings and the effective lens was first proposed for manipulating high-current beams of negatively charged particles. Here we describe operation and features of these plasma devices, and results of theoretical consideration of mechanisms determining their optimal operation conditions.

  20. A unix configuration engine

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A high level description language is presented for the purpose of automatically configuring large heterogeneous networked unix environments, based on class-oriented abstractions. The configuration engine is portable and easily extensible

  1. Optimal Sunshade Configurations for Space-Based Geoengineering near the Sun-Earth L1 Point.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sánchez, Joan-Pau; McInnes, Colin R

    2015-01-01

    Within the context of anthropogenic climate change, but also considering the Earth's natural climate variability, this paper explores the speculative possibility of large-scale active control of the Earth's radiative forcing. In particular, the paper revisits the concept of deploying a large sunshade or occulting disk at a static position near the Sun-Earth L1 Lagrange equilibrium point. Among the solar radiation management methods that have been proposed thus far, space-based concepts are generally seen as the least timely, albeit also as one of the most efficient. Large occulting structures could potentially offset all of the global mean temperature increase due to greenhouse gas emissions. This paper investigates optimal configurations of orbiting occulting disks that not only offset a global temperature increase, but also mitigate regional differences such as latitudinal and seasonal difference of monthly mean temperature. A globally resolved energy balance model is used to provide insights into the coupling between the motion of the occulting disks and the Earth's climate. This allows us to revise previous studies, but also, for the first time, to search for families of orbits that improve the efficiency of occulting disks at offsetting climate change on both global and regional scales. Although natural orbits exist near the L1 equilibrium point, their period does not match that required for geoengineering purposes, thus forced orbits were designed that require small changes to the disk attitude in order to control its motion. Finally, configurations of two occulting disks are presented which provide the same shading area as previously published studies, but achieve reductions of residual latitudinal and seasonal temperature changes.

  2. Heat-bath Configuration Interaction: An efficient selected CI algorithm inspired by heat-bath sampling

    CERN Document Server

    Holmes, Adam; Umrigar, Cyrus

    2016-01-01

    We introduce a new selected configuration interaction plus perturbation theory algorithm that is based on a deterministic analog of our recent efficient heat-bath sampling algorithm. This Heat-bath Configuration Interaction (HCI) algorithm makes use of two parameters that control the tradeoff between speed and accuracy, one which controls the selection of determinants to add to a variational wavefunction, and one which controls the the selection of determinants used to compute the perturbative correction to the variational energy. We show that HCI provides an accurate treatment of both static and dynamic correlation by computing the potential energy curve of the multireference carbon dimer in the cc-pVDZ basis. We then demonstrate the speed and accuracy of HCI by recovering the full configuration interaction energy of both the carbon dimer in the cc-pVTZ basis and the strongly-correlated chromium dimer in the Ahlrichs VDZ basis, correlating all electrons, to an accuracy of better than 1 mHa, in just a few min...

  3. Interference-type time lens based on temporal hologram in a loop configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Xiao; Li, Honggen

    2015-12-10

    An alternative scheme is proposed for implementing a time lens based on the temporal hologram concept. Instead of using edge-pass filtering, this scheme achieves the keeping of only the time-lens (quadratic phase modulation) term of interest through the interference of two modulated component beams. In this scheme, an additional linear frequency component does not have to be added to the electronic drive signal to avoid the overlapping of the target frequency component and its conjugate of the modulated signal. Thus, the proposed hologram-based time lens is not only able to relax the limitation of the bandwidth and sampling rate of the arbitrary waveform generator on the time-bandwidth product and resolution to some extent, but is also capable of processing shorter input pulse signals. These advantages make the proposed interference-type hologram time lens especially suitable for use in a loop configuration, where it can be reused when the signal pulse circulates in the loop. This promises significantly enhanced time-bandwidth product and resolution, and the temporal aperture size can be designed as large as desired theoretically.

  4. Surface Electromyography-Based Facial Expression Recognition in Bi-Polar Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mahyar Hamedi

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: Facial expression recognition has been improved recently and it has become a significant issue in diagnostic and medical fields, particularly in the areas of assistive technology and rehabilitation. Apart from their usefulness, there are some problems in their applications like peripheral conditions, lightening, contrast and quality of video and images. Approach: Facial Action Coding System (FACS and some other methods based on images or videos were applied. This study proposed two methods for recognizing 8 different facial expressions such as natural (rest, happiness in three conditions, anger, rage, gesturing ‘a’ like in apple word and gesturing no by pulling up the eyebrows based on Three-channels in Bi-polar configuration by SEMG. Raw signals were processed in three main steps (filtration, feature extraction and active features selection sequentially. Processed data was fed into Support Vector Machine and Fuzzy C-Means classifiers for being classified into 8 facial expression groups. Results: 91.8 and 80.4% recognition ratio had been achieved for FCM and SVM respectively. Conclusion: The confirmed enough accuracy and power in this field of study and FCM showed its better ability and performance in comparison with SVM. It’s expected that in near future, new approaches in the frequency bandwidth of each facial gesture will provide better results.

  5. Exergy analysis of a novel configuration of desiccant based evaporative air conditioning system

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Highlights: • A procedure is developed for exergy analyses of the system. • The exergy transports between the components are determined. • The exergy efficiency of the whole system is 40.7% at 15 °C reference temperature. - Abstract: In this work, a process is developed for exergy analyses of a novel configuration of desiccant based an evaporative air conditioning system. The exergy transfer and destruction between the components of the system are defined for the average measured variables obtained from the experimental results. The exergy formulations are carried out to the experimental system using the data collected during a typical operation of the system. The exergy output, specific flow exergy, exergy destruction, exergy input and exergy efficiency are determined. Furthermore, the sustainability assessment and relative irreversibility of components are obtained. It is found that the exergy efficiency of the entire experimental unit is 40.7% at a reference temperature of 15 °C. It is also observed that the exergy efficiencies of the entire system varies between 56% and 25% for reference temperature of 0–30 °C, respectively. The effects of reference temperature on the performance of the studied system are investigated. Based on the investigation, it is seen that an exergy analysis can provide beneficial knowledge with respect to the theoretical upper limit of the system performance

  6. Transonic pressure measurements and comparison of theory to experiment for an arrow-wing configuration. Volume 1: Experimental data report, base configuration and effects of wing twist and leading-edge configuration. [wind tunnel tests, aircraft models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Manro, M. E.; Manning, K. J. R.; Hallstaff, T. H.; Rogers, J. T.

    1975-01-01

    A wind tunnel test of an arrow-wing-body configuration consisting of flat and twisted wings, as well as a variety of leading- and trailing-edge control surface deflections, was conducted at Mach numbers from 0.4 to 1.1 to provide an experimental pressure data base for comparison with theoretical methods. Theory-to-experiment comparisons of detailed pressure distributions were made using current state-of-the-art attached and separated flow methods. The purpose of these comparisons was to delineate conditions under which these theories are valid for both flat and twisted wings and to explore the use of empirical methods to correct the theoretical methods where theory is deficient.

  7. A Dynamically Configurable Silicon Nanowire Field Effect Transistor based on Electrically Doped Source/Drain

    OpenAIRE

    Sahu, Chitrakant; Lahgere, Avinash; Singh, Jawar

    2014-01-01

    In this article, we present a configurable field-effect transistor (FET), where not only polarity (n- and p-type), but the conduction mechanism of a FET can also be configured dynamically. As a result, we can have both types of devices, high-performance MOSFET and low-power TFET, for computational and power efficient system on chip (SoC) products. The calibrated 3D-TCAD simulation results validate characteristics and functionalities of the configurable FET, and showed good consistency with th...

  8. Preparation of the spacer for narrow electrode gap configuration in ionization-based gas sensor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Saheed, Mohamed Shuaib Mohamed; Mohamed, Norani Muti; Burhanudin, Zainal Arif [Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Seri Iskandar, Tronoh, Perak. (Malaysia); Fundamental and Applied Science, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Seri Iskandar, Tronoh, Perak. (Malaysia); Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Seri Iskandar, Tronoh, Perak. (Malaysia)

    2012-09-26

    Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have started to be developed as the sensing element for ionization-based gas sensors due to the demand for improved sensitivity, selectivity, stability and other sensing properties beyond what can be offered by the conventional ones. Although these limitations have been overcome, the problems still remain with the conventional ionization-based gas sensors in that they are bulky and operating with large breakdown voltage and high temperature. Recent studies have shown that the breakdown voltage can be reduced by using nanostructured electrodes and narrow electrode gap. Nanostructured electrode in the form of aligned CNTs array with evenly distributed nanotips can enhance the linear electric field significantly. The later is attributed to the shorter conductivity path through narrow electrode gap. The paper presents the study on the design consideration in order to realize ionization based gas sensor using aligned carbon nanotubes array in an optimum sensor configuration with narrow electrode gap. Several deposition techniques were studied to deposit the spacer, the key component that can control the electrode gap. Plasma spray deposition, electron beam deposition and dry oxidation method were employed to obtain minimum film thickness around 32 {mu}m. For plasma spray method, sand blasting process is required in order to produce rough surface for strong bonding of the deposited film onto the surface. Film thickness, typically about 39 {mu}m can be obtained. For the electron beam deposition and dry oxidation, the film thickness is in the range of nanometers and thus unsuitable to produce the spacer. The deposited multilayer film consisting of copper, alumina and ferum on which CNTs array will be grown was found to be removed during the etching process. This is attributed to the high etching rate on the thin film which can be prevented by reducing the rate and having a thicker conductive copper film.

  9. Mathematical modeling and experimental testing of three bioreactor configurations based on windkessel models

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Genevieve Lachance

    2010-02-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents an experimental study of three bioreactor configurations. The bioreactor is intended to be used for the development of tissue-engineered heart valve substitutes. Therefore it must be able to reproduce physiological flow and pressure waveforms accurately. A detailed analysis of three bioreactor arrangements is presented using mathematical models based on the windkessel (WK approach. First, a review of the many applications of this approach in medical studies enhances its fundamental nature and its usefulness. Then the models are developed with reference to the actual components of the bioreactor. This study emphasizes different conflicting issues arising in the design process of a bioreactor for biomedical purposes, where an optimization process is essential to reach a compromise satisfying all conditions. Two important aspects are the need for a simple system providing ease of use and long-term sterility, opposed to the need for an advanced (thus more complex architecture capable of a more accurate reproduction of the physiological environment. Three classic WK architectures are analyzed, and experimental results enhance the advantages and limitations of each one.

  10. Density matrix based time-dependent configuration interaction approach to ultrafast spin-flip dynamics

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, H; Kühn, O

    2016-01-01

    Recent developments in attosecond spectroscopy yield access to the correlated motion of electrons on their intrinsic time scales. Spin-flip dynamics is usually considered in the context of valence electronic states, where spin-orbit coupling is weak and processes related to the electron spin are usually driven by nuclear motion. However, for core-excited states, where the core hole has a nonzero angular momentum, spin-orbit coupling is strong enough to drive spin-flips on a much shorter time scale. Using density matrix based time-dependent restricted active space configuration interaction including spin-orbit coupling, we address an unprecedentedly short spin-crossover for the example of L-edge (2p$\\rightarrow$3d) excited states of a prototypical Fe(II) complex. This process occurs on a time scale, which is faster than that of Auger decay ($\\sim$4\\,fs) treated here explicitly. Modest variations of carrier frequency and pulse duration can lead to substantial changes in the spin-state yield, suggesting its cont...

  11. Possible configurations for an air independent propulsion (AIP) system for submarines based on fuel cells

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    'Full text:' Conventional submarines employ an electric propulsion system, based on energy storage in batteries which are recharged using diesel motors connected to generator alternators. This limits their autonomy underwater given that it will be depend on the amount of energy that can be stored in the batteries; currently, a normal value is to have energy to navigate for three days at low speed. As of from the WWII, several shipyards began to carry out research on propulsion systems for submarines that would be capable of operating under anaerobic conditions, independent of the air (AIP Systems). Since then, several proposals have been considered, but there is one option that several navies are currently putting their trust in: fuel cells. The objective of this Project is to stress the different configurations that can be considered to this end, as regards the transportation of hydrogen and oxygen. From the hydrogen point of view, the possibilities of transporting it in metal hydrides or its on-board production through the reforming of different fuels (gas-oil, ethanol, methanol), are analyzed. This study also compares auxiliary systems (including CO2 removers), and proposes solutions, some of which are under development, indicating which are currently being considered to a greater extent. (author)

  12. Developing A Priority-Based Decision Making Mod To Evaluate Geometric Configuration Of Urban Interchanges

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Naeimi, M.; Alimoradi, Z.; Razi, M.; Monajjem, S.

    2014-01-01

    The present article involves in evaluation and engineering judgment of various geometric configurations for highway interchanges by considering substantial parameters over the discretion process. The geometric, economical and architectural criteria as the fundamental indicators are divided into rela

  13. ACES-Based Testbed and Bayesian Game-Theoretic Framework for Dynamic Airspace Configuration Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — The key innovation in this effort is the development of algorithms and a framework for automated Dynamic Airspace Configuration (DAC) using a cooperative Bayesian...

  14. Best Sensor Configuration and Accommodation Rule Based on Navigation Performance for INS with Seven Inertial Sensors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cheol-Kwan Yang

    2009-10-01

    Full Text Available This paper considers the best sensor configuration and fault accommodation problem for inertial navigation systems which use seven inertial sensors such as gyroscopes and accelerometers. We prove that when six inertial sensors are used, the isolation of a double fault cannot be achieved for some combinations of fault magnitudes, whereas when seven inertial sensors are used, the isolation of any double fault can be achieved. There are many configurations which provide the minimum position errors. This paper proposes four configurations which show the best navigation performance and compares their FDI performances. Considering the FDI performance and the complexity of the accommodation rule, we choose one sensor configuration and provide accommodation rules for double faults. A Monte Carlo simulation is performed to show that the accommodation rules work well.

  15. eDT and Model-based Configuration of 12GeV CEBAF

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    This poster will discuss model-driven setup of CEBAF for the 12GeV era, focusing on the elegant Download Tool (eDT). eDT is a new operator tool that generates magnet design setpoints for various machine energies and pass configurations. eDT was developed in the effort towards a process for reducing machine configuration time and reproducibility by way of an accurate accelerator model.

  16. eDT and Model-based Configuration of 12GeV CEBAF

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Turner, Dennison L. [Jefferson Lab, Newport News, VA (United States)

    2015-09-01

    This poster will discuss model-driven setup of CEBAF for the 12GeV era, focusing on the elegant Download Tool (eDT). eDT is a new operator tool that generates magnet design setpoints for various machine energies and pass configurations. eDT was developed in the effort towards a process for reducing machine configuration time and reproducibility by way of an accurate accelerator model.

  17. On Scenario-based Model-driven Configuration Management for Flexible Networking Experimentation Infrastructures

    OpenAIRE

    Galán Márquez, Fermín

    2010-01-01

    The goal of the present dissertation is to improve the current state of the art in configuration management in networking experimentation infrastructures (testbeds). In particular, our goal is to solve the scenario technology-dependency problem, so the same scenarios can be reused in different testbeds. In order to achieve this goal, three objectives have to be addressed. First, to develop a model-driven configuration management architecture that decouples scenario specifications from the...

  18. Compact, mission configurable mm-wave spectrometer based on a channel drop filter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smirnova, Evgenya I.; Bailey, Aimee G.; Earley, Lawrence M.; Kurennoy, Sergey S.

    2007-04-01

    We have developed a novel mm-wave spectrometer based on a Photonic Band Gap (PBG) channel-drop filter (CDF). There is a need for a compact wide-band versatile and configurable mm-wave spectrometer for applications in mm-wave communications and remote sensing. CDFs present us with a unique means for filtering frequencies at mm-waves. CDF is a novel concept allowing filtering the frequency spectra and channeling selected frequencies into separate waveguides through a PBG structure. We have designed a spectrometer with a CDF working in the frequency range of 90-130 GHz. The CDF can be connected to any type of antenna and detector. A large ground based outdoor antenna can be used for remote sensing with radars. A compact antenna can be used for indoor or space applications. The signal in the waveguide channels can be measured with any type of sensor such as a cooled bolometer or a room temperature mm-wave diode. The size of the spectrometer is under 5 inches by 5 inches and just a quarter of an inch in thick. Multiple filters can be stacked together to construct a mission specific package. We propose to construct the filter with silicon rods on a 100mm silicon wafer using MEMS technology. We will then evaluate the filter at our mm-wave laboratory to demonstrate the channeling of frequencies in a proof-of-principle experiment at 100GHz. This technology will work well for frequencies from 60GHz to 1000GHz.

  19. Evaluation of quantum dot-based concentric FRET configurations with a fluorescent dye and dark quencher for multiplexed bioanalyses

    Science.gov (United States)

    Conroy, Erin M.; Algar, W. Russ

    2014-03-01

    Semiconductor quantum dots (QDs) continue to emerge as a highly advantageous platform for bioanalysis. Their unique physical and optical properties are especially well suited for Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET)-based bioprobes. Concentric FRET configurations are a recent development in this area of research and are best described as QD bioconjugates where multiple energy transfer pathways have been assembled around the central QD. Concentric FRET configurations permit multiplexed bioanalysis using one type of QD vector, but require more sophisticated analyses than conventional FRET pairs. In this paper, we describe the design and characterization of a new concentric FRET configuration that assembles both a fluorescent dye, Alexa Fluor 555 or Alexa Fluor 647, and a dark quencher, QSY9, at different ratios around a central CdSeS/ZnS QD. It was found that the magnitudes of the total photoluminescence (PL) intensity and either the A555/QD or A647/QD PL ratio can be related to the number of QSY9 and A555 or A647 per QD. The trends in these parameters with changes in the number of each dye molecule per QD have both similarities and differences between configurations with A555 and A647. In each case, a system of equations can be defined to permit calculation of the number of each dye molecule per QD from PL measurements. Both of these dark quencher-based concentric FRET configurations are therefore good candidates for quantitative, multiplexed bioanalysis.

  20. Dual fiber Bragg gratings configuration-based fiber acoustic sensor for low-frequency signal detection

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Dong; Wang, Shun; Lu, Ping; Liu, Deming

    2014-11-01

    We propose and fabricate a new type fiber acoustic sensor based on dual fiber Bragg gratings (FBGs) configuration. The acoustic sensor head is constructed by putting the sensing cells enclosed in an aluminum cylinder space built by two Cband FBGs and a titanium diaphragm of 50 um thickness. One end of each FBG is longitudinally adhered to the diaphragm by UV glue. Both of the two FBGs are employed for reflecting light. The dual FBGs play roles not only as signal transmission system but also as sensing component, and they demodulate each other's optical signal mutually during the measurement. Both of the two FBGs are pre-strained and the output optical power experiences fluctuation in a linear relationship along with a variation of axial strain and surrounding acoustic interference. So a precise approach to measure the frequency and sound pressure of the acoustic disturbance is achieved. Experiments are performed and results show that a relatively flat frequency response in a range from 200 Hz to 1 kHz with the average signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) above 21 dB is obtained. The maximum sound pressure sensitivity of 11.35mV/Pa is achieved with the Rsquared value of 0.99131 when the sound pressure in the range of 87.7-106.6dB. It has potential applications in low frequency signal detection. Owing to its direct self-demodulation method, the sensing system reveals the advantages of easy to demodulate, good temperature stability and measurement reliability. Besides, performance of the proposed sensor could be improved by optimizing the parameters of the sensor, especially the diaphragm.

  1. Studies on different configurations of cobalt phthalocyanine based flexible organic field effect transistor

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kumar, A.; Jha, P.; Samanta, S.; Singh, A.; Debnath, A. K.; Aswal, D. K.; Gupta, S. K.

    2016-05-01

    Organic Field Effect Transistors (OFETs) are being investigated for a number of low-cost, large area applications; particularly those that are compatible with flexible plastic substrates. Development of low temperature processes can make way for OFETs to be integrated on flexible plastic substrates. Here we have made systematic studies on OFETs in different configurations wherein we have chosen Cobalt Phthalocyanine (CoPc) as active material. We have found the best mobility (1.86 × 10-5 cm2/V-s) in Bottom Gate Top Contact configuration. However, threshold voltage (-5V) and On off ratio (62)were found to be better in Top Gate Bottom Contact configuration The electromechanical properties of the Bottom Gate Top Contact transistors were studied by measuring the transfer characteristics of the devices in bend condition and thereby calculating mobility under different radii of bending. No significant change in the mobility of the device was observed under bent conditions.

  2. Millimeter‐wave INP DHBT power amplifier based on power‐optimized cascode configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Johansen, Tom K.; Yan, Lei; Dupuy, Jean‐Yves;

    2013-01-01

    This letter describes the use of a power‐optimized cascode configuration for obtaining maximum output power at millimeter‐wave (mm‐wave) frequencies for a two‐way combined power amplifier (PA). The PA has been fabricated in a high‐speed InP double heterojunction bipolar transistor technology...... and has a total active emitter area of 68.4 μm2. The experimental results demonstrate a small signal gain of 9.8 dB and saturated output power of more than 18.6 dBm at 72 GHz with a peak power‐added efficiency of 12%. The benefits of the power optimized cascode configuration over the standard cascode...... configuration at mm‐wave frequencies are confirmed by both simulations and experimental results. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Microwave Opt Technol Lett 55:1178–1182, 2013; View this article online at wileyonlinelibrary.com. DOI 10.1002/mop.27477...

  3. Electrochemical surface plasmon resonance sensor based on two-electrode configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Bing; Li, Yazhuo; Dong, Wei; Wen, Yizhang; Pang, Kai; Zhan, Shuyue; Wang, Xiaoping

    2016-10-01

    To obtain detailed information about electrochemistry reactions, a two-electrode electrochemical surface plasmon resonance (EC-SPR) sensor has been proposed. We describe the theory of potential modulation for this novel sensor and determine the factors that can change the SPR resonance angle. The reference electrode in three-electrode configuration was eliminated, and comparing with several other electrode materials, activated carbon (AC) is employed as the suitable counter electrode for its potential stability. Just like three-electrode configuration, the simpler AC two-electrode system can also obtain detailed information about the electrochemical reactions.

  4. Electronic structure and relative stability of 1:1 Cu-O2 adducts from difference-dedicated configuration interaction calculations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zapata-Rivera, Jhon; Caballol, Rosa; Calzado, Carmen J

    2011-04-30

    A computational strategy to analyze Cu-O(2) adducts based on the use of difference-dedicated configuration interaction (DDCI) calculations is presented. The electronic structure, vertical gaps and nature of the metal-O(2) interaction, and the extension of the charge transfer between both fragments have been investigated. Relative stabilities between isomers are determined from triplet states CCSD(T) calculations. The key point of the here proposed strategy rests on the use of a rationally designed active space, containing only those orbitals, which optimize the interaction pathways between LCu and O(2) fragments. The procedure has been tested on a broad set of model and synthetic biomimetic systems, the results compared with previous theoretical evaluations and/or available experimental data. Our study indicates that this strategy can be considered as an alternative approach to multireference second-order perturbation theory methods to deal with this type of systems with remarkable biradical nature.

  5. State-specific Multi-reference Perturbation Theories with Relaxed Coefficients: Molecular Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Debashis Mukherjee

    2002-06-01

    Full Text Available Abstract: We present in this paper two new versions of Rayleigh-Schr¨odinger (RS and the Brillouin-Wigner (BW state-specific multi-reference perturbative theories (SSMRPT which stem from our state-specific multi-reference coupled-cluster formalism (SS-MRCC, developed with a complete active space (CAS. They are manifestly sizeextensive and are designed to avoid intruders. The combining coefficients cμ for the model functions φμ are completely relaxed and are obtained by diagonalizing an effective operator in the model space, one root of which is the target eigenvalue of interest. By invoking suitable partitioning of the hamiltonian, very convenient perturbative versions of the formalism in both the RS and the BW forms are developed for the second order energy. The unperturbed hamiltonians for these theories can be chosen to be of both Mφller-Plesset (MP and Epstein-Nesbet (EN type. However, we choose the corresponding Fock operator fμ for each model function φμ, whose diagonal elements are used to define the unperturbed hamiltonian in the MP partition. In the EN partition, we additionally include all the diagonal direct and exchange ladders. Our SS-MRPT thus utilizes a multi-partitioning strategy. Illustrative numerical applications are presented for potential energy surfaces (PES of the ground (1Σ+ and the first delta (1Δ states of CH+ which possess pronounced multi-reference character. Comparison of the results with the corresponding full CI values indicates the efficacy of our formalisms.

  6. Supply Chain Partners and Configuration Selection : An Intuitionistic Fuzzy Chouquet Integral Operator Based Approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ashayeri, J.; Tuzkaya, G.; Tuzkaya, U.

    2010-01-01

    The concept of a supply chain exists for over twenty years but partners and configuration selection process still is rather unstructured. In order to increase value in any supply chain, a more comprehensive and integrative approach is required to select the right partners and establish the right con

  7. A new sensor-based self-configurable bandstop filter for reducing the energy leakage in industrial microwave ovens

    OpenAIRE

    Clemente Fernández, Francisco Javier; Monzó Cabrera, Juan; Pedreño Molina, Juan Luis; Lozano Guerrero, Antonio José; Fayos Fernández, José; Díaz Morcillo, Alejandro Benedicto

    2012-01-01

    In this work a new sensor-based self-configurable waveguide bandstop filter that uses a combination of metallic irises and reconfigurable posts for reducing the energy leakage in industrial microwave ovens is presented and validated through a procedure fully based on measurements. Several optimization and reconfiguration alternatives of the moving posts such as genetic algorithms and parametric sweeps are assessed. Results show that good attenuation values can be obtained for all the analy...

  8. A graph based algorithm for adaptable dynamic airspace configuration for NextGen

    Science.gov (United States)

    Savai, Mehernaz P.

    The National Airspace System (NAS) is a complicated large-scale aviation network, consisting of many static sectors wherein each sector is controlled by one or more controllers. The main purpose of the NAS is to enable safe and prompt air travel in the U.S. However, such static configuration of sectors will not be able to handle the continued growth of air travel which is projected to be more than double the current traffic by 2025. Under the initiative of the Next Generation of Air Transportation system (NextGen), the main objective of Adaptable Dynamic Airspace Configuration (ADAC) is that the sectors should change to the changing traffic so as to reduce the controller workload variance with time while increasing the throughput. Change in the resectorization should be such that there is a minimal increase in exchange of air traffic among controllers. The benefit of a new design (improvement in workload balance, etc.) should sufficiently exceed the transition cost, in order to deserve a change. This leads to the analysis of the concept of transition workload which is the cost associated with a transition from one sectorization to another. Given two airspace configurations, a transition workload metric which considers the air traffic as well as the geometry of the airspace is proposed. A solution to reduce this transition workload is also discussed. The algorithm is specifically designed to be implemented for the Dynamic Airspace Configuration (DAC) Algorithm. A graph model which accurately represents the air route structure and air traffic in the NAS is used to formulate the airspace configuration problem. In addition, a multilevel graph partitioning algorithm is developed for Dynamic Airspace Configuration which partitions the graph model of airspace with given user defined constraints and hence provides the user more flexibility and control over various partitions. In terms of air traffic management, vertices represent airports and waypoints. Some of the major

  9. Incremental deformation analysis of shell and corrugated diaphragm based on arbitrary configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xuefeng He; Jue Zhang; Huijun Chen; Jing Fang

    2005-01-01

    With respect to an arbitrary configuration of a deformed structure, two sets of incremental equations are proposed for the deformation analysis of revolution shells and diaphragms loaded by both lateral pressures and the initial stresses produced in manufacturing. These general equations can be reduced to the simplified Koiter's Reissner-Meissner-Reissner (RMR) equations and the simplified Reissner's equations, when the initial stresses are set to zero.They can also be deduced to the total Lagrange form or the updated Lagrange form, respectively, as the structure is specified as the un-deformed or the former-deformed configurations. These incremental equations can be easily transformed into finite difference forms and solved by common numerical solvers of ordinary differential equations. Some numerical examples are presented to show the applications of the incremental equations to the deep shell of revolution and the corrugated diaphragms used in microelectronical mechanical system (MEMS). The results are in good agreement with those from finite element method (FEM).

  10. Design of an Oximeter Based on LED-LED Configuration and FPGA Technology

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Radovan Stojanovic

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available A fully digital photoplethysmographic (PPG sensor and actuator has been developed. The sensing circuit uses one Light Emitting Diode (LED for emitting light into human tissue and one LED for detecting the reflectance light from human tissue. A Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA is used to control the LEDs and determine the PPG and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2. The configurations with two LEDs and four LEDs are developed for measuring PPG signal and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2. N-LEDs configuration is proposed for multichannel SpO2 measurements. The approach resulted in better spectral sensitivity, increased and adjustable resolution, reduced noise, small size, low cost and low power consumption.

  11. Accurate multireference configuration interaction calculations of the 24 Λ-S states and 60 Ω states of the BO(+) cation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Hui; Shi, Deheng; Sun, Jinfeng; Zhu, Zunlue

    2016-11-01

    The potential energy curves were calculated for the 24 Λ-S states correlating with the lowest four dissociation channels of the BO(+) cation. The potential energy curves were also computed for the 60 Ω states generated from the 24 Λ-S states. Calculations were made for internuclear separations from 0.08 to 1.05nm using the CASSCF method, which was followed by the icMRCI approach with the correlation-consistent basis sets. Core-valence correlation, scalar relativistic and basis extrapolation were accounted for. Of the 24 Λ-S states, only three states (2(5)Π, 1(5)Σ(-), and 2(5)Σ(-)) were found to be repulsive; only the 1(5)Δ state was found to be a very weakly-bound state; and the E(1)Π, 2(3)Π, and 1(5)Π states were found to be very strong bound. In addition, the B(1)Σ(+) and 3(1)Σ(+) states have double wells by the avoided crossing between the two states. The a(3)Π, 1(3)Σ(-), and 2(3)Σ(-) states are inverted with the spin-orbit coupling effect included. The spectroscopic parameters were determined and the vibrational properties of several Λ-S states were predicted. Comparison with available experimental data shows that the methodology employed is highly accurate for this system. PMID:27289351

  12. Application of complete space multireference many-body perturbation theory to N2: Dependence on reference space and H0

    Science.gov (United States)

    Finley, James P.; Freed, Karl F.

    1995-01-01

    We study the wide latitude available in choosing the reference space and the zeroth order Hamiltonian H0 for complete reference space multireference perturbation theory. This effective Hamiltonian Heff method employs a general one-body form of H0 which is varied by using different molecular orbitals and orbital energies. An energy gap is imposed between the zeroth order reference and secondary space states by forcing the valence orbitals to be degenerate. The forced valence orbital degeneracy removes the occurrence of detrimentally small perturbation energy denominators. Extensive computations are provided for the nitrogen molecule, where calculated ground state spectroscopic constants are compared with full configuration interaction computations and calculated vertical excitation energies are compared with multireference coupled cluster computations. It is demonstrated that the forced reference space degeneracy can lead to certain perturbation denominators becoming too small for practical convergence. This characteristic is illustrated by a simple two-orbital model which stresses the need for important zeroth order excitation energies (equivalent to the factors appearing in the perturbation energy denominators) to exceed those in an Epstein-Nesbet perturbation partitioning. This simple model illustrates the general behavior found in all the more extensive Heff computations. In many cases where zeroth order excitation energies are too small for satisfactory third order results, improvements are obtained by using an H0 which redefines the orbital energies in order to increase problematic zeroth order excitation energies. The necessary orbital energy shifts are identified by examining the first order wave functions from larger reference spaces and the zeroth order energies. Frequently, fractional occupancy Fock-type operators are employed to provide the requisite orbital energy shifts. Some of the reference spaces investigated deviate extremely from quasidegeneracy

  13. Observation of a $\\gamma$-band based on two-quasiparticle configuration in $^{70}$Ge

    CERN Document Server

    Raju, M Kumar; Muralithar, S; Singh, R P; Bhat, G H; Sheikh, J A; Tandel, S K; Sugathan, P; Reddy, T Seshi; Rao, B V Thirumala; Bhowmik, R K

    2016-01-01

    The structure of $^{70}$Ge has been studied through in-beam gamma ray spectroscopy. A new band structure is identified that leads to forking of the ground-state band into two excited bands. Band structures have been investigated using the microscopic triaxial projected shell model approach. The observed forking is demonstrated to result from almost simultaneous band crossing of the two neutron aligned and the \\gamma-band built on this two-quasiparticle configuration with the ground-state band.

  14. Effect of contact interface configuration on electronic transport in (C20)2-based molecular junctions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Using first-principles calculations, we study the electronic transport properties in Au-(C20)2-Au molecular junctions with different contact interface configurations: point contact and bond contact. We observe that the transmission through the bond contact is considerably higher than that of point contact. Furthermore, the I–V characteristics are rather different. For the bond contact, we get a metallic behavior followed by a varistor-type behavior. While as for the point contact, the current increases very slowly in a nonlinear way and is one order of magnitude smaller than that of bond contact. We attribute these obvious differences to the distinct contact configurations. -- Highlights: ► The I–V properties of (C20)2 molecular devices are affected by contact configuration. ► As for the bond contact, metallic behavior in the low bias is observed. ► Varistor-type behavior and nonlinear I–V characteristic in the high bias are found. ► As for the point contact, the Landauer conductance greatly decreases. ► The current is one order of magnitude smaller than that of bond contact.

  15. Spin contamination-free N-electron wave functions in the excitation-based configuration interaction treatment

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alcoba, Diego R.; Torre, Alicia; Lain, Luis; Massaccesi, Gustavo E.; Oña, Ofelia B.; Capuzzi, Pablo

    2016-07-01

    This work deals with the spin contamination in N-electron wave functions provided by the excitation-based configuration interaction methods. We propose a procedure to ensure a suitable selection of excited N-electron Slater determinants with respect to a given reference determinant, required in these schemes. The procedure guarantees the construction of N-electron wave functions which are eigenfunctions of the spin-squared operator S ˆ 2 , avoiding any spin contamination. Our treatment is based on the evaluation of the excitation level of the determinants by means of the expectation value of an excitation operator formulated in terms of spin-free replacement operators. We report numerical determinations of energies and expectation values, arising from our proposal as well as from traditional configuration interaction methods, in selected open-shell systems, in order to compare the behavior of these procedures and their computational costs.

  16. Nonlinear cascade-configuration multi-wave mixing scheme based on electromagnetically induced transparency

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Li Jia-Hua; Yang Wen-Xing; Peng Ju-Cun

    2004-01-01

    A nonlinear optical cascade-configuration multi-wave mixing (CCMWM) scheme is presented and analysed for the generation of coherent light in a six-level atomic system in the context of electromagnetically induced transparency (EIT). A detailed semi-classical study of the propagation of the generated mixing and probe fields is demonstrated.We show by numerical simulations that EIT is capable of suppressing linear and nonlinear photon absorption. The analytical dependence of the generated mixing field on the probe field and the respective detuning is also predicted.Such a nonlinear optical process can be used for generating coherent short-wavelength radiation.

  17. Structural Model for Jet Engine Configuration Using Knowledge-Based Engineering

    OpenAIRE

    Tenllado Cunillera, Albert

    2009-01-01

    The overall goal is to develop a structural model that enables configuration of different jet engine concepts and used as input to the research project where dynamic and stress analysis will be performed. The specific goal is to: use the KBE-module of Siemens PLM NX5 called Knowledge Fusion to implement a simplified turbofan jet engine containing accordin to Figure 1. Although the focus is on the structural (i.e the parts that create the stiffness of the jet engine and mostly are static) part...

  18. Design of an Oximeter Based on LED-LED Configuration and FPGA Technology

    OpenAIRE

    Radovan Stojanovic; Dejan Karadaglic

    2013-01-01

    A fully digital photoplethysmographic (PPG) sensor and actuator has been developed. The sensing circuit uses one Light Emitting Diode (LED) for emitting light into human tissue and one LED for detecting the reflectance light from human tissue. A Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) is used to control the LEDs and determine the PPG and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2). The configurations with two LEDs and four LEDs are developed for measuring PPG signal and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2). N-LEDs...

  19. Graphene-based Q-switched pulsed fiber laser in a linear configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Y. K. Yap; Richard M. De La Rue; C. H. Pua; S. W. Harun; H. Ahmad

    2012-01-01

    A pulsed laser system is realized with graphene employed as a Q-switch.The graphene is exfoliated from its solution using an optical deposition and the optical tweezer effect.A fiber ferrule that already has the graphene deposited on it is inserted into an erbium-ytterbium laser (EYL) system with linear cavity configuration.We successfully demonstrate a pulsed EYL with a pulse duration of approximately 5.9 μs and a repetition rate of 20.0 kHz.

  20. Balancing single- and multi-reference correlation in the chemiluminescent reaction of dioxetanone using the anti-Hermitian contracted Schroedinger equation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Direct computation of energies and two-electron reduced density matrices (2-RDMs) from the anti-Hermitian contracted Schroedinger equation (ACSE) [D. A. Mazziotti, Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 143002 (2006)], it is shown, recovers both single- and multi-reference electron correlation in the chemiluminescent reaction of dioxetanone especially in the vicinity of the conical intersection where strong correlation is important. Dioxetanone, the light-producing moiety of firefly luciferin, efficiently converts chemical energy into light by accessing its excited-state surface via a conical intersection. Our previous active-space 2-RDM study of dioxetanone [L. Greenman and D. A. Mazziotti, J. Chem. Phys. 133, 164110 (2010)] concluded that correlating 16 electrons in 13 (active) orbitals is required for realistic surfaces without correlating the remaining (inactive) orbitals. In this paper we pursue two complementary goals: (i) to correlate the inactive orbitals in 2-RDMs along dioxetanone's reaction coordinate and compare these results with those from multireference second-order perturbation theory (MRPT2) and (ii) to assess the size of the active space--the number of correlated electrons and orbitals--required by both MRPT2 and ACSE for accurate energies and surfaces. While MRPT2 recovers very different amounts of correlation with (4,4) and (16,13) active spaces, the ACSE obtains a similar amount of correlation energy with either active space. Nevertheless, subtle differences in excitation energies near the conical intersection suggest that the (16,13) active space is necessary to determine both energetic details and properties. Strong electron correlation is further assessed through several RDM-based metrics including (i) total and relative energies, (ii) the von Neumann entropy based on the 1-electron RDM, as well as the (iii) infinity and (iv) squared Frobenius norms based on the cumulant 2-RDM.

  1. A semi-automatic image-based close range 3D modeling pipeline using a multi-camera configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rau, Jiann-Yeou; Yeh, Po-Chia

    2012-01-01

    The generation of photo-realistic 3D models is an important task for digital recording of cultural heritage objects. This study proposes an image-based 3D modeling pipeline which takes advantage of a multi-camera configuration and multi-image matching technique that does not require any markers on or around the object. Multiple digital single lens reflex (DSLR) cameras are adopted and fixed with invariant relative orientations. Instead of photo-triangulation after image acquisition, calibration is performed to estimate the exterior orientation parameters of the multi-camera configuration which can be processed fully automatically using coded targets. The calibrated orientation parameters of all cameras are applied to images taken using the same camera configuration. This means that when performing multi-image matching for surface point cloud generation, the orientation parameters will remain the same as the calibrated results, even when the target has changed. Base on this invariant character, the whole 3D modeling pipeline can be performed completely automatically, once the whole system has been calibrated and the software was seamlessly integrated. Several experiments were conducted to prove the feasibility of the proposed system. Images observed include that of a human being, eight Buddhist statues, and a stone sculpture. The results for the stone sculpture, obtained with several multi-camera configurations were compared with a reference model acquired by an ATOS-I 2M active scanner. The best result has an absolute accuracy of 0.26 mm and a relative accuracy of 1:17,333. It demonstrates the feasibility of the proposed low-cost image-based 3D modeling pipeline and its applicability to a large quantity of antiques stored in a museum.

  2. A Semi-Automatic Image-Based Close Range 3D Modeling Pipeline Using a Multi-Camera Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Po-Chia Yeh

    2012-08-01

    Full Text Available The generation of photo-realistic 3D models is an important task for digital recording of cultural heritage objects. This study proposes an image-based 3D modeling pipeline which takes advantage of a multi-camera configuration and multi-image matching technique that does not require any markers on or around the object. Multiple digital single lens reflex (DSLR cameras are adopted and fixed with invariant relative orientations. Instead of photo-triangulation after image acquisition, calibration is performed to estimate the exterior orientation parameters of the multi-camera configuration which can be processed fully automatically using coded targets. The calibrated orientation parameters of all cameras are applied to images taken using the same camera configuration. This means that when performing multi-image matching for surface point cloud generation, the orientation parameters will remain the same as the calibrated results, even when the target has changed. Base on this invariant character, the whole 3D modeling pipeline can be performed completely automatically, once the whole system has been calibrated and the software was seamlessly integrated. Several experiments were conducted to prove the feasibility of the proposed system. Images observed include that of a human being, eight Buddhist statues, and a stone sculpture. The results for the stone sculpture, obtained with several multi-camera configurations were compared with a reference model acquired by an ATOS-I 2M active scanner. The best result has an absolute accuracy of 0.26 mm and a relative accuracy of 1:17,333. It demonstrates the feasibility of the proposed low-cost image-based 3D modeling pipeline and its applicability to a large quantity of antiques stored in a museum.

  3. Energies and E1, M1, E2, and M2 transition rates for states of the 2s22p3, 2s2p4, and 2p5 configurations in nitrogen-like ions between F III and Kr XXX

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rynkun, P.; Jönsson, P.; Gaigalas, G.; Froese Fischer, C.

    2014-03-01

    Based on relativistic wavefunctions from multiconfiguration Dirac-Hartree-Fock and configuration interaction calculations, E1, M1, E2, and M2 transition rates, weighted oscillator strengths, and lifetimes are evaluated for the states of the (1s2)2s22p3,2s2p4, and 2p5 configurations in all nitrogen-like ions between F III and Kr XXX. The wavefunction expansions include valence, core-valence, and core-core correlation effects through single-double multireference expansions to increasing sets of active orbitals. The computed energies agree very well with experimental values, with differences of only 300-600 cm-1 for the majority of the levels and ions in the sequence. Computed transitions rates are in close agreement with available data from MCHF-BP calculations by Tachiev and Froese Fischer [G.I. Tachiev, C. Froese Fischer, A&A 385 (2002) 716].

  4. Multilevel Thermally Assisted Magnetoresistive Random-Access Memory Based on Exchange-Biased Vortex Configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    de Araujo, C. I. L.; Alves, S. G.; Buda-Prejbeanu, L. D.; Dieny, B.

    2016-08-01

    A concept of multilevel thermally assisted magnetoresistive random-access memory is proposed and investigated by micromagnetic simulations. The storage cells are magnetic tunnel junctions in which the storage layer is exchange biased and in a vortex configuration. The reference layer is an unpinned soft magnetic layer. The stored information is encoded via the position of the vortex core in the storage layer. This position can be varied along two degrees of freedom: the radius and the in-plane angle. The information is read out from the amplitude and phase of the tunnel magnetoresistance signal obtained by applying a rotating field on the cell without heating the cell. Various configurations are compared in which the soft reference layer consists of either a simple ferromagnetic layer or a synthetic antiferromagnetic sandwich (SAF). Among those, the most practical one comprises a SAF reference layer in which the magnetostatic interaction between the SAF and storage layer is minimized. This type of cell should allow one to store at least 40 different states per cell representing more than five bits per cell.

  5. Combining structured and unstructured data in a configurable web-based logbook

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A typical electronic logbook is designed as a general-purpose system for recording time-ordered events and actions and, therefore, allows for a great flexibility in recording information, but the data is unstructured. To better position it in a specific context (e.g., a, test facility, a group activity log) it needs to support both structured data (keyword, authors, etc) and unstructured data (text, title, attachments) in that context. To do this, a logbook system can define a set of attributes, possibly built as a hierarchy. These application-specific attributes will be associated with each entry. To be flexible, such a system has to be configurable to allow for tailoring it to each specific environment. The paper describes a design, functionality, and experiences with WebLog, a database-configurable electronic logbook developed with the J2EE Web technology. Various functional and technical properties of the system are discussed, including views, searches, threads of entries, an automated alerting system as well as integration with other applications

  6. Combining structured and unstructured data in a configurable web-based logbook

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nogiec, J.; Trombly-Freytag, K.; /Fermilab

    2009-10-01

    A typical electronic logbook is designed as a general-purpose system for recording time-ordered events and actions and, therefore, allows for a great flexibility in recording information, but the data is unstructured. To better position it in a specific context (e.g., a, test facility, a group activity log) it needs to support both structured data (keyword, authors, etc) and unstructured data (text, title, attachments) in that context. To do this, a logbook system can define a set of attributes, possibly built as a hierarchy. These application-specific attributes will be associated with each entry. To be flexible, such a system has to be configurable to allow for tailoring it to each specific environment. The paper describes a design, functionality, and experiences with WebLog, a database-configurable electronic logbook developed with the J2EE Web technology. Various functional and technical properties of the system are discussed, including views, searches, threads of entries, an automated alerting system as well as integration with other applications.

  7. Absolute configurations of phytotoxic inuloxins B and C based on experimental and computational analysis of chiroptical properties.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evidente, Marco; Santoro, Ernesto; Petrovic, Ana G; Cimmino, Alessio; Koshoubu, Jun; Evidente, Antonio; Berova, Nina; Superchi, Stefano

    2016-10-01

    The absolute configuration of phytotoxins inuloxins B and C, produced by Inula viscosa, and with potential herbicidal activity for the management of parasitic plants, has been determined by Time-dependent density functional theory computational prediction of electronic circular dichroism and optical rotatory dispersion spectra. The inuloxin B has been converted to its 5-O-acetyl derivative, which due to its more constrained conformational features facilitated the computational analysis of its chiroptical properties. The analysis based on experimental and computed data led to assignment of absolute configuration to naturally occurring (+)-inuloxin B and (-)-inuloxin C as (7R,8R,10S,11S) and (5S,7S,8S,10S), respectively. PMID:27498046

  8. The accuracy of molecular bond lengths computed by multireference electronic structure methods

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We compare experimental Re values with computed Re values for 20 molecules using three multireference electronic structure methods, MCSCF, MR-SDCI, and MR-AQCC. Three correlation-consistent orbital basis sets are used, along with complete basis set extrapolations, for all of the molecules. These data complement those computed previously with single-reference methods. Several trends are observed. The SCF Re values tend to be shorter than the experimental values, and the MCSCF values tend to be longer than the experimental values. We attribute these trends to the ionic contamination of the SCF wave function and to the corresponding systematic distortion of the potential energy curve. For the individual bonds, the MR-SDCI Re values tend to be shorter than the MR-AQCC values, which in turn tend to be shorter than the MCSCF values. Compared to the previous single-reference results, the MCSCF values are roughly comparable to the MP4 and CCSD methods, which are more accurate than might be expected due to the fact that these MCSCF wave functions include no extra-valence electron correlation effects. This suggests that static valence correlation effects, such as near-degeneracies and the ability to dissociate correctly to neutral fragments, play an important role in determining the shape of the potential energy surface, even near equilibrium structures. The MR-SDCI and MR-AQCC methods predict Re values with an accuracy comparable to, or better than, the best single-reference methods (MP4, CCSD, and CCSD(T)), despite the fact that triple and higher excitations into the extra-valence orbital space are included in the single-reference methods but are absent in the multireference wave functions. The computed Re values using the multireference methods tend to be smooth and monotonic with basis set improvement. The molecular structures are optimized using analytic energy gradients, and the timings for these calculations show the practical advantage of using variational wave

  9. Algorithm for complete enumeration based on a stroke graph to solve the supply network configuration and operations scheduling problem

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Julien Maheut

    2013-07-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to present an algorithm that solves the supply network configuration and operations scheduling problem in a mass customization company that faces alternative operations for one specific tool machine order in a multiplant context. Design/methodology/approach: To achieve this objective, the supply chain network configuration and operations scheduling problem is presented. A model based on stroke graphs allows the design of an algorithm that enumerates all the feasible solutions. The algorithm considers the arrival of a new customized order proposal which has to be inserted into a scheduled program. A selection function is then used to choose the solutions to be simulated in a specific simulation tool implemented in a Decision Support System. Findings and Originality/value: The algorithm itself proves efficient to find all feasible solutions when alternative operations must be considered. The stroke structure is successfully used to schedule operations when considering more than one manufacturing and supply option in each step. Research limitations/implications: This paper includes only the algorithm structure for a one-by-one, sequenced introduction of new products into the list of units to be manufactured. Therefore, the lotsizing process is done on a lot-per-lot basis. Moreover, the validation analysis is done through a case study and no generalization can be done without risk. Practical implications: The result of this research would help stakeholders to determine all the feasible and practical solutions for their problem. It would also allow to assessing the total costs and delivery times of each solution. Moreover, the Decision Support System proves useful to assess alternative solutions. Originality/value: This research offers a simple algorithm that helps solve the supply network configuration problem and, simultaneously, the scheduling problem by considering alternative operations. The proposed system

  10. reaxFF Reactive Force Field for Disulfide Mechanochemistry, Fitted to Multireference ab Initio Data.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Müller, Julian; Hartke, Bernd

    2016-08-01

    Mechanochemistry, in particular in the form of single-molecule atomic force microscopy experiments, is difficult to model theoretically, for two reasons: Covalent bond breaking is not captured accurately by single-determinant, single-reference quantum chemistry methods, and experimental times of milliseconds or longer are hard to simulate with any approach. Reactive force fields have the potential to alleviate both problems, as demonstrated in this work: Using nondeterministic global parameter optimization by evolutionary algorithms, we have fitted a reaxFF force field to high-level multireference ab initio data for disulfides. The resulting force field can be used to reliably model large, multifunctional mechanochemistry units with disulfide bonds as designed breaking points. Explorative calculations show that a significant part of the time scale gap between AFM experiments and dynamical simulations can be bridged with this approach. PMID:27415976

  11. A time-dependent formulation of multi-reference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sokolov, Alexander Yu

    2016-01-01

    We discuss the time-dependent formulation of perturbation theory in the context of the interacting zeroth-order Hamiltonians that appear in multi-reference situations. As an example, we present a time-dependent formulation and implementation of second-order n-electron valence perturbation theory. The resulting t-NEVPT2 method yields the fully uncontracted n-electron valence perturbation wavefunction and energy, but has a lower computational scaling than the usual contracted variants, and also avoids the construction of high-order density matrices and the diagonalization of metrics. We present results of t-NEVPT2 for the water, nitrogen, carbon, and chromium molecules, and outline directions for the future.

  12. Hypertext Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Finnemann, Niels Ole

    2016-01-01

    , links, interactive processes, and time scalings, and that the hypertext configuration is a major but not sole source of the messiness of big data. The notion of hypertext will be revalidated, placed at the center of the interpretation of networked digital media, and used in the analysis of the fast...

  13. 40 CFR 600.206-08 - Calculation and use of FTP-based and HFET-based fuel economy values for vehicle configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... HFET-based fuel economy values for vehicle configurations. 600.206-08 Section 600.206-08 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) ENERGY POLICY FUEL ECONOMY AND CARBON-RELATED EXHAUST EMISSIONS OF MOTOR VEHICLES Fuel Economy Regulations for 1977 and Later Model Year...

  14. Investigation of ultraviolet response enhanced PV cell with silicon-based SINP configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    In this study,we report on the realization of ultraviolet response enhancement in PV cells through the structure of ITO/SiO2/np-Silicon frame(named as SINP),which was fabricated by the state of the art processing.The fabrication process consists of thermal diffusion of phosphorus element into p-type texturized crystal Si wafer,thermal deposition of an ultra-thin silicon dioxide layer(15-20) at low temperature,and subsequent deposition of thick In2O3:SnO2(ITO) layer by RF sputtering.The structure,morphology,optical and electric properties of the ITO film were characterized by XRD,SEM,UV-VIS spectrophotometer and Hall effect measurement,respectively.The results showed that ITO film possesses high quality in terms of antireflection and electrode functions.The device parameters derived from current-voltage(I-V) relationship under different conditions,spectral response and responsivity of the ultraviolet photoelectric cell with SINP configuration were analyzed in detail.We found that the main feature of our PV cell is the enhanced ultraviolet response and optoelectronic conversion.The improved short-circuit current,open-circuit voltage,and filled factor indicate that the device is promising to be developed into an ultraviolet and blue enhanced photovoltaic device in the future.

  15. Multireference - Møller-Plesset Perturbation Theory Results on Levels and Transition Rates in Al-like Ions of Iron Group Elements

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Santana, J A; Ishikawa, Y; Tr�abert, E

    2009-02-26

    Ground configuration and low-lying levels of Al-like ions contribute to a variety of laboratory and solar spectra, but the available information in databases are neither complete not necessarily correct. We have performed multireference Moeller-Plesset perturbation theory calculations that approach spectroscopic accuracy in order to check the information that databases hold on the 40 lowest levels of Al-Like ions of iron group elements (K through Ge), and to provide input for the interpretation of concurrent experiments. Our results indicate problems of the database holdings on the levels of the lowest quartet levels in the lighter elements of the range studied. The results of our calculations of the decay rates of five long-lived levels (3s{sup 2}3p {sup 2}p{sup o}{sub 3/2}, 3s3p{sup 2} {sup 4}P{sup o} J and 3s3p3d {sup 4}F{sup o}{sub 9/2}) are compared with lifetime data from beam-foil, electron beam ion trap and heavy-ion storage ring experiments.

  16. Digital Receiver-based Electronic Intelligence System Configuration for the Detection and Identification of Intrapulse Modulated Radar Signals

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. K. Singh

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available An optimum electronic intelligence system configuration incorporating the state of the art technologies and achieving the highest parameter accuracies while processing the complex intrapulse modulated radar signals is presented in this paper. The system is based on the quad digital receiver, a state of the art single board solution for the detection and analysis of modern radar signals. The system consists of base line interferometry  configuration for high accuracy direction finding measurement with sector selection based on amplitude direction finding technique. Advanced signal processing algorithms with time frequency analysis are implemented in real time in field programmable gate array to extract all the basic as well as advanced parameters of frequency and phase modulations such as chirp, barker, and poly-phase (Frank, P1-P4 codes in addition to the pulse and continuous wave signals. The intercepted intrapulse modulated signal parameters have been extracted with very high accuracy and sensitivity.Defence Science Journal, 2014, 64(2, pp. 152-158. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.14429/dsj.64.5091

  17. Graphene-based supercapacitors in the parallel-plate electrode configuration: ionic liquids versus organic electrolytes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shim, Youngseon; Kim, Hyung J; Jung, Younjoon

    2012-01-01

    Supercapacitors with two single-sheet graphene electrodes in the parallel plate geometry are studied via molecular dynamics (MD) computer simulations. Pure 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate (EMI+BF4-) and a 1.1 M solution of EMI+BF4- in acetonitrile are considered as prototypes of room-temperature ionic liquids (RTILs) and organic electrolytes. Electrolyte structure, charge density and associated electric potential are investigated by varying the charges and separation of the two electrodes. Multiple charge layers formed in the electrolytes in the vicinity of the electrodes are found to screen the electrode surface charge almost completely. As a result, the supercapacitors show nearly an ideal electric double layer behavior, i.e., the electric potential exhibits essentially a plateau behavior in the entire electrolyte region except for sharp changes in screening zones very close to the electrodes. Due to its small size and large charge separation, BF4- is considerably more efficient in shielding electrode charges than EMI+. In the case of the acetonitrile solution, acetonitrile also plays an important role by aligning its dipoles near the electrodes; however, the overall screening mainly arises from ions. Because of the disparity of shielding efficiency between cations and anions, the capacitance of the positively-charged anode is significantly larger than that of the negatively-charged cathode. Therefore, the total cell capacitance in the parallel plate configuration is primarily governed by the cathode. Ion conductivity obtained via the Green-Kubo (GK) method is found to be largely independent of the electrode surface charge. Interestingly, EMI+BF4- shows higher GK ion conductivity than the 1.1 M acetonitrile solution between two parallel plate electrodes. PMID:22455024

  18. Mod $p$ truncated configuration spaces

    OpenAIRE

    Yamaguchi, Kohhei

    2004-01-01

    In this paper we study the homotopy types of mod $p$ truncated configuration spaces. In particular, we investigate a finite dimensional configuration space model for the based loop space of mod $p$ lens space as an application.

  19. Monitoring of high-power fiber laser welding based on principal component analysis of a molten pool configuration

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    There exists plenty of welding quality information on a molten pool during high-power fiber laser welding. An approach for monitoring the high-power fiber laser welding status based on the principal component analysis (PCA) of a molten pool configuration is investigated. An infrared-sensitive high-speed camera was used to capture the molten pool images during laser butt-joint welding of Type 304 austenitic stainless steel plates with a high-power (10 kW) continuous wave fiber laser. In order to study the relationship between the molten pool configuration and the welding status, a new method based on PCA is proposed to analyze the welding stability by comparing the situation when the laser beam spot moves along, and when it deviates from the weld seam. Image processing techniques were applied to process the molten pool images and extract five characteristic parameters. Moreover, the PCA method was used to extract a composite indicator which is the linear combination of the five original characteristics to analyze the different status during welding. Experimental results showed that the extracted composite indicator had a close relationship with the actual welding results and it could be used to evaluate the status of the high-power fiber laser welding, providing a theoretical basis for the monitoring of laser welding quality. (paper)

  20. Regional scale analysis of landform configuration with base-level (isobase) maps

    OpenAIRE

    C. H. Grohmann; C. Riccomini; M. A. C. Chamani

    2011-01-01

    Base-level maps (or "isobase maps", as originally defined by Filosofov, 1960), express a relationship between valley order and topography. The base-level map can be seen as a "simplified" version of the original topographic surface, from which the "noise" of the low-order stream erosion was removed. This method is able to identify areas with possible tectonic influence even within lithologically uniform domains. Base-level maps have been recently applied in semi-detail scale (e.g., 1:50 000 ...

  1. Laterally configured resistive switching device based on transition-metal nano-gap electrode on Gd oxide

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kawakita, Masatoshi; Okabe, Kyota [Department of Physics, Kyushu University, 6-10-1 Hakozaki, Fukuoka 812-8581 (Japan); Kimura, Takashi [Department of Physics, Kyushu University, 6-10-1 Hakozaki, Fukuoka 812-8581 (Japan); Research Center for Quantum Nano-Spin Sciences, Kyushu University, 6-10-1 Hakozaki, Fukuoka 812-8581 (Japan)

    2016-01-11

    We have developed a fabrication process for a laterally configured resistive switching device based on a Gd oxide. A nano-gap electrode connected by a Gd oxide with the ideal interfaces has been created by adapting the electro-migration method in a metal/GdO{sub x} bilayer system. Bipolar set and reset operations have been clearly observed in the Pt/GdO{sub x} system similarly in the vertical device based on GdO{sub x}. Interestingly, we were able to observe a clear bipolar switching also in a ferromagnetic CoFeB nano-gap electrode with better stability compared to the Pt/GdO{sub x} device. The superior performance of the CoFeB/GdO{sub x} device implies the importance of the spin on the resistive switching.

  2. Sub-Wavelength Resonances in Metamaterial-Based Multi-Cylinder Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Arslanagic, Samel; Breinbjerg, Olav

    2011-01-01

    , structures consisting of 1, 2 and 4 sets of metamaterial-based concentric cylinders excited by an electric line current are analyzed numerically. It is demonstrated that these structures recover the resonances of the individual structures even when the cylinders are closely spaced and the new structure...

  3. Contextual Cueing in Multiconjunction Visual Search Is Dependent on Color- and Configuration-Based Intertrial Contingencies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Geyer, Thomas; Shi, Zhuanghua; Muller, Hermann J.

    2010-01-01

    Three experiments examined memory-based guidance of visual search using a modified version of the contextual-cueing paradigm (Jiang & Chun, 2001). The target, if present, was a conjunction of color and orientation, with target (and distractor) features randomly varying across trials (multiconjunction search). Under these conditions, reaction times…

  4. Regional scale analysis of landform configuration with base-level (isobase maps

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    C. H. Grohmann

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available Base-level maps (or "isobase maps", as originally defined by Filosofov, 1960, express a relationship between valley order and topography. The base-level map can be seen as a "simplified" version of the original topographic surface, from which the "noise" of the low-order stream erosion was removed. This method is able to identify areas with possible tectonic influence even within lithologically uniform domains. Base-level maps have been recently applied in semi-detail scale (e.g., 1:50 000 or larger morphotectonic analysis. In this paper, we present an evaluation of the method's applicability in regional-scale analysis (e.g., 1:250 000 or smaller. A test area was selected in northern Brazil, at the lower course of the Araguaia and Tocantins rivers. The drainage network extracted from SRTM30_PLUS DEMs with spatial resolution of approximately 900 m was visually compared with available topographic maps and considered to be compatible with a 1:1,000 000 scale. Regarding the interpretation of regional-scale morphostructures, the map constructed with 2nd and 3rd-order valleys was considered to present the best results. Some of the interpreted base-level anomalies correspond to important shear zones and geological contacts present in the 1:5 000 000 Geological Map of South America. Others have no correspondence with mapped Precambrian structures and are considered to represent younger, probably neotectonic, features. A strong E-W orientation of the base-level lines over the inflexion of the Araguaia and Tocantins rivers, suggest a major drainage capture. A N-S topographic swath profile over the Tocantins and Araguaia rivers reveals a topographic pattern which, allied with seismic data showing a roughly N-S direction of extension in the area, lead us to interpret this lineament as an E-W, southward-dipping normal fault. There is also a good visual correspondence between the base-level lineaments and geophysical anomalies. A NW-SE lineament in the

  5. A digital X-ray imaging system based on silicon strip detectors working in edge-on configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bolanos, L. [CEADEN, Calle 30 502 e/ 5ta y 7ma Avenida, Playa, Ciudad Habana (Cuba); Boscardin, M. [IRST, Fondazione Bruno Kessler, Via Sommarive 18, Povo, 38100 Trento (Italy); Cabal, A.E. [CEADEN, Calle 30 502 e/ 5ta y 7ma Avenida, Playa, Ciudad Habana (Cuba); Diaz, M. [InSTEC, Ave. Salvador Allende esq. Luaces, Quinta de los Molinos, Ciudad Habana (Cuba); Grybos, P.; Maj, P. [Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatics, Computer Science and Electronics, Department of Measurement and Instrumentation, AGH University of Science and Technology, Al. Mickiewicza 30, 30-059 Cracow (Poland); Prino, F. [Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Sezione di Torino, Via P. Giuria 1, 10125 Torino (Italy); Ramello, L. [Dipartimento di Scienze e Tecnologie Avanzate, Universita del Piemonte Orientale, Via T. Michel 11, 15100 Alessandria (Italy)], E-mail: luciano.ramello@mfn.unipmn.it; Szczygiel, R. [Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatics, Computer Science and Electronics, Department of Measurement and Instrumentation, AGH University of Science and Technology, Al. Mickiewicza 30, 30-059 Cracow (Poland)

    2009-09-21

    We present the energy resolution and imaging performance of a digital X-ray imaging system based on a 512-strip silicon strip detector (SSD) working in the edge-on configuration. The SSDs tested in the system are 300 {mu}m thick with 1 or 2-cm-long strips and 100 {mu}m pitch. To ensure a very small dead area of the SSD working in edge-on configuration, the detector is cut perpendicular to the strips at a distance of only 20 {mu}m from the end of the strips. The 512-strip silicon detector is read out by eight 64-channel integrated circuits called DEDIX [Grybos et al., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-54 (2007) 1207]. The DEDIX IC operates in a single photon counting mode with two independent amplitude discriminators per channel. The readout electronic channel connected to a detector with effective input capacitance of about 2 pF has an average equivalent noise charge (ENC) of about 163 el. rms and is able to count 1 Mcps of average rate of input pulses. The system consisting of 512 channels has an excellent channel-to-channel uniformity-the effective threshold spread calculated to the charge-sensitive amplifier inputs is 12 el. rms (at one sigma level). With this system a few test images of a phantom have been taken in the 10-30 keV energy range.

  6. Predicting the planform configuration of the braided Toklat River, AK with a suite of rule-based models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Podolak, Charles J.

    2013-01-01

    An ensemble of rule-based models was constructed to assess possible future braided river planform configurations for the Toklat River in Denali National Park and Preserve, Alaska. This approach combined an analysis of large-scale influences on stability with several reduced-complexity models to produce the predictions at a practical level for managers concerned about the persistence of bank erosion while acknowledging the great uncertainty in any landscape prediction. First, a model of confluence angles reproduced observed angles of a major confluence, but showed limited susceptibility to a major rearrangement of the channel planform downstream. Second, a probabilistic map of channel locations was created with a two-parameter channel avulsion model. The predicted channel belt location was concentrated in the same area as the current channel belt. Finally, a suite of valley-scale channel and braid plain characteristics were extracted from a light detection and ranging (LiDAR)-derived surface. The characteristics demonstrated large-scale stabilizing topographic influences on channel planform. The combination of independent analyses increased confidence in the conclusion that the Toklat River braided planform is a dynamically stable system due to large and persistent valley-scale influences, and that a range of avulsive perturbations are likely to result in a relatively unchanged planform configuration in the short term.

  7. Left-handed metamaterials based on a leaf-shaped configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhu, Weiren; Zhao, Xiaopeng; Gong, Boyi

    2011-05-01

    Based upon the bionics principle, we present the design of a metal-dielectric-metal sandwiched leaf-shaped metamaterial, and the numerical simulation and experiment have confirmed an obvious left-handed transmission peak by this structure. The retrieved effective permittivity, permeability, and refractive index are all negative around the frequency of the resonant peak, and the planar lens focusing experiment has further confirmed its left-handed features. The results in this paper can be used to explain the resonance mechanism of the left-handed metamaterials fabricated by means of the nano-self-assembly approach, and thus may greatly promote the development of optical metamaterials.

  8. CAD-Based Aerodynamic Design of Complex Configurations using a Cartesian Method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nemec, Marian; Aftosmis, Michael J.; Pulliam, Thomas H.

    2003-01-01

    A modular framework for aerodynamic optimization of complex geometries is developed. By working directly with a parametric CAD system, complex-geometry models are modified nnd tessellated in an automatic fashion. The use of a component-based Cartesian method significantly reduces the demands on the CAD system, and also provides for robust and efficient flowfield analysis. The optimization is controlled using either a genetic or quasi-Newton algorithm. Parallel efficiency of the framework is maintained even when subject to limited CAD resources by dynamically re-allocating the processors of the flow solver. Overall, the resulting framework can explore designs incorporating large shape modifications and changes in topology.

  9. The Resource Configuration Method with Lower Energy Consumption Based on Prediction in Cloud Data Center

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Quan Liang

    2014-07-01

    Full Text Available The cloud computing data center have numerous hosts as well as application requests. In future, the short response time and user Qos are required, and the lower electricity power consumption to build the low-carbon green network is an irrevocable trend. The paper first puts forward a reconfiguration framework based on the request prediction of Double Exponential Smoothing, On the basis, work out in advance the allocation scheme which can improve the resource utilization ratio as well as lower energy consumption. The paper also present a concept of Utility Ratio Matrix (URM to represent allocations of hosts and Virtual Machines (VMs and a reconfiguration algorithm. The algorithm can separate the reconfiguration computing from the real allocation so that it can avoid a time delay, and can also reduce the energy consumption in data center. The corresponding analysis and experimental results show the feasibility of the reconfiguration algorithm in this paper.

  10. Space gripper configuration and its dimension synthesis based on genetic algorithm

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhu Yingyuan; Shi Shicai; Xie Zongwu; Liu Hong

    2008-01-01

    The special fingers of the gripper on the space robot have been developed based on genetic algorithm for the space application.Therefore, the symmetrical wedgelike finger composed of the 4-link mechanism and the relevant track were designed.To decrease the weight and optimize the kinematics and grip force,the compositive fitness function for dynamics and kinematics was created.The calculation efficiency could be improved by novel methods which overcame the problem of too many constraints in the solution space,such as introducing the specialist' s experience and punishment function and simplifying the variables.The solutions show that the optimized finger could perform well and the methods were effectual.

  11. MOSFET-based high voltage double square-wave pulse generator with an inductive adder configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, Xin [State Key Laboratory of Electrical Insulation and Power Equipment, Xi' an Jiaotong University, Xi' an 710049 (China); Zhang, Qiaogen, E-mail: hvzhang@mail.xjtu.edu.cn [State Key Laboratory of Electrical Insulation and Power Equipment, Xi' an Jiaotong University, Xi' an 710049 (China); Long, Jinghua [College of Physics, Shenzhen University, Shenzhen 518060 (China); Lei, Yunfei; Liu, Jinyuan [Institute of Optoelectronics, Shenzhen University, Shenzhen 518060 (China)

    2015-09-01

    This paper presents a fast MOSFET-based solid-state pulse generator for high voltage double square-wave pulses. The generator consists mainly of an inductive adder system stacked of 20 solid-state modules. Each of the modules has 18 power MOSFETs in parallel, which are triggered by individual drive circuits; these drive circuits themselves are synchronously triggered by a signal from avalanche transistors. Our experiments demonstrate that the output pulses with amplitude of 8.1 kV and peak current of about 405 A are available at a load impedance of 20 Ω. The pulse has a double square-wave form with a rise and fall time of 40 ns and 26 ns, respectively and bottom flatness better than 12%. The interval time of the double square-wave pulses can be adjustable by varying the interval time of the trigger pulses.

  12. Network Entropy Based on Topology Configuration and Its Computation to Random Networks

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Ji; WANG Bing-Hong; WANG Wen-Xu; ZHOU Tao

    2008-01-01

    A definition of network entropy is presented, and as an example, the relationship between the value of network entropy of ER network model and the connect probability p as well as the total nodes N is discussed. The theoretical result and the simulation result based on the network entropy of the ER network are in agreement well with each other. The result indicated that different from the other network entropy reported before, the network entropy defined here has an obvious difference from different type of random networks or networks having different total nodes. Thus, this network entropy may portray the characters of complex networks better. It is also pointed out that, with the aid of network entropy defined, the concept of equilibrium networks and the concept of non-equilibrium networks may be introduced, and a quantitative measurement to describe the deviation to equilibrium state of a complex network is carried out.

  13. Firewall Configuration Errors Revisited

    CERN Document Server

    Wool, Avishai

    2009-01-01

    The first quantitative evaluation of the quality of corporate firewall configurations appeared in 2004, based on Check Point FireWall-1 rule-sets. In general that survey indicated that corporate firewalls were often enforcing poorly written rule-sets, containing many mistakes. The goal of this work is to revisit the first survey. The current study is much larger. Moreover, for the first time, the study includes configurations from two major vendors. The study also introduce a novel "Firewall Complexity" (FC) measure, that applies to both types of firewalls. The findings of the current study indeed validate the 2004 study's main observations: firewalls are (still) poorly configured, and a rule-set's complexity is (still) positively correlated with the number of detected risk items. Thus we can conclude that, for well-configured firewalls, ``small is (still) beautiful''. However, unlike the 2004 study, we see no significant indication that later software versions have fewer errors (for both vendors).

  14. Linux中基于Apache个人网站的配置%Configuration of Personal Web Site Based on Apache for Linux

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    弋改珍

    2012-01-01

    WWW是Internet上最热门的服务之一,已经成为人们在网络上查找、浏览信息的重要手段.根据WWW的工作原理,阐述了 Linux中基于Apache软件配置个人网站的步骤,总结了配置过程中出现的问题以及解决方案,并使用html文档进行了测试.%WWW is one of the hottest services on Internet. It has become the important method of the finding, browsing the information. According to the principle of www, the paper has stated the configuration steps of the personal web site based on Apache for Linux, The appearance problem and solution are concluded. And last, the tests are run using html document.

  15. Improved control configuration of PWM rectifiers based on neuro-fuzzy controller.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Acikgoz, Hakan; Kececioglu, O Fatih; Gani, Ahmet; Yildiz, Ceyhun; Sekkeli, Mustafa

    2016-01-01

    It is well-known that rectifiers are used widely in many applications required AC/DC transformation. With technological advances, many studies are performed for AC/DC converters and many control methods are proposed in order to improve the performance of these rectifiers in recent years. Pulse width modulation (PWM) based rectifiers are one of the most popular rectifier types. PWM rectifiers have lower input current harmonics and higher power factor compared to classical diode and thyristor rectifiers. In this study, neuro-fuzzy controller (NFC) which has robust, nonlinear structure and do not require the mathematical model of the system to be controlled has been proposed for PWM rectifiers. Three NFCs are used in control scheme of proposed PWM rectifier in order to control the dq-axis currents and DC voltage of PWM rectifier. Moreover, simulation studies are carried out to demonstrate the performance of the proposed control scheme at MATLAB/Simulink environment in terms of rise time, settling time, overshoot, power factor, total harmonic distortion and power quality. PMID:27504240

  16. Energy configuration optimization of submerged propeller in oxidation ditch based on CFD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The submerged propeller is presented as an important dynamic source in oxidation ditch. In order to guarantee the activated sludge not deposit, it is necessary to own adequate drive power. Otherwise, it will cause many problems such as the awful mixed flow and the great consuming of energy. At present, carrying on the installation optimization of submerged propeller in oxidation ditch mostly depends on experience. So it is necessary to use modern design method to optimize the installation position and number of submerged propeller, and to research submerged propeller flow field characteristics. The submerged propeller internal flow is simulated by using CFD software FLUENT6.3. Based on Navier-Stokes equations and standard k − ε turbulence model, the flow was simulated by using a SIMPLE algorithm. The results indicate that the submerged propeller installation position change could avoid the condition of back mixing, which caused by the strong drive. Besides, the problem of sludge deposit and the low velocity in the bend which caused by the drive power attenuation could be solved. By adjusting the submerged propeller number, the least power density that the mixing drive needed could be determined and saving energy purpose could be achieved. The study can provide theoretical guidance for optimize the submerged propeller installation position and determine submerged propeller number.

  17. Bighorns Arch Seismic Experiment (BASE): Amplitude Response to Different Seismic Charge Configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Harder, S. H., Killer, K. C., Worthington, L. L., Snelson, C. M.

    2010-09-02

    Contrary to popular belief, charge weight is not the most important engineering parameter determining the seismic amplitudes generated by a shot. The scientific literature has long claimed that the relationship, A ~R2L1/2, where A is the seismic amplitude generated by a shot, R is the radius of the seismic charge and L is the length of that charge, holds. Assuming the coupling to the formation and the pressure generated by the explosive are constants, this relationship implies that the one should be able to increase the charge radius while decreasing the charge length and obtain more seismic amplitude with less charge weight. This has significant implications for the economics of lithospheric seismic shots, because shallower holes and small charge sizes decrease cost. During the Bighorns Array Seismic Experiment (BASE) conducted in the summer of 2010, 24 shots with charge sizes ranging from 110 to 900 kg and drill hole diameters of 300 and 450 mm were detonated and recorded by an array of up to 2000 single-channel Texan seismographs. Maximum source-receiver offset of 300 km. Five of these shots were located within a one-acre square in an effort to eliminate coupling effects due to differing geological formations. We present a quantitative comparison of the data from these five shots to experimentally test the equation above.

  18. Homogeneous DNA Detection Based on Fluorescence Quenching by Nanoparticles in Single-step Format :Target-Induced Configuration Transform

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG,Songbai; WU,Zaisheng; XIE,Ming; SHEN,Guoli; YU,Ruqin

    2009-01-01

    A new strategy for homogeneous detection of DNA hybridization in single-step format was developed based on fluorescence quenching by gold nanoparticles.The gold nanoparticle is functionalized with 5'-thiolated 48-base oligonucleotide(probe sequence),whose 3'-terminus is labeled with fluorescein(FAM),a negatively charged fluo-rescencc dye.The oligonucleotide adopts all extended configuration due to the electrostatic repulsion between nega-tively charged gold nanoparticle and the FAM-attached probe sequence.After addition of the complementary target sequence,specific DNA hybridization induces a conformation change of the probe from an extended stmcture to an arch.1ike configuration,which brings the fluorophore and the gold nanoparticle in close proximity.The fluorescence is efficiently quenched by gold nanoparticles.The fluorescence quenching efficiency is related to the target concen.tration,which allows the quantitative detection for target sequence in a sample.A linear detection range from 1.6 to 209.4 nmoI/L Was obtained under the optimized experimental conditions with a detection limit of 0.1 nmol,L.In the assay system,the gold nanoparticles act as both nanoscaffolds and nanoquenchers.Furthermore,the proposed strategy.in which only two DNA sequences arc involved,is not only different from the traditional molecular bea-cons or reverse molecular beacons but also different from the commonly used sandwich hybridization methods.In addition,the DNA hybridization detection was achieved in homogenous solution in a single-step format,which al-lows real.time detection and quantification with other advantages such as easy operation and elimination of washing steps.

  19. 基于本体和规则的产品配置系统研究%Research on product configuration system based on ontology and rules

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    孙伟; 马沁怡; 高天一; 袁长峰

    2011-01-01

    Product configuration is an effective measure to realize product development quickly and provide the customized service for customers. Knowledge acquisition, representation and reasoning are critical techniques for configuration. An integrated approach based on ontology and rules is proposed to solve the problem raised in the product configuration. Firstly, configuration knowledge type is analyzed, and the acquirement method of product configuration rules is studied based on rough set (RS). Then, configuration models are formalized using OWL, and configuration rules are represented in SWRL, for knowledge sharing. Lastly, actual processes of configuration reasoning are carried out using JESS. A prototype system of elevator configuration design is developed to verify the proposed approach.%产品配置是实现产品快速定制和提供个性化服务的一种有效手段,而配置知识的获取、表达和推理是实现产品配置的关键.在分析当前配置设计中存在问题的基础上,提出了一个基于本体和规则的产品配置设计解决方案.首先分析了配置设计中不同的知识类型,提出了一种基于粗集的规则获取方法;然后采用OWL/SWRL对产品配置本体和配置规则进行知识表达;最后以JESS为推理引擎实现了配置知识的推理.通过电梯配置设计原型系统的开发与应用,进一步说明了该方法的可行性.

  20. 基于构件配置的SCM研究%Investigation on Supply Chain Management Based on Component Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张洁; 陈淮莉; 马登哲

    2004-01-01

    From supply-push mode to demand-pull mode, SCM systems will face four main points: (1) real time visibility that covers the whole supply chain, (2) agility for choice of supply and source, (3) response to diverse customer demands and short delivery deadlines, and (4) rapid occurrence of new products following the market trends and new designs. Component-based SCM has become a hot spot in research areas. A multi-layer framework is set up, including a database server layer, an application server layer, a kernel component layer and a user interface layer. Some function components are designed, which are optimal planning arithmetic components, controller components and evaluation indexes components, in order to suit both discrete and continuous manufacturing. This paper studies a three-dimensional SCM configuration method based on the types of enterprise, manufacturing and products, provides powerful tools for SCM system implementations, and adopts an object-oriented technology to construct component-based distributed information system to assure right time, right materials, right place, right quantity and right customers.

  1. Remarkable reduction in the threshold voltage of pentacene-based thin film transistors with pentacene/CuPc sandwich configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yi Li

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available This study investigates the remarkable reduction in the threshold voltage (VT of pentacene-based thin film transistors with pentacene/copper phthalocyanine (CuPc sandwich configuration. This reduction is accompanied by increased mobility and lowered sub-threshold slope (S. Sandwich devices coated with a 5 nm layer of CuPc layer are compared with conventional top-contact devices, and results indicate that VT decreased significantly from −20.4 V to −0.2 V, that mobility increased from 0.18 cm2/Vs to 0.51 cm2/Vs, and that S was reduced from 4.1 V/dec to 2.9 V/dec. However, the on/off current ratio remains at 105. This enhanced performance could be attributed to the reduction in charge trap density by the incorporated CuPc layer. Results suggest that this method is simple and effectively generates pentacene-based organic thin film transistors with high mobility and low VT.

  2. Influence of River Bed Elevation Survey Configurations and Interpolation Methods on the Accuracy of LIDAR Dtm-Based River Flow Simulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Santillan, J. R.; Serviano, J. L.; Makinano-Santillan, M.; Marqueso, J. T.

    2016-09-01

    In this paper, we investigated how survey configuration and the type of interpolation method can affect the accuracy of river flow simulations that utilize LIDAR DTM integrated with interpolated river bed as its main source of topographic information. Aside from determining the accuracy of the individually-generated river bed topographies, we also assessed the overall accuracy of the river flow simulations in terms of maximum flood depth and extent. Four survey configurations consisting of river bed elevation data points arranged as cross-section (XS), zig-zag (ZZ), river banks-centerline (RBCL), and river banks-centerline-zig-zag (RBCLZZ), and two interpolation methods (Inverse Distance-Weighted and Ordinary Kriging) were considered. Major results show that the choice of survey configuration, rather than the interpolation method, has significant effect on the accuracy of interpolated river bed surfaces, and subsequently on the accuracy of river flow simulations. The RMSEs of the interpolated surfaces and the model results vary from one configuration to another, and depends on how each configuration evenly collects river bed elevation data points. The large RMSEs for the RBCL configuration and the low RMSEs for the XS configuration confirm that as the data points become evenly spaced and cover more portions of the river, the resulting interpolated surface and the river flow simulation where it was used also become more accurate. The XS configuration with Ordinary Kriging (OK) as interpolation method provided the best river bed interpolation and river flow simulation results. The RBCL configuration, regardless of the interpolation algorithm used, resulted to least accurate river bed surfaces and simulation results. Based on the accuracy analysis, the use of XS configuration to collect river bed data points and applying the OK method to interpolate the river bed topography are the best methods to use to produce satisfactory river flow simulation outputs. The use of

  3. INFLUENCE OF RIVER BED ELEVATION SURVEY CONFIGURATIONS AND INTERPOLATION METHODS ON THE ACCURACY OF LIDAR DTM-BASED RIVER FLOW SIMULATIONS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. R. Santillan

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we investigated how survey configuration and the type of interpolation method can affect the accuracy of river flow simulations that utilize LIDAR DTM integrated with interpolated river bed as its main source of topographic information. Aside from determining the accuracy of the individually-generated river bed topographies, we also assessed the overall accuracy of the river flow simulations in terms of maximum flood depth and extent. Four survey configurations consisting of river bed elevation data points arranged as cross-section (XS, zig-zag (ZZ, river banks-centerline (RBCL, and river banks-centerline-zig-zag (RBCLZZ, and two interpolation methods (Inverse Distance-Weighted and Ordinary Kriging were considered. Major results show that the choice of survey configuration, rather than the interpolation method, has significant effect on the accuracy of interpolated river bed surfaces, and subsequently on the accuracy of river flow simulations. The RMSEs of the interpolated surfaces and the model results vary from one configuration to another, and depends on how each configuration evenly collects river bed elevation data points. The large RMSEs for the RBCL configuration and the low RMSEs for the XS configuration confirm that as the data points become evenly spaced and cover more portions of the river, the resulting interpolated surface and the river flow simulation where it was used also become more accurate. The XS configuration with Ordinary Kriging (OK as interpolation method provided the best river bed interpolation and river flow simulation results. The RBCL configuration, regardless of the interpolation algorithm used, resulted to least accurate river bed surfaces and simulation results. Based on the accuracy analysis, the use of XS configuration to collect river bed data points and applying the OK method to interpolate the river bed topography are the best methods to use to produce satisfactory river flow simulation outputs

  4. The research of product configuration based on purchase preference of consumer%面向顾客购买偏好的产品配置研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李泽蓉; 李春梅; 周兰花; 周丹; 曾富洪

    2012-01-01

    In order to increase market competiveness of enterprise products by blending Purchase Preference of Consumer ( PPC) in product configuration design. A configuration model of product based on PPC was established, which effectively integrated Configuration Units ( CU) and Configuration Rules ( CR) and Configuration Constraints ( CC) at the core with Generic Units (GU) ,the solution of analysis on PPC was presented based on conjoint analysis method, and an algorithm for solving consumer utility value of CU based on SPSS software was given. An algorithm system based on genetic algorithms was designed for configuration scheme solving with objective of maximize PPC satisfaction. Finally, a configurable computer case was presented to verify the effectiveness and feasibility of the presented approach.%为了将顾客购买偏好行为有机地融入产品配置设计中,从而提高企业产品的市场竞争力,建立面向顾客购买偏好的产晶配置模型,该模型将配置单元、配置规则及配置约束以类单元为核心进行有效集成;基于该模型给出联合分析法分析实现顾客购买偏好的策略,并给出基于SPSS软件的配置单元效用值求解算法,设计了以消费者偏好最大满足度为目标、基于遗传算法理念的算法体系,来完成配置方案优选.最后,以某公司的电脑配置设计为应用实例,验证了所述方法的可行性和有效性.

  5. Non-orthogonal configuration interaction for the calculation of multielectron excited states

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sundstrom, Eric J., E-mail: eric.jon.sundstrom@berkeley.edu; Head-Gordon, Martin [Department of Chemistry, University of California Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720, USA and Chemical Sciences Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720 (United States)

    2014-03-21

    We apply Non-orthogonal Configuration Interaction (NOCI) to molecular systems where multielectron excitations, in this case double excitations, play a substantial role: the linear polyenes and β-carotene. We demonstrate that NOCI when applied to systems with extended conjugation, provides a qualitatively correct wavefunction at a fraction of the cost of many other multireference treatments. We also present a new extension to this method allowing for purification of higher-order spin states by utilizing Generalized Hartree-Fock Slater determinants and the details for computing 〈S{sup 2}〉 for the ground and excited states.

  6. Structure of human Eg5 in complex with a new monastrol-based inhibitor bound in the R configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Garcia-Saez, Isabel; DeBonis, Salvatore; Lopez, Roman; Trucco, Fernando; Rousseau, Bernard; Thuéry, Pierre; Kozielski, Frank

    2007-03-30

    Drugs that target mitotic spindle proteins have been proven useful for tackling tumor growth. Eg5, a kinesin-5 family member, represents a potential target, since its inhibition leads to prolonged mitotic arrest through the activation of the mitotic checkpoint and apoptotic cell death. Monastrol, a specific dihydropyrimidine inhibitor of Eg5, shows stereo-specificity, since predominantly the (S)-, but not the (R)-, enantiomer has been shown to be the biologically active compound in vitro and in cell-based assays. Here, we solved the crystal structure (2.7A) of the complex between human Eg5 and a new keto derivative of monastrol (named mon-97), a potent antimitotic inhibitor. Surprisingly, we identified the (R)-enantiomer bound in the active site, and not, as for monastrol, the (S)-enantiomer. The absolute configuration of this more active (R)-enantiomer has been unambiguously determined via chemical correlation and x-ray analysis. Unexpectedly, both the R- and the S-forms inhibit Eg5 ATPase activity with IC(50) values of 110 and 520 nM (basal assays) and 150 nm and 650 nm (microtubule-stimulated assays), respectively. However, the difference was large enough for the protein to select the (R)- over the (S)-enantiomer. Taken together, these results show that in this new monastrol family, both (R)- and (S)-enantiomers can be active as Eg5 inhibitors. This considerably broadens the alternatives for rational drug design.

  7. A compact diode-pumped pulsed Nd:YAG slab laser based on a master oscillator power amplifier configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maleki, A.; Kavosh Tehrani, M.; Saghafifar, H.; Moghtader Dindarlu, M. H.; Ebadian, H.

    2016-02-01

    In this paper, the design and construction of a pulsed Nd:YAG laser is described. The structure of this laser is based on a master oscillator power amplifier system. A master oscillator is an electro-optical Q-switched Nd:YAG rod laser. Face-pumping is used for the excitation of the slab structure, and a double-pass method is designed for the amplification stages. Two Nd:YAG zigzag slabs are utilized as power amplification stages in this laser. The laser diodes are stacked in a compact configuration and are used for rod and slabs pumping. The total pump energy in the amplifier stages is 3200 mJ at 808 nm. The output pulse energy achieved at 1064 nm is about 850 mJ of 10 ns pulse duration corresponding to 26.5% optical-to-optical conversion efficiency. Moreover, this laser can generate pulse energies around 430 mJ at 532 nm. The dependence of the output energy of MOPA and second harmonic generation operations on different pulse repetition rates (PRRs) from 1 to 100 Hz has been investigated. Experimental results show that the maximum fluctuations of the output energies are about 2.5 and 4% for 1064 and 532 nm, respectively.

  8. Regression-based approach for testing the association between multi-region haplotype configuration and complex trait

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhao Hongbo

    2009-09-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background It is quite common that the genetic architecture of complex traits involves many genes and their interactions. Therefore, dealing with multiple unlinked genomic regions simultaneously is desirable. Results In this paper we develop a regression-based approach to assess the interactions of haplotypes that belong to different unlinked regions, and we use score statistics to test the null hypothesis of non-genetic association. Additionally, multiple marker combinations at each unlinked region are considered. The multiple tests are settled via the minP approach. The P value of the "best" multi-region multi-marker configuration is corrected via Monte-Carlo simulations. Through simulation studies, we assess the performance of the proposed approach and demonstrate its validity and power in testing for haplotype interaction association. Conclusion Our simulations showed that, for binary trait without covariates, our proposed methods prove to be equal and even more powerful than htr and hapcc which are part of the FAMHAP program. Additionally, our model can be applied to a wider variety of traits and allow adjustment for other covariates. To test the validity, our methods are applied to analyze the association between four unlinked candidate genes and pig meat quality.

  9. Visualisation de la base de données de configuration de l'expérience LHCb

    CERN Document Server

    Belballi, W

    2007-01-01

    The world's largest proton collider, LHC (Large Hadron Collider), is currently build in the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN) located on the French-Swiss border. The LHC is scheduled to begin operation in May 2008 and will be one of the most complex scientific instruments ever built. Configuring all the modules of the experiment is a complex task because of the huge network of devices and the big number on technologies involved. That's why configuration databases are used to store and organise the informations needed to well configure the system. My contribution was to improve an editor of the configuration database of the LHCb wich is one the four experiments taking place at CERN. This editor is called CDBVis and my work consist on porting the software written in Python to use the Qt library instead of the wxWidget one. I also made many enhancements to this software.

  10. ZEUS-DO: A Design Oriented CFD-Based Unsteady Aerodynamic Capability for Flight Vehicle Multidisciplinary Configuration Shape Optimization Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — In practically all air-vehicle MDO studies to date involving configuration shape optimization, dynamic Aeroservoelastic constraints had to be left out. Flutter,...

  11. Optimum electrode configuration selection for electrical resistance change based damage detection in composites using an effective independence measure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Escalona, Luis; Díaz-Montiel, Paulina; Venkataraman, Satchi

    2016-04-01

    Laminated carbon fiber reinforced polymer (CFRP) composite materials are increasingly used in aerospace structures due to their superior mechanical properties and reduced weight. Assessing the health and integrity of these structures requires non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques to detect and measure interlaminar delamination and intralaminar matrix cracking damage. The electrical resistance change (ERC) based NDE technique uses the inherent changes in conductive properties of the composite to characterize internal damage. Several works that have explored the ERC technique have been limited to thin cross-ply laminates with simple linear or circular electrode arrangements. This paper investigates a method of optimum selection of electrode configurations for delamination detection in thick cross-ply laminates using ERC. Inverse identification of damage requires numerical optimization of the measured response with a model predicted response. Here, the electrical voltage field in the CFRP composite laminate is calculated using finite element analysis (FEA) models for different specified delamination size and locations, and location of ground and current electrodes. Reducing the number of sensor locations and measurements is needed to reduce hardware requirements, and computational effort needed for inverse identification. This paper explores the use of effective independence (EI) measure originally proposed for sensor location optimization in experimental vibration modal analysis. The EI measure is used for selecting the minimum set of resistance measurements among all possible combinations of selecting a pair of electrodes among the n electrodes. To enable use of EI to ERC required, it is proposed in this research a singular value decomposition SVD to obtain a spectral representation of the resistance measurements in the laminate. The effectiveness of EI measure in eliminating redundant electrode pairs is demonstrated by performing inverse identification of

  12. A conceptual configuration of the lunar base bioregenerative life support system including soil-like substrate for growing plants

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, H.; Yu, C. Y.; Manukovsky, N. S.; Kovalev, V. S.; Gurevich, Yu L.; Wang, J.

    2008-09-01

    The paper presents a conceptual configuration of the lunar base bioregenerative life support system (LBLSS), including soil-like substrate (SLS) for growing plants. SLS makes it possible to combine the processes of plant growth and the utilization of plant waste. Plants are to be grown on SLS on the basis of 20 kg of dry SLS mass or 100 kg of wet SLS mass per square meter. The substrate is to be delivered to the base ready-made as part of the plant growth subsystem. Food for the crew was provided by prestored stock 24% and by plant growing system 76%. Total dry weight of the food is 631 g per day (2800 kcal/day) for one crew member (CM). The list of candidate plants to be grown under lunar BLSS conditions included 14 species: wheat, rice, soybean, peanuts, sweet pepper, carrots, tomatoes, coriander, cole, lettuce, radish, squash, onion and garlic. From the prestored stock the crew consumed canned fish, iodinated salt, sugar, beef sauce and seafood sauce. Our calculations show that to provide one CM with plant food requires the area of 47.5 m 2. The balance of substance is achieved by the removal dehydrated urine 59 g, feces 31 g, food waste 50 g, SLS 134 g, and also waters 86 g from system and introduction food 236 g, liquid potassium soap 4 g and mineral salts 120 g into system daily. To reduce system setup time the first plants could be sowed and germinated to a certain age on the Earth.

  13. Aircraft Configuration and Flight Crew Compliance with Procedures While Conducting Flight Deck Based Interval Management (FIM) Operations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shay, Rick; Swieringa, Kurt A.; Baxley, Brian T.

    2012-01-01

    Flight deck based Interval Management (FIM) applications using ADS-B are being developed to improve both the safety and capacity of the National Airspace System (NAS). FIM is expected to improve the safety and efficiency of the NAS by giving pilots the technology and procedures to precisely achieve an interval behind the preceding aircraft by a specific point. Concurrently but independently, Optimized Profile Descents (OPD) are being developed to help reduce fuel consumption and noise, however, the range of speeds available when flying an OPD results in a decrease in the delivery precision of aircraft to the runway. This requires the addition of a spacing buffer between aircraft, reducing system throughput. FIM addresses this problem by providing pilots with speed guidance to achieve a precise interval behind another aircraft, even while flying optimized descents. The Interval Management with Spacing to Parallel Dependent Runways (IMSPiDR) human-in-the-loop experiment employed 24 commercial pilots to explore the use of FIM equipment to conduct spacing operations behind two aircraft arriving to parallel runways, while flying an OPD during high-density operations. This paper describes the impact of variations in pilot operations; in particular configuring the aircraft, their compliance with FIM operating procedures, and their response to changes of the FIM speed. An example of the displayed FIM speeds used incorrectly by a pilot is also discussed. Finally, this paper examines the relationship between achieving airline operational goals for individual aircraft and the need for ATC to deliver aircraft to the runway with greater precision. The results show that aircraft can fly an OPD and conduct FIM operations to dependent parallel runways, enabling operational goals to be achieved efficiently while maintaining system throughput.

  14. Detailed requirements document for Stowage List and Hardware Tracking System (SLAHTS). [computer based information management system in support of space shuttle orbiter stowage configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Keltner, D. J.

    1975-01-01

    The stowage list and hardware tracking system, a computer based information management system, used in support of the space shuttle orbiter stowage configuration and the Johnson Space Center hardware tracking is described. The input, processing, and output requirements that serve as a baseline for system development are defined.

  15. Configurational entropy of protein: A combined approach based on molecular simulation and integral-equation theory of liquids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chong, Song-Ho; Ham, Sihyun

    2011-03-01

    We report the recent development of a theoretical method to calculate the protein configurational entropy in explicit solvent from statistical properties of the solvent-averaged protein potential energy surface. This method can be implemented by combining molecular simulation and integral-equation theory of liquids. Our method does not assume Gaussian distribution of protein configurations, and can be applied to unfolded or misfolded states of protein in which an average protein structure is not well defined. An illustrative application is made to misfolded state of 42-residue amyloid beta protein in water.

  16. Application of Configurators in Networks

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Malis, Martin; Hvam, Lars

    2003-01-01

    Shorter lead-time, improved quality of product specifications and better communication with customers and suppliers are benefits derived from the application of configurators. Configurators are knowledge-based IT-systems that can be applied to deal with product knowledge and to support different...

  17. Multi-reference approach to the calculation of photoelectron spectra including spin-orbit coupling

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    X-ray photoelectron spectra provide a wealth of information on the electronic structure. The extraction of molecular details requires adequate theoretical methods, which in case of transition metal complexes has to account for effects due to the multi-configurational and spin-mixed nature of the many-electron wave function. Here, the restricted active space self-consistent field method including spin-orbit coupling is used to cope with this challenge and to calculate valence- and core-level photoelectron spectra. The intensities are estimated within the frameworks of the Dyson orbital formalism and the sudden approximation. Thereby, we utilize an efficient computational algorithm that is based on a biorthonormal basis transformation. The approach is applied to the valence photoionization of the gas phase water molecule and to the core ionization spectrum of the [Fe(H2O)6]2+ complex. The results show good agreement with the experimental data obtained in this work, whereas the sudden approximation demonstrates distinct deviations from experiments

  18. Multi-reference approach to the calculation of photoelectron spectra including spin-orbit coupling

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Grell, Gilbert; Bokarev, Sergey I., E-mail: sergey.bokarev@uni-rostock.de; Kühn, Oliver [Institut für Physik, Universität Rostock, D-18051 Rostock (Germany); Winter, Bernd; Seidel, Robert [Helmholtz-Zentrum Berlin für Materialien und Energie, Methods for Material Development, Albert-Einstein-Strasse 15, D-12489 Berlin (Germany); Aziz, Emad F. [Helmholtz-Zentrum Berlin für Materialien und Energie, Methods for Material Development, Albert-Einstein-Strasse 15, D-12489 Berlin (Germany); Department of Physics, Freie Universität Berlin, Arnimalle 14, D-14159 Berlin (Germany); Aziz, Saadullah G. [Chemistry Department, Faculty of Science, King Abdulaziz University, 21589 Jeddah (Saudi Arabia)

    2015-08-21

    X-ray photoelectron spectra provide a wealth of information on the electronic structure. The extraction of molecular details requires adequate theoretical methods, which in case of transition metal complexes has to account for effects due to the multi-configurational and spin-mixed nature of the many-electron wave function. Here, the restricted active space self-consistent field method including spin-orbit coupling is used to cope with this challenge and to calculate valence- and core-level photoelectron spectra. The intensities are estimated within the frameworks of the Dyson orbital formalism and the sudden approximation. Thereby, we utilize an efficient computational algorithm that is based on a biorthonormal basis transformation. The approach is applied to the valence photoionization of the gas phase water molecule and to the core ionization spectrum of the [Fe(H{sub 2}O){sub 6}]{sup 2+} complex. The results show good agreement with the experimental data obtained in this work, whereas the sudden approximation demonstrates distinct deviations from experiments.

  19. Multi-reference approach to the calculation of photoelectron spectra including spin-orbit coupling

    CERN Document Server

    Grell, Gilbert; Winter, Bernd; Seidel, Robert; Aziz, Emad F; Aziz, Saadullah G; Kühn, Oliver

    2015-01-01

    X-ray photoelectron spectra provide a wealth of information on the electronic structure. The extraction of molecular details requires adequate theoretical methods, which in case of transition metal complexes has to account for effects due to the multi-configurational and spin-mixed nature of the many-electron wave function. Here, the Restricted Active Space Self-Consistent Field method including spin-orbit coupling is used to cope with this challenge and to calculate valence and core photoelectron spectra. The intensities are estimated within the frameworks of the Dyson orbital formalism and the sudden approximation. Thereby, we utilize an efficient computational algorithm that is based on a biorthonormal basis transformation. The approach is applied to the valence photoionization of the gas phase water molecule and to the core ionization spectrum of the $\\text{[Fe(H}_2\\text{O)}_6\\text{]}^{2+}$ complex. The results show good agreement with the experimental data obtained in this work, whereas the sudden approx...

  20. Approaching exact hyperpolarizabilities via sum-over-states Monte Carlo configuration interaction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Coe, J P; Paterson, M J

    2014-09-28

    We propose using sum-over-states calculations with the compact wavefunctions of Monte Carlo configuration interaction to approach accurate values for higher-order dipole properties up to second hyperpolarizabilities in a controlled way. We apply the approach to small systems that can generally be compared with full configuration interaction (FCI) results. We consider hydrogen fluoride with a 6-31g basis and then look at results, including frequency dependent properties, in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We extend one calculation beyond FCI by using an aug-cc-pVTZ basis. The properties of an H4 molecule with multireference character are calculated in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We then investigate this method on a strongly multireference system with a larger FCI space by modelling the properties of carbon monoxide with a stretched geometry. The behavior of the approach with increasing basis size is considered by calculating results for the neon atom using aug-cc-pVDZ to aug-cc-pVQZ. We finally test if the unusual change in polarizability between the first two states of molecular oxygen can be reproduced by this method in a 6-31g basis.

  1. Approaching exact hyperpolarizabilities via sum-over-states Monte Carlo configuration interaction

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coe, J. P.; Paterson, M. J., E-mail: M.J.Paterson@hw.ac.uk [Institute of Chemical Sciences, School of Engineering and Physical Sciences, Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh EH14 4AS (United Kingdom)

    2014-09-28

    We propose using sum-over-states calculations with the compact wavefunctions of Monte Carlo configuration interaction to approach accurate values for higher-order dipole properties up to second hyperpolarizabilities in a controlled way. We apply the approach to small systems that can generally be compared with full configuration interaction (FCI) results. We consider hydrogen fluoride with a 6-31g basis and then look at results, including frequency dependent properties, in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We extend one calculation beyond FCI by using an aug-cc-pVTZ basis. The properties of an H{sub 4} molecule with multireference character are calculated in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We then investigate this method on a strongly multireference system with a larger FCI space by modelling the properties of carbon monoxide with a stretched geometry. The behavior of the approach with increasing basis size is considered by calculating results for the neon atom using aug-cc-pVDZ to aug-cc-pVQZ. We finally test if the unusual change in polarizability between the first two states of molecular oxygen can be reproduced by this method in a 6-31g basis.

  2. Approaching exact hyperpolarizabilities via sum-over-states Monte Carlo configuration interaction

    CERN Document Server

    Coe, J P

    2014-01-01

    We propose using sum-over-states calculations with the compact wavefunctions of Monte Carlo configuration interaction to approach accurate values for higher-order dipole properties up to second hyperpolarizabilities in a controlled way. We apply the approach to small systems that can generally be compared with full configuration interaction (FCI) results. We consider hydrogen fluoride with a 6-31g basis and then look at results, including frequency dependent properties, in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We extend one calculation beyond FCI by using an aug-cc-pVTZ basis. The properties of an H$_{4}$ molecule with multireference character are calculated in an aug-cc-pVDZ basis. We then investigate this method on a strongly multireference system with a larger FCI space by modelling the properties of carbon monoxide with a stretched geometry. The behavior of the approach with increasing basis size is considered by calculating results for the neon atom using aug-cc-pVDZ to aug-cc-pVQZ. We finally test if the unusual change...

  3. HR contribution to a firm's success examined from a configurational perspective: An exploratory study based on the Spanish CRANET data

    OpenAIRE

    Dolan, Simon L.; Mach, Mercè; Sierra Olivera, Vicenta

    2005-01-01

    The objective in this study was to examine whether a firm's economic/financial success can be associated with the application of certain HRM policies, practices and strategies. In this empirical study, an extended rationale borrowed from a configurational conceptual model was used in order to examine the multiple linkages and architecture between certain HR policies and practices, HR Department characteristics as well as some organizational characteristics, and the overall economic/financial ...

  4. Advanced configuration of gravitational-wave interferometer on the base of "sensitive mode" in "white-light cavity"

    OpenAIRE

    Karapetyan, G. G.

    2002-01-01

    A novel conception of "sensitive mode" (SM) is proposed to apply in gravitational-wave advanced interferometer configuration. The SM is resonant oscillation of electromagnetic field in "white-light cavity", where the resonance line is broadened without decreasing cavity quality. The frequency of the SM is greatly susceptible to the change of cavity length, and the SM is established in a cavity with time constant smaller than a conventional mode. Due to these advantages the sensitivity and ban...

  5. ONU Configuration Management Technology Based on NGPON System%基于NGPON系统的ONU配置管理技术

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    肖青; 黄婷熙

    2012-01-01

    According to ONU property introduced by the China Telecom equipment technical requirements of EPON V2.1, the ONU configuration management technology of NCPON system is proposed. In this paper, the implementation process of traditional ONU configuration management technology and ONU capability set configuration management are introduced. The method can well solve the equipment interworking problems, manage various types of ONU, and has strong practical value.%根据中国电信EPON设备技术要求V2.1中介绍的ONU能力属性,提出NGPON系统中ONU配置管理技术.详细介绍了传统ONU配置管理技术以及ONU能力集配置管理技术实现过程.该方法能很好地解决设备间的互通问题,能很好地管理厂商生产的各种类型ONU,具有很强的实用价值.

  6. Effect of contact interface configuration on electronic transport in (C{sub 20}){sub 2}-based molecular junctions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ji, Guomin; Li, Dongmei; Fang, Changfeng; Xu, Yuqing [School of Physics, State Key Laboratory of Crystal Materials, Shandong University, Jinan 250100 (China); Zhai, Yaxin [Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0830 (United States); Cui, Bin [School of Physics, State Key Laboratory of Crystal Materials, Shandong University, Jinan 250100 (China); Liu, Desheng, E-mail: liuds@sdu.edu.cn [School of Physics, State Key Laboratory of Crystal Materials, Shandong University, Jinan 250100 (China); Department of Physics, Jining University, Qufu 273155 (China)

    2012-01-16

    Using first-principles calculations, we study the electronic transport properties in Au-(C{sub 20}){sub 2}-Au molecular junctions with different contact interface configurations: point contact and bond contact. We observe that the transmission through the bond contact is considerably higher than that of point contact. Furthermore, the I–V characteristics are rather different. For the bond contact, we get a metallic behavior followed by a varistor-type behavior. While as for the point contact, the current increases very slowly in a nonlinear way and is one order of magnitude smaller than that of bond contact. We attribute these obvious differences to the distinct contact configurations. -- Highlights: ► The I–V properties of (C{sub 20}){sub 2} molecular devices are affected by contact configuration. ► As for the bond contact, metallic behavior in the low bias is observed. ► Varistor-type behavior and nonlinear I–V characteristic in the high bias are found. ► As for the point contact, the Landauer conductance greatly decreases. ► The current is one order of magnitude smaller than that of bond contact.

  7. Hyperfine structures and Landé g{sub J}-factors for n=2 states in beryllium-, boron-, carbon-, and nitrogen-like ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Verdebout, S.; Nazé, C. [Chimie Quantique et Photophysique, CP160/09, Université Libre de Bruxelles, B 1050 Brussels (Belgium); Jönsson, P., E-mail: per.jonsson@mah.se [Faculty of Technology and Society, Group for Materials Science and Applied Mathematics, Malmö University, 205-06 Malmö (Sweden); Rynkun, P. [Institute of Theoretical Physics and Astronomy, Vilnius University, LT-01108 Vilnius (Lithuania); Godefroid, M. [Chimie Quantique et Photophysique, CP160/09, Université Libre de Bruxelles, B 1050 Brussels (Belgium); Gaigalas, G. [Institute of Theoretical Physics and Astronomy, Vilnius University, LT-01108 Vilnius (Lithuania)

    2014-09-15

    Energy levels, hyperfine interaction constants, and Landé g{sub J}-factors are reported for n=2 states in beryllium-, boron-, carbon-, and nitrogen-like ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations. Valence, core–valence, and core–core correlation effects are taken into account through single and double-excitations from multireference expansions to increasing sets of active orbitals. A systematic comparison of the calculated hyperfine interaction constants is made with values from the available literature.

  8. No-core configuration-interaction model for the isospin- and angular-momentum-projected states

    Science.gov (United States)

    Satuła, W.; Båczyk, P.; Dobaczewski, J.; Konieczka, M.

    2016-08-01

    Background: Single-reference density functional theory is very successful in reproducing bulk nuclear properties like binding energies, radii, or quadrupole moments throughout the entire periodic table. Its extension to the multireference level allows for restoring symmetries and, in turn, for calculating transition rates. Purpose: We propose a new variant of the no-core-configuration-interaction (NCCI) model treating properly isospin and rotational symmetries. The model is applicable to any nucleus irrespective of its mass and neutron- and proton-number parity. It properly includes polarization effects caused by an interplay between the long- and short-range forces acting in the atomic nucleus. Methods: The method is based on solving the Hill-Wheeler-Griffin equation within a model space built of linearly dependent states having good angular momentum and properly treated isobaric spin. The states are generated by means of the isospin and angular-momentum projection applied to a set of low-lying (multi)particle-(multi)hole deformed Slater determinants calculated using the self-consistent Skyrme-Hartree-Fock approach. Results: The theory is applied to calculate energy spectra in N ≈Z nuclei that are relevant from the point of view of a study of superallowed Fermi β decays. In particular, a new set of the isospin-symmetry-breaking corrections to these decays is given. Conclusions: It is demonstrated that the NCCI model is capable of capturing main features of low-lying energy spectra in light and medium-mass nuclei using relatively small model space and without any local readjustment of its low-energy coupling constants. Its flexibility and a range of applicability makes it an interesting alternative to the conventional nuclear shell model.

  9. Resource Configurations, Generic Strategies, and Firm Performance :: Exploring the Parallels Between Resource-Based and Competitive Strategy Theories in a New Industry

    OpenAIRE

    Furrer, Olivier; Sudharshan, D.; Thomas, Howard; Alexandre, Maria Tereza

    2014-01-01

    Purpose – This paper, anchored in the resource-based view of the firm, attempts to develop linkages between firm-level resources, Porter’s competitive strategy space and firm performance and explores them in the context of a new industry – the marketing technology industry. Design/methodology/approach – In the marketing technology industry the authors classify resource configurations (generalists, specialists, innovators) which group firms with distinctive competences on similar resource dime...

  10. Typology of Product Configuration Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jensen, Klaes Ladeby; Edwards, Kasper; Haug, Anders

    2007-01-01

    Many organisations are moving from mass production to mass customization. Product configuration systems (PCS) are increasingly seen as an interesting option for firms who wish to pursue a strategy with a high degree of product variance while retaining a low cost of specifying the product. To become...... more specific in relation to how product configuration systems can support mass customization, it is necessary to understand how different product configuration systems can be classified, and how these differ. This paper presents a typology of product configuration systems based on the five kinds of...... knowledge needed for the configuration task. Lastly, we discuss the implementation and use-related issues that can be derived from the typology....

  11. Applying Monte Carlo configuration interaction to transition metal dimers: exploring the balance between static and dynamic correlation

    CERN Document Server

    Coe, J P; Paterson, M J

    2014-01-01

    We calculate potential curves for transition metal dimers using Monte Carlo configuration interaction (MCCI). These results, and their associated spectroscopic values, are compared with experimental and computational studies. The multireference nature of the MCCI wavefunction is quantified and we estimate the important orbitals. We initially consider the ground state of the chromium dimer. Next we calculate potential curves for Sc$_{2}$ where we contrast the lowest triplet and quintet states. We look at the molybdenum dimer where we compare non-relativistic results with the partial inclusion of relativistic effects via effective core potentials, and report results for scandium nickel.

  12. Configurable impedance matching to maximise power extraction for enabling self-powered system based-on photovoltaic cells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rahman, Airul Azha Abd; Jamil, Wan Adil Wan; Umar, Akrajas Ali

    2016-07-01

    Multivariate energy harvesting system, solar and thermal energies, with configurable impedance matching features is presented. The system consists of a tuneable mechanism for peak performance tracking. The inputs are voltages ranging from 20 mV to 3.1 V. The matching load is individually tuned for photovoltaic and thermoelectric power efficiency not less than 80% and 50% of the open circuit voltage respectively. Of experimentation and analysis has been done, the time it takes to fully charge up to 3.4 V is 23 minutes with the rate of charging is 1.8 mV/sec. Empirical data is presented. [Figure not available: see fulltext.

  13. Conceptualizing Embedded Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur; Hvam, Lars; Lysgaard, Ole

    2006-01-01

    configuration systems. That will include requirements to product modelling techniques. An example with consumer electronics will illuminate the elements of embedded configuration in settings that most can relate to. The question of where embedded configuration would be relevant is discussed, and the current...... and services. The general idea can be named embedded configuration. In this article we intend to conceptualize embedded configuration, what it is and is not. The difference between embedded configuration, sales configuration and embedded software is explained. We will look at what is needed to make embedded...

  14. On the approximation of the similarity-transformed Hamiltonian in single-reference and multireference coupled cluster theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evangelista, Francesco A.; Gauss, Jürgen

    2012-06-01

    We consider the recursive single commutator (RSC) approximation of the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff expansion introduced by Yanai and Chan [T. Yanai, G.K.-L. Chan, J. Chem. Phys. 124 (2006) 194106] and apply it in order to approximate the similarity transformation of the Hamiltonian in both traditional and unitary coupled cluster theory. The equilibrium bond distance, harmonic vibrational frequency, and anharmonic constant of H2, HF, N2, CuH, and Cu2 were computed using the coupled cluster approach with single and double excitations (CCSD) and CCSD with the RSC approximation of the similarity-transformed Hamiltonian (CCSD-RSC). Our results demonstrate that the RSC approximation introduces substantial errors in the estimates of molecular properties. The leading pejorative effects of the RSC approximation can be traced back to the imbalanced description of diagrams arising from the term {1}/{2}[H^,T,T]. Following this analysis we consider a modified RSC scheme correct to fourth-order in the energy, which is found to reproduce CCSD results more closely. The RSC scheme is also applied in conjunction with the state-specific multireference coupled cluster approach of Mukherjee and co-workers [U.S. Mahapatra, B. Datta, D. Mukherjee, J. Chem. Phys. 110 (1999) 6171] to compute the potential energy curve of the BeH2 model, the vibrational frequencies of ozone, and the singlet-triplet splitting of p-benzyne. These examples show that the deterioration of the results caused by the RSC scheme is analogous to the one observed in the single-reference case. Implications for the formulation of approximate internally contracted multireference theories are discussed.

  15. Effects of symmetry and spin configuration on spin-dependent transport properties of iron-phthalocyanine-based devices

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cui, Li-Ling [Institute of Super Microstructure and Ultrafast Process in Advanced Materials, School of Physics and Electronics, Central South University, Changsha 410083 (China); School of Science, Hunan University of Technology, Zhuzhou 412007 (China); Yang, Bing-Chu, E-mail: bingchuyang@csu.edu.cn; Li, Xin-Mei; Cao, Can [Institute of Super Microstructure and Ultrafast Process in Advanced Materials, School of Physics and Electronics, Central South University, Changsha 410083 (China); Long, Meng-Qiu, E-mail: mqlong@csu.edu.cn [Institute of Super Microstructure and Ultrafast Process in Advanced Materials, School of Physics and Electronics, Central South University, Changsha 410083 (China); Department of Physics and Materials Science, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong (China)

    2014-07-21

    Spin-dependent transport properties of nanodevices constructed by iron-phthalocyanine (FePc) molecule sandwiched between two zigzag graphene nanoribbon electrodes are studied using first-principles quantum transport calculations. The effects of the symmetry and spin configuration of electrodes have been taken into account. It is found that large magnetoresistance, large spin polarization, dual spin-filtering, and negative differential resistance (NDR) can coexist in these devices. Our results show that 5Z-FePc system presents well conductive ability in both parallel (P) and anti-parallel (AP) configurations. For 6Z-FePc-P system, spin filtering effect and large spin polarization can be found. A dual spin filtering and NDR can also be shown in 6Z-FePc-AP. Our studies indicate that the dual spin filtering effect depends on the orbitals symmetry of the energy bands and spin mismatching of the electrodes. And all the effects would open up possibilities for their applications in spin-valve, spin-filter as well as effective spin diode devices.

  16. Photonic crystal fiber-based multi-wavelength Brillouin fiber laser with dual-pass amplification configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    R. Parvizi; S. W. Harun; N. M. Ali; N. S. Shahabuddin; H. Ahmad

    2011-01-01

    @@ A simple technique for achieving a stable, room temperature and multi-wavelength lasing with narrow linewidth is demonstrated using Brillouin fiber laser (BFL) with a 100-m-long photonic crystal fiber (PCF) in conjunction with a dual-pass configuration. A broadband fiber Bragg grating (FBG) operating in the C-band region is incorporated at the end side of the setup to allow a dual-pass operation. The proposed BFL can operate at any wavelength depending on the Brillouin pump wavelength and the FBG's reflection region used. With a Brillouin pump (BP) of 15.7 dBm, approximately 7 Stokes and 4 anti-Stokes lines are obtained with a line spacing of 0.08 nm.%A simple technique for achieving a stable, room temperature and multi-wavelength lasing with narrow linewidth is demonstrated using Brillouin fiber laser (BFL) with a 100-m-long photonic crystal fiber (PCF) in conjunction with a dual-pass configuration. A broadband fiber Bragg grating (FBG) operating in the C-band region is incorporated at the end side of the setup to allow a dual-pass operation. The proposed BFL can operate at any wavelength depending on the Brillouin pump wavelength and the FBG's reflection region used. With a Brillouin pump (BP) of 15.7 dBm, approximately 7 Stokes and 4 anti-Stokes lines are obtained with a line spacing of 0.08 nm.

  17. A systematic investigation of SO2 removal dynamics by coal-based activated cokes: The synergic enhancement effect of hierarchical pore configuration and gas components

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Fei; Gao, Jihui; Liu, Xin; Tang, Xiaofan; Wu, Shaohua

    2015-12-01

    For the aim to break through the long-term roadblock to porous carbon based SO2 removal technology, typical coal-based activated cokes differing in terms of surface area, pore configuration and surface functional properties, were employed to investigate the SO2 removal dynamics. Among the employed activated cokes, the one with a hierarchically porous structure greatly enhanced the SO2 removal dynamics under the simulated flue gas compositions. More detailedly, SO2 separate adsorption property under normal temperature and pressure evidenced that monolayer SO2 molecules anchoring on micropore surface is the main adsorption pattern. The catalytic oxidation of SO2 follows the Eley-Rideal mechanism by which SO2 was firstly oxidized by molecular oxygen into SO3 which could depart partially to release the active sites for further adsorption. For the role of hierarchical pore configuration, it was proposed that micropores serve as gas adsorption and reaction accommodation, meso-/macropores act as byproduct H2SO4 transport and buffing reservoirs, which may in turn gives rise to the recovery of active sites in micropores and guarantees the continuous proceeding of sulfur-containing species transformation in the micropores. The present results suggest that pore configuration or interconnecting pattern, but not mere surface area or pore volume, should be favourably considered for optimizing heterogeneous gas-solid adsorption and reaction.

  18. Analysis of Qinshan Nuclear Power Base Emergency Mobile Power Configuration%秦山核电基地应急移动电源配置分析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王贵良

    2016-01-01

    应急移动电源是核电厂在全厂断电工况下,保证反应堆堆芯冷却的重要手段。本文对秦山核电基地应急移动电源的配置进行了论述和分析,其对国内其他核电厂的应急移动电源配置也具有一定的参考价值。%Emergency mobile power supply is an important means for the nuclear power plant to ensure the cooling of the reactor core while station blackout (SBO). This article analyzes the configuration of Qinshan Nuclear Power Base emergency mobile power, which has referential and practical value for other domestic nuclear power plant emergency mobile power supply configuration.

  19. Device configuration-management system

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The Fusion Chamber System, a major component of the Magnetic Fusion Test Facility, contains several hundred devices which report status to the Supervisory Control and Diagnostic System for control and monitoring purposes. To manage the large number of diversity of devices represented, a device configuration management system was required and developed. Key components of this software tool include the MFTF Data Base; a configuration editor; and a tree structure defining the relationships between the subsystem devices. This paper will describe how the configuration system easily accomodates recognizing new devices, restructuring existing devices, and modifying device profile information

  20. Analysis the configuration of earthing system based on high-low and low-high soil structure

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ramani, A. N.; Ahmad, Abdul Rahman; Sulaima, M. F.; Nasir, M. N. M.; Ahmad, Arfah [Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Universiti Teknikal Malaysia Melaka (UTeM), Hang Tuah Jaya, 76100 Durian Tunggal, Melaka (Malaysia)

    2015-05-15

    Each TNB transmission tower requires a tower footing resistance (TFR) with a lower grounding resistance value that depends on the transmission line voltage. For 132kV and 275kV tower, the TFR must less than 10Ω and 500kV tower must less than 5Ω. The TFR is changeable with variable factors such as soil resistivity. Low TFR provides essential protection to the fault such as lightning strike that may occur at any time. The fault current flow to the lowest resistance path and easily disperses to earth. Back flashover voltage across the insulator of transmission lines may occur when the TFR is high. The TFR is influenced by soil resistivity. There are three parameters affecting the soil resistivity; moisture content, salt content and temperature of the soil. High moisture content in soil will reduce the soil resistivity and resultant low TFR. Small scale moisture control by using Micro Reservoir (MR) irrigation with semi-permeable membranes have the power to offer the stable moisture in soil. By using osmosis concept, it is the process of net movement of water molecules from high potential water to lower potential water though a semi permeable membrane. The MR can withstand for 3 to 5 days without continuous water supply. The MR installed in the centre of the tower that contains a multiple parallel of electrode rods. The concentrated of electrode rods grounding configuration with a combination of MR will improve the TFR even at multilayer soil. As a result, MR gives a little improvement to TFR. The MR in area of concentrated electrode rod configuration to ensure the soil always wet and moist at all times. The changes in soil affect the tower-footing-resistance. The tower-footing-resistance measurement at afternoon is higher than at evening because of the temperature and moisture content in soil is change due to sun radiation.

  1. Recommendation Technologies for Configurable Products

    OpenAIRE

    Falkner, Andreas; Siemens AG Austria; Felfernig, Alexander; Graz University of Technology; Haag, Albert; SAP AG

    2011-01-01

    State of the art recommender systems support users in the selection of items from a predefined assortment (for example, movies, books, and songs). In contrast to an explicit definition of each individual item, configurable products such as computers, financial service portfolios, and cars are repre¬sented in the form of a configuration knowledge base that describes the properties of allowed instances. Although the knowledge representation used is different compared to non-confi¬gurable produc...

  2. A Simple Approach to Characterize Gas-Aqueous Liquid Two-phase Flow Configuration Based on Discrete Solid-Liquid Contact Electrification.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Choi, Dongwhi; Lee, Donghyeon; Kim, Dong Sung

    2015-10-14

    In this study, we first suggest a simple approach to characterize configuration of gas-aqueous liquid two-phase flow based on discrete solid-liquid contact electrification, which is a newly defined concept as a sequential process of solid-liquid contact and successive detachment of the contact liquid from the solid surface. This approach exhibits several advantages such as simple operation, precise measurement, and cost-effectiveness. By using electric potential that is spontaneously generated by discrete solid-liquid contact electrification, the configurations of the gas-aqueous liquid two-phase flow such as size of a gas slug and flow rate are precisely characterized. According to the experimental and numerical analyses on parameters that affect electric potential, gas slugs have been verified to behave similarly to point electric charges when the measuring point of the electric potential is far enough from the gas slug. In addition, the configuration of the gas-aqueous liquid two-phase microfluidic system with multiple gas slugs is also characterized by using the presented approach. For a proof-of-concept demonstration of using the proposed approach in a self-triggered sensor, a gas slug detector with a counter system is developed to show its practicality and applicability.

  3. Reasearch on Task-based Software Configuration Management Model%基于任务的软件配置管理模型的研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    毛佳; 张臻鉴

    2013-01-01

    The characters of the conventional Software Configuration Management have been summarized.The Task Based Software Configuration Management Model is researched,which aims at dispersant on management and difficulty on creating relationship between data versions.This model adds the task level,takes the function request as the objective,and creates task notes.Through finishing the tasks,the traceability between the top objective and related configuration items is established.%介绍了传统配置管理模型的特点,针对其管理分散、难于在数据以及数据版本间建立关联等问题,对基于任务的软件配置管理模型进行了深入研究.模型在传统的配置管理模型中增加任务层,以功能要求为目标驱动,创建任务结点,通过任务的完成建立起上层目标与所有相关的配置项及配置项版本的关联,从而实现了目标与基本管理单元的自动追踪.

  4. Resolution and Determination of the Absolute Configuration of a Twisted Bis-Lactam Analogue of Troger's Base: A Comparative Spectroscopic and Computational Study

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rúnarsson, Ögmundur Vidar; Benkhäuser, Christian; Christensen, Niels Johan;

    2015-01-01

    ) and electronic circular dichroism (ECD) spectra. The absolute configuration of (-)-2 was determined by comparing experimental and calculated electronic circular dichroism (ECD) spectra. The corresponding theoretical spectra were calculated using the lowest energy conformation of (R,R)-2 and (S,S)-2 at the B3LYP......The first reported twisted bis-lactam, a racemic Troger's base (TB) analogue (2), was resolved into its enantiomers on a chiral stationary phase HPLC column. The absolute configuration of (+)-2 was determined to be (R,R)-2 by comparing experimental and calculated vibrational circular dichroism (VCD....../6-31G(d,p) level of theory. The absolute configuration of (+)-2 was also determined to (R,R)-2 by anomalous X-ray diffraction (AXRD) in a chiral space group P2(1)2(1)2(1) using Cu-irradiation resulting in a very low Flack parameter of -0.06(3), despite the heaviest element being an oxygen atom, thus...

  5. 基于赋时事件图的周期可重构流水作业构形建模与优化%Cyclic Reconfigurable Flow Shop under Different Configurations Modeling and Optimization Based on Timed Event Graph

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    任思成; 徐德; 王芳; 谭民

    2006-01-01

    Based on the idea that modules are independent of machines, different combinations of modules and machines result in different configurations and the system performances differ under different configurations, a kind of cyclic reconfigurable flow shops are proposed for the new manufacturing paradigm-reconfigurable manufacturing system. The cyclic reconfigurable flow shop is modeled as a timed event graph. The optimal configuration is defined as the one under which the cyclic reconfigurable flow shop functions with the minimum cycle time and the minimum number of pallets. The optimal configuration, the minimum cycle time and the minimum number of pallets can be obtained in two steps.

  6. Component versioning for protocol configuration management

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHEN Tian-zhou; HE Zhen-jie; HUANG Jiang-wei; DAI Hong-jun

    2005-01-01

    Classical software configuration management which deals with source code versioning becomes insufficient when most components are distributed in binary form. As an important aspect of software configuration, protocol configuration also encounters those problems. This paper focuses on solving protocol component versioning issues for protocol configuration management on embedded system, incorporating the following versioning issues: version identification, version description and protocol component archiving and retrieving based on the version library.

  7. A fibre reorientation model for orthotropic multiplicative growth. Configurational driving stresses, kinematics-based reorientation, and algorithmic aspects.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Menzel, A

    2007-09-01

    The main goal of this contribution consists in the development of a remodelling framework for orthotropic continua whereby the underlying symmetry group is incorporated via two fibre families. Special emphasis is placed on the modelling of biological tissues at finite deformations. Besides the incorporation of a referential mass source, anisotropic growth is addressed by means of a multiplicative decomposition of the overall deformation gradient into an elastic and a growth distortion. Projected quantities of a configurational growth stress tensor are advocated as driving forces for time-dependent saturation-type evolution of the principal values of the growth distortion. Moreover, the reorientation of both fibre families, which directly affects the strain energy as well as the growth distortion itself, is guided by analyzing critical energy points. In particular, a time-dependent formulation is developed which aligns the fibre directions according to the principal stretch directions. Finally, the proposed framework is embedded into a finite element context so that representative numerical examples, examining growth and resorption in volume and density together with fibre reorientation, close this study. PMID:17149642

  8. Wideband and flat-gain amplifier based on high concentration erbium-doped fibres in parallel double-pass configuration

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A wideband and flat gain erbium-doped fibre amplifier (EDFA) is demonstrated using a hybrid gain medium of a zirconiabased erbium-doped fibre (Zr-EDF) and a high concentration erbium-doped fibre (EDF). The amplifier has two stages comprising a 2-m-long ZEDF and 9-m-long EDF optimised for C- and L-band operations, respectively, in a double-pass parallel configuration. A chirp fibre Bragg grating (CFBG) is used in both stages to ensure double propagation of the signal and thus to increase the attainable gain in both C- and L-band regions. At an input signal power of 0 dBm, a flat gain of 15 dB is achieved with a gain variation of less than 0.5 dB within a wide wavelength range from 1530 to 1605 nm. The corresponding noise figure varies from 6.2 to 10.8 dB within this wavelength region.

  9. Kaleidoscopical configurations in groups

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    I. V. Protasov

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available A subset A of a group G is called a kaleidoscopical configuration if there exists a surjective coloring χ:X→κ such that the restriction χ|gA is a bijection for each g∈G . We give two topological constructions of kaleidoscopical configurations and show that each infinite subset of an Abelian group contains an infinite kaleidoscopical configuration.

  10. Configurable Aperture Space Telescope

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ennico, Kimberly; Bendek, Eduardo

    2015-01-01

    In December 2014, we were awarded Center Innovation Fund to evaluate an optical and mechanical concept for a novel implementation of a segmented telescope based on modular, interconnected small sats (satlets). The concept is called CAST, a Configurable Aperture Space Telescope. With a current TRL is 2 we will aim to reach TLR 3 in Sept 2015 by demonstrating a 2x2 mirror system to validate our optical model and error budget, provide straw man mechanical architecture and structural damping analyses, and derive future satlet-based observatory performance requirements. CAST provides an alternative access to visible and/or UV wavelength space telescope with 1-meter or larger aperture for NASA SMD Astrophysics and Planetary Science community after the retirement of HST

  11. Towards a configuration interaction method with flexible spaces

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A configuration interaction (CI) method is presented in which the space of configuration state functions expands in every iteration until all numerically significant configurations are taken into account. The algorithm is based on a new scheme of addressing unstructured sets of configurations and on the projection into the space of intermediate spin-adapted configurations with 2 electrons fixed on ghost orbitals

  12. Systems-based modeling of generation variability under alternate geographic configurations of photovoltaic (PV) installations in Virginia

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    With increased focus on renewable energy in our modern era, it is increasingly important to understand the impact of policies on the performance and reliability of regional energy systems. This research develops a model to understand how geographic dispersion of PV installations impacts the reliability of electricity generated from the total PV network, measured by the variance of the distribution of generated electricity. Using NREL data, beta probability distributions of sunlight (kWh/m2/day) in various regions of Virginia are estimated using a fitting method that minimizes the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test statistic. A Monte Carlo simulation model is developed to measure PV electricity generation from multiple centralized and dispersed configurations over 100,000 days of probabilistic sunlight. There is a calculable tradeoff between average generation and generation variability, and increased geographic dispersion of PV installations can decrease this variability. Controlling variable generation through policies that promote efficient PV siting can help provide reliable power, minimizing the need for load-balancing peaking power infrastructure and costly electricity purchases from the grid. Using a tradeoff framework of generation and costs, this paper shows that geographically dispersed generation can mitigate the risk of unreliable solar generation that can significantly impact the end-user costs and make PV infrastructure unattractive. - Highlights: → We model how uncertain sunlight affects generation of different PV systems. → We show that geographically dispersed systems decrease generation variability. → Geographically dispersed PV systems are potentially more costly in the short run. → Controlling variability provides reliable power, which can decrease long-run costs. → Promoting mixes of uncertain energy sources requires assessment of these tradeoffs.

  13. Superior lithium-ion storage properties of si-based composite powders with unique Si@carbon@void@graphene configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Choi, Seung Ho; Jung, Dae Soo; Choi, Jang Wook; Kang, Yun Chan

    2015-01-26

    Composite powders of the configuration Si@carbon@void@graphene were prepared by a one-step spray pyrolysis process, by adding polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) to a precursor solution containing graphene oxide (GO) sheets and silicon nanoparticles (NPs). Morphological analysis indicates that the individual Si NPs are coated with amorphous carbon and encapsulated in a micrometer-sized graphene ball structure that offers a large amount of buffer space. The addition of PVP improves the stability of the colloidal spray solution containing the GO sheets and the Si NPs. Consequently, the prepared Si@C@void@graphene composite powders have a relatively more uniform morphology than the Si@void@graphene composite powders prepared from the spray solution without PVP. The first charge and discharge capacities of the Si@C@void@graphene electrode measured at 0.1 A g(-1) are as high as 3102 and 2215 mA h g(-1) , respectively. With an increase in the current rate from 0.5 to 11 A g(-1) , 46 % of the original capacity (i.e., 2134 mA h g(-1) ) is maintained. After 500 cycles at a high rate of 7 A g(-1) , the Si@C@void@graphene electrode shows 84 % capacity retention and 99.8 % of the average Coulombic efficiency. The superior cycling and rate capabilities of the prepared Si@C@void@graphene electrode could be attributed to the uniform carbon coating of the Si NPs and the graphene ball structure, which facilitates efficient diffusion of Li ions and prevents the penetration of electrolyte into graphene ball during cycling. PMID:25450157

  14. (RS)-Propranolol: enantioseparation by HPLC using newly synthesized (S)-levofloxacin-based reagent, absolute configuration of diastereomers and recovery of native enantiomers by detagging.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alwera, Shiv; Bhushan, Ravi

    2016-08-01

    Diastereomers of (RS)-propranolol were synthesized using (S)-levofloxacin-based new chiral derivatizing reagents (CDRs). Levofloxacin was chosen as the pure (S)-enantiomer for its high molar absorptivity (εo  ∼ 24000) and availability at a low price. Its -COOH group had N-hydroxysuccinimide and N-hydroxybenzotriazole, which acted as good leaving groups during nucleophilic substitution by the amino group of the racemic (RS)-propranolol; the CDRs were characterized by UV, IR, (1) H-NMR, high resolution mass spectrometry (HRMS) and carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and sulphur fundamental elemental components analyser (CHNS). Diastereomers were separated quantitatively using open column chromatography; absolute configuration of the diastereomers was established and the reagent moiety was detagged under microwave-assisted acidic conditions. (S)- and (R)-propranolol as pure enantiomers and (S)-levofloxacin were separated, isolated and characterized. Optimized lowest-energy structures of the diastereomers were developed using Gaussian 09 Rev. A.02 program and hybrid density functional B3LYP with 6-31G* basis set (based on density functional theory) for explanation of elution order and configuration. In addition, RP HPLC conditions for separation of diastereomers were optimized with respect to pH, concentration of buffer, flow rate of mobile phase and nature of organic modifier. HPLC separation method was validated as per International Conference on Harmonization guidelines. With the systematic application of various analytical techniques, absolute configuration of the diastereomers (and the native enantiomers) of (RS)-propranolol was established. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. PMID:26682898

  15. 一种基于Web组态技术的安全生产调度系统%A Security Production Dispatching System Based on Web Configuration Technology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    罗海英

    2012-01-01

    A security production dispatching system based on web configuration technology is an advanced information system that integrates Internet,Database,XML and Web configuration technology.The system combines organically information of real-time data of safety monitoring and production scheduling,and digitizes it and finally discloses solution Visual Graph via ActiveX-based components of Web configuration to achieve standardization,normalization,and high efficiency of coal mine safety production scheduling.This system has been successfully utilized in coal mine for one years and achieved expected success of providing fresh,quantitative,and truthful production scheduling information for safety production scheduling and management department.%一种基于Web组态技术的安全生产调度系统是一套先进的综合Internet、数据库、XML及Web组态等技术的信息系统。该系统可广泛用于煤矿生产、水利调度等领域,该系统将安全监控、生产调度的实时数据等信息有机地融合起来,进行数字化处理,通过基于ActiveX的组态元件Web发布解决方案Visual Graph实现了安全生产调度的标准化、规范化、高效化。该系统已在企业安全运行一年,可为安全生产调度管理部门提供及时、定量、真实可靠的调度信息,取得了满意的效果。

  16. HLT configuration management system

    CERN Document Server

    Daponte, Vincenzo

    2015-01-01

    The CMS High Level Trigger (HLT) is implemented running a streamlined version of the CMS offline reconstruction software running on thousands of CPUs. The CMS software is written mostly in C++, using Python as its configuration language through an embedded CPython interpreter. The configuration of each process is made up of hundreds of modules, organized in sequences and paths. As an example, the HLT configurations used for 2011 data taking comprised over 2200 different modules, organized in more than 400 independent trigger paths. The complexity of the HLT configurations and the large number of configuration produced require the design of a suitable data management system. The present work describes the designed solution to manage the considerable number of configurations developed and to assist the editing of new configurations. The system is required to be remotely accessible and OS-independent as well as easly maintainable easy to use. To meet these requirements a three-layers architecture has been choose...

  17. Handover initiation performance of a new multi-cell cellular configuration with a developed base-station multi-beam antenna

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Zufan; Du Huiping; Zhu Weile; Yang Jing

    2005-01-01

    A new multi-cell cellular configuration networks is provided for analysis of handover initiation probability,which is based on multi-beam base-station antenna splitting in the elevation-radiating plane. The sum of the received signal power in the mobile station, including both desired and interference signal power, has been introduced into the handover initiation algorithm. Along with the idea, we present three models of handover initiation algorithm with the shadowing process of Gaussian distribution. The formulation of handover initiation probability of those algorithms is also analyzed. The validity of the presented models has been checked through the comparison with simulation results.The results present the performance characteristics of handover initiation vary with cluster number and base-station antenna elevation angle.

  18. An Improved Empirical Potential for the Highly Multi-Reference Sextuply Bonded Transition Metal Benchamrk Molecule Cr_2

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dattani, Nikesh S.; Tomza, Michal; Li Manni, Giovanni

    2016-06-01

    The ground electronic state of the chromium dimer dissociates into Cr (^7S) + Cr (^7S) and therefore the fragments are highly open shell systems with a total of 12 singly occupied orbitals among its constituent atoms. It is considered one of the most difficult homonuclear diatomics for ab initio methods because of its highly multi-reference character. Therefore, every new multi-reference method must be tested against this benchmark system. However, the best empirical potential to compare with, has its own weaknesses. The photoelectron measurements of v=0-9 were fitted to a Morse potential (an old function which has only one parameter controlling the shape from r_e to D_e), and also inverted using a semi-classical theory into a potential after combining these data with measurements from what were hypothesized to be v=24-43. This bridging of a ˜2000 cm-1 gap in data back in 1993 was a valiant spectroscopic analysis. However since 1993, there have been enormous improvements in the field of potentiology. In 2011 a Morse/long-range (MLR) function successfully bridged a gap of more than 5000 cm-1 in experimental data^a, and in 2013 an experiment with ±0.000 02 cm-1 resolution confirmed that the 2011 MLR predicted the energy levels in the very center of this gap correctly within ˜ 1 cm-1,^b. While ab initio methods have very recently been able to predict differences in energy levels correctly to within 1 cm-1 for Li_2 ^c and to a lesser extent for BeH^d, ab initio methods have still not had this level of success for predicting binding energies. The MLR function not only has more flexibility than the original Morse function, but it also converges mathematically to the correct long-range limit expected by the state-of-the-art theory. Fitting the data to an MLR potential function in the Schrödinger equation allows for a fully quantum mechanical treatment over the entire range of data. By avoiding a semi-classical treatment, and using this more flexible, more

  19. 航天应用FPGA配置可靠性研究%Research on the Reliability of FPGA Configuration in Space-based Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王文华; 韩双丽; 张宇; 李国宁; 李新娥; 任建岳

    2011-01-01

    Designers of space-based systems face unique challenges to insure each unit against failure.FPGA are used gradually in the aerospace field since it is invented with abundant I/O pins and flexible design margin.Many manufactures have been improving those space-qualified FPGA devices to adapt the aerospace high-radiation environments.FPGA devices based on SRAMs have to load configuration data from external PROMs on power-up before the logic is activated.However, not each batch or each device can be configured successfully with zero-failure.This paper explores every possible factor such as enviroment temperature, signal integrality, configuration rate and so on.Aiming at Xilinx FPGA devices, this paper provides a series of safeguard solutions for higher reliability of configuration.It has significant reference value in aerospace application fields for its feasibility and reliability.%航天应用系统必须保证每一单元的安全性及可靠性.现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),以其I/O管脚丰富、设计灵活等优势,逐渐被广泛应用于航天领域.其设计与工艺不断完善,以适应太空中电子辐射等复杂的工作环境.由于基于SRAM的FPGA芯片断电后程序丢失,因此每次上电后都需要先从PROM等外部存储器中加载程序才能正常工作.然而,并不是每一个芯片的每一次加载配置都能成功完成,FPGA的上电配置结果将直接关系到卫星任务的成败.研究发现,诸如环境温度'信号完整性、供电电压、配置时钟速率等因素会影响FPGA的配置过程,致使出现偶尔的配置失败,这在航天应用中是绝对不允许的.针对实际应用的Xilinx公司FPGA芯片,为提高上电配置可靠性,提出了一系列设计保障措施,在FPGA航天应用领域具有一定的参考价值.

  20. ZEUS-DO: A Design Oriented CFD-Based Unsteady Aerodynamic Capability for Flight Vehicle Multidisciplinary Configuration Shape Optimization Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — CFD-based design-oriented (DO) steady/unsteady aerodynamic analysis tools for Aeroelastic / Aeroservoelastic (AE/ASE) evaluation lag significantly behind other...

  1. Chiral vanadium(V) complexes with 2-aminoglucose Schiff-base ligands and their solution configurations: synthesis, structures, and DFT calculations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mohammadnezhad, Gholamhossein; Böhme, Michael; Geibig, Daniel; Burkhardt, Anja; Görls, Helmar; Plass, Winfried

    2013-09-01

    The sugar-modified Schiff-base ligands derived from benzyl 2-deoxy-2-salicylideneamino-α-D-glucopyranoside (H2L(5-Br) and H2L(3-OMe)) were used to prepare the chiral oxidovanadium(V) complexes [VO(L(5-Br))(OMe)] (1) and [VO(L(3-OMe))(OMe)] (2) which can be isolated from a methanol solution as the six-coordinate complexes with an additional methanol ligand [VO(L(5-Br))(OMe)(MeOH)] (1-MeOH) and [VO(L(3-OMe))(OMe) (MeOH)] (2-MeOH). Both complexes crystallize in the orthorhombic space group P2(1)2(1)2(1) together with two solvent molecules of methanol as 1-MeOH·2MeOH and 1-MeOH·2MeOH. In both crystal structures, only diastereomers with A configuration at the chiral vanadium centre (OC-6-24-A) are observed which corresponds to an cis configuration of the oxido group at the vanadium centre and the benzyl group at the anomeric carbon of the sugar backbone. Upon recrystallization of 2-MeOH from chloroform, the five-coordinate complex 2 was obtained which crystallizes in the monoclinic space group P2(1) with one co-crystallized chloroform molecule (2·CHCl3). For the chiral vanadium centre in 2·CHCl3, a C configuration (SPY-5-43-C) is observed which corresponds to an trans structure as far as the orientations of the oxido and benzyl groups are concerned. (1)H and (51)V NMR spectra of 1 and 2 indicate the presence of two diastereomers in solution. Their absolute configurations can be assigned based on the magnetic anisotropy effect of the oxidovanadium group. This effect leads to significant differences for the (1)H NMR chemical shifts of the H-2 (1.1 ppm) and H-3 protons (0.3 ppm) of the glucose backbone of the two diastereomers, with the downfield shift observed for the H-2 proton of the C-configured and the H-3 proton of the A-configured diastereomer at the vanadium centre. For 1 and 2 the difference between the (51)V NMR chemical shifts of the two diastereomers is 30 and 28 ppm, respectively. Also in the (13)C NMR significant chemical shift differences between the

  2. Local even-odd effect based on the number of configurations of pre-formed and formed fragmentations in a fissioning nucleus

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tudora, A.; Hambsch, F.-J.; Giubega, G.

    2016-09-01

    The present paper proposes a modeling of the local even-odd effect based on the number of configurations in a nucleus undergoing fission at two stages along its fission path. One is the fissioning nucleus stage just after passing through the outer saddle point when the fragments are considered as pre-formed and the intrinsic energy is not yet shared. The other stage is at the end of the fission path when the scission is imminent. Then the intrinsic energy is already partitioned and the fragments are completely formed. The probability that a pre-formed fragmentation arrives at the end of the fission path (i.e. at scission) when the fragmentation is completely formed is expressed by the ratio of the number of configurations of the formed fragmentation to the one of pre-formed fragmentation. The local even-odd effect is defined as half of the difference between these normalized ratios corresponding to even-Z and odd-Z fragmentations. Both numbers of configurations in the fissioning nucleus, in which the fragments are pre-formed and completely formed, are calculated using level densities described by the constant temperature function (justified by the small values of the intrinsic energy before scission). The obtained local even-odd effect results describe well the experimental data, including the increase at asymmetry values corresponding to fragmentations in which one of the fragments is magic or double magic (i.e. fragmentations in which ZH = 50 and/or NH = 82 and very asymmetric fragmentations in which ZL = 28).

  3. 基于SVN的软件配置管理和持续集成%The software configuration management and the continuous integration based on SVN

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    姜文; 刘立康

    2016-01-01

    SVN是一款广泛使用的配置管理工具,适合中小型软件团队使用。本文叙述了SVN的特点,介绍了配置管理的基本概念和相关角色;详细介绍了基于SVN的软件配置管理和持续集成,主要包括权限管理、SVN控制管理下的开发工作、建立编码基线、构建内部转测试版本、变更管理、版本管理等内容;最后介绍了一个典型工作案例。工作实践表明采用该管理方法有助于提高软件质量,便于项目管理者及时了解工作进度和解决存在的问题。%The SVN is a widely used configuration management tool, which is suitable for small and medium-sized software team. This article describes the characteristics of SVN, introduces the basic concept of configuration management and related role; detailed introduced the software configuration management based on SVN and continuous integration, including rights management, the development work under control of SVN, sets up the coding baseline, builds the internal test version, changes management, version management, and other content; Finally introduces a typical case. Practice shows that this management method is helpful to improve the quality of software, is convenient for project managers understand the work progress and timely solve the problems.

  4. Research on Product Family Configuration Based on Multidimensional Association Rules%基于多维关联规则的产品族配置研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    罗妤; 郭钢; 徐建萍

    2011-01-01

    A product configuration method based on association rule was introduced aiming at the choice of optional parts in product configuration of large complex products.A component-constraint-rule data warehouse(CCRDW) could be built with the information of product family BOM(bill of material) structure.According to the parameters of customer requirements,a data cube from the data warehouse could be established and by using multidimensional association rule data mining algorithm on the data cube,the appropriate components in materials store would be found.The configuration method of a gear box and its instance was presented.The method has advantages in enhancing the efficiency and reusability of the components.%针对产品配置中可选零部件的选择问题,提出了基于多维关联规则的产品族配置方法:根据产品族BOM结构,构建零部件约束规则数据仓库,设计人员根据客户的产品需求参数建立数据立方,并运用多维关联规则挖掘出物料库中潜在的、能满足配置需求的物料信息,实现产品的个性化配置。实例验证了该配置方法的可行性。该配置方法有效地提高了产品配置效率及零部件的重用性。

  5. Combined method for parallel manipulator configuration design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2005-01-01

    Configuration design is an essential, creative and decision-making step in parallel manipulator design process, in which modeling and assembly are iterative and trivial. Combined approach with automatic parametric modeling and automatic assembly is proposed for parallel manipulator configuration design. The design process and key techniques, such as configuration design, configuration verification, poses calculation of all parts in parallel manipulator, virtual assembly and etc., are discussed and demonstrated by an example. A software package is developed for parallel manipulator configuration design based on the proposed method with Visual C+ + and UG/OPEN on Unigraphics.

  6. Center-configuration selection technique for the reconfigurable modular robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The reconfigurable modular robot has an enormous amount of configurations to adapt to various environments and tasks. It greatly increases the complexity of configuration research in that the possible configuration number of the reconfigurable modular robot grows exponentially with the increase of module number. Being the initial configuration or the basic configuration of the reconfigurable robot, the center-configuration plays a crucial role in system's actual applications. In this paper, a novel center-configuration selection technique has been proposed for reconfigurable modular robots. Based on the similarities between configurations' transformation and graph theory, configuration network has been applied in the modeling and analyzing of these configurations. Configuration adjacency matrix, reconfirmation cost matrix, and center-configuration coefficient have been defined for the configuration network correspondingly. Being similar to the center-location problem, the center configuration has been selected according to the largest center-configuration coefficient. As an example of the reconfigurable robotic system, AMOEBA-I, a three-module reconfigurable robot with nine configurations which was developed in Shenyang Institute of Automation (SIA), Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS), has been introduced briefly. According to the numerical simulation result, the center-configuration coefficients for these nine configurations have been calculated and compared to validate this technique. Lastly, a center- configuration selection example is provided with consideration of the adjacent configurations. The center-configuration selection technique proposed in this paper is also available to other reconfigurable modular robots.

  7. NaNet: a flexible and configurable low-latency NIC for real-time trigger systems based on GPUs

    CERN Document Server

    Ammendola, R; Frezza, O; Lamanna, G; Lonardo, A; Cicero, F Lo; Paolucci, P S; Pantaleo, F; Rossetti, D; Simula, F; Sozzi, M; Tosoratto, L; Vicini, P

    2014-01-01

    NaNet is an FPGA-based PCIe X8 Gen2 NIC supporting 1/10 GbE links and the custom 34~Gbps APElink channel. The design has GPUDirect RDMA capabilities and features a network stack protocol offloading module, making it suitable for building low-latency, real-time GPU-based computing systems. We provide a detailed description of the NaNet hardware modular architecture. Benchmarks for latency and bandwidth for GbE and APElink channels are presented, followed by a performance analysis on the case study of the GPU-based low level trigger for the RICH detector in the NA62 CERN experiment, using either the NaNet GbE and APElink channels. Finally, we give an outline of project future activities.

  8. NaNet: a flexible and configurable low-latency NIC for real-time trigger systems based on GPUs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ammendola, R.; Biagioni, A.; Frezza, O.; Lamanna, G.; Lonardo, A.; Lo Cicero, F.; Paolucci, P. S.; Pantaleo, F.; Rossetti, D.; Simula, F.; Sozzi, M.; Tosoratto, L.; Vicini, P.

    2014-02-01

    NaNet is an FPGA-based PCIe X8 Gen2 NIC supporting 1/10 GbE links and the custom 34 Gbps APElink channel. The design has GPUDirect RDMA capabilities and features a network stack protocol offloading module, making it suitable for building low-latency, real-time GPU-based computing systems. We provide a detailed description of the NaNet hardware modular architecture. Benchmarks for latency and bandwidth for GbE and APElink channels are presented, followed by a performance analysis on the case study of the GPU-based low level trigger for the RICH detector in the NA62 CERN experiment, using either the NaNet GbE and APElink channels. Finally, we give an outline of project future activities.

  9. A comparison of neutral and charged species of one- and two-dimensional models of graphene nanoribbons using multireference theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Horn, Shawn [Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409-1061 (United States); Lischka, Hans, E-mail: hans.lischka@univie.ac.at [Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409-1061 (United States); Institute for Theoretical Chemistry, University of Vienna, Waehringerstrasse 17, 1090 Vienna (Austria)

    2015-02-07

    This study examines the dependence of the polyradical character of charged quasi-linear n-acenes and two-dimensional periacenes used as models for graphene nanoribbons in comparison to the corresponding neutral compounds. For this purpose, high-level ab initio calculations have been performed using the multireference averaged quadratic coupled cluster theory. Vertical ionization energies and electron affinities have been computed. Systematic tests show that the dependence on chain length of these quantities can be obtained from a consideration of the π system only and that remaining contributions coming from the σ orbitals or extended basis sets remain fairly constant. Using best estimate values, the experimental values for the ionization energy of the acene series can be reproduced within 0.1 eV and the experimental electron affinities within 0.4 V. The analysis of the natural orbital occupations and related unpaired electron densities shows that the ionic species exhibit a significant decrease in polyradical character and thus an increased chemical stability as compared to the neutral state.

  10. Towards numerically robust multireference theories: The driven similarity renormalization group truncated to one- and two-body operators

    CERN Document Server

    Li, Chenyang

    2016-01-01

    The first nonperturbative version of the multireference driven similarity renormalization group (MR-DSRG) theory [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. $\\mathbf{11}$, 2097 (2015)] is introduced. The renormalization group structure of the MR-DSRG equations ensures numerical robustness and avoidance of the intruder state problem, while the connected nature of the amplitude and energy equations guarantees size consistency and extensivity. We approximate the MR-DSRG equations by keeping only one- and two-body operators and using a linearized recursive commutator approximation of the Baker--Campbell--Hausdorff expansion [T. Yanai and G. K.-L. Chan, J. Chem. Phys. $\\mathbf{124}$, 194106 (2006)]. The resulting MR-LDSRG(2) equations contain only 39 terms and scales as ${\\cal O}(N^2 N_{\\rm P}^2 N_{\\rm H}^2)$ where $N_{\\rm H}$, $N_{\\rm P}$, and $N$ correspond to the number of hole, particle, and total orbitals, respectively. Benchmark MR-LDSRG(2) computations on the hydrogen fluoride and molecular nitrog...

  11. Revisiting Group-Based Technology Adoption as a Dynamic Process: The Role of Changing Attitude-Rationale Configurations.

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bayerl, P.S.; Lauche, K.; Axtell, C.

    2016-01-01

    In this study, we set out to better understand the dynamics behind group-based technology adoption by nvestigating the underlying mechanisms of changes in collective adoption decisions over time. Using a longitudinal multi-case study of production teams in the British oil and gas industry, we outli

  12. Blue Light Emitting Diodes based on a partially conjugated Si-containing PPV-copolymer in a multilayer configuration

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Garten, F; Hilberer, A; Cacialli, F.; Esselink, F.J; van Dam, Y.; Schlatmann, A.R.; Friend, R.H.; Klapwijk, T.M; Hadziioannou, G

    1997-01-01

    Efficient blue Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) based on a novel partially conjugated co-polymer (SiPPV) have been realized by a combination of techniques known to enhance the quantum efficiency of organic devices. The copolymer is homogeneously blended in a PVK-matrix to reduce the number of non-radiat

  13. Study on Mechanisms of Process Management based on Configuration Management Systems%基于配置管理系统的软件过程管理机制研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈宇; 钟林辉; 张路; 谢冰; 杨芙清

    2000-01-01

    Software processes are a group of relattng activities in the lifecycle of software. Process man agement is the central technique in software developing and maintaining. Based on configuration man agement system that manages the resource of an enterprise,process management will he more effective. This paper discusses the issues of process management in configuration management systems,such as task,rule and role. Based on the discussions,we make some study on mechanisms of computer aided management.

  14. Software configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Keyes, Jessica

    2004-01-01

    Software Configuration Management discusses the framework from a standards viewpoint, using the original DoD MIL-STD-973 and EIA-649 standards to describe the elements of configuration management within a software engineering perspective. Divided into two parts, the first section is composed of 14 chapters that explain every facet of configuration management related to software engineering. The second section consists of 25 appendices that contain many valuable real world CM templates.

  15. Airport Configuration Prediction Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Airport configuration is a primary factor in various airport characteristics such as arrival and departure capacities and terminal area traffic patterns. These...

  16. Ansible configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Hall, Daniel

    2013-01-01

    Ansible Configuration Management"" is a step-by-step tutorial that teaches the use of Ansible for configuring Linux machines.This book is intended for anyone looking to understand the basics of Ansible. It is expected that you will have some experience of how to set up and configure Linux machines. In parts of the book we cover configuration files of BIND, MySQL, and other Linux daemons, therefore a working knowledge of these would be helpful but are certainly not required.

  17. Optimization Method for Configurable Products Based on Conjoint Analysis%基于联合分析的可配置产品优化选择方法

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    雒兴刚; 杨勇

    2012-01-01

    An optimization method for selection of configurable products based on conjoint analysis was proposed.By applying this method,an optimal configured product and some near-optimal solutions can be generated after input customer requirements,product budget and lead time.The establishment of the mathematical model for proposed approach was explained.The feasibility of the approach was evaluated through a case study.%提出一种基于联合分析的可配置产品优化选择新方法,在用户输入顾客需求、产品总预算和产品交货周期后,可以为顾客自动选择一个能最大限度满足顾客需求的定制产品,并同时提供次优的备选产品。给出了该方法的优化数学模型的详细建立过程,并通过案例分析验证了方法的可行性。

  18. 基于直流潮流的无功补偿自动配置方法%DC Power Flow Based Automatic Configuration of Reactive Power Compensators

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王毅; 马世英; 王虹富; 董毅峰; 侯俊贤; 李晓斌

    2014-01-01

    提出了一种基于直流潮流的无功补偿自动配置方法。该方法针对已安排好的网架结构及参数、发电出力和负荷计算直流潮流,依据支路有功潮流分布估算节点理想无功补偿量;考虑并联电容电抗器的实际装设情况将无功补偿量转移到具有无功补偿能力的节点上;根据实际无功装置的单组容量和组数进行离散化,最终获得符合实际的无功补偿配置方案。该方法适用于方式安排中初始潮流方式的生成,为制定合理的运行方式提供帮助。基于实际电网的测试算例表明,该方法正确有效,简单实用,能够制定合理的初始无功补偿配置方案。%A DC power flow based automatic configuration of reactive power compensators is proposed. Based on the planned frame structure and parameters power grid, output of generating units and load the DC power flow is calculated, and according to the distribution of the active power flow in branches the amount of ideal reactive power compensation is estimated; considering actual installation of shunt capacitors and reactors the amount of reactive compensation is transferred to the nodes with the capability of reactive compensation;then the ideal compensation amount is according to the capacity of single-bank of capacitor and the number of banks the ideal compensation amount is discretized, and finally a configuration scheme of reactive power compensators is obtained. The proposed method is suitable for the formation of the initial power flow in the operation mode arrangement to offer the help for the drafting of reasonable operation modes. Results of the actual power grid based testing cases show that the proposed method is correct, effective, simple and convenient to use, and using this method a reasonable initial configuration scheme of reactive power compensators can be achieved.

  19. 基于配置文件的web页面自动生成系统%The Web Page Auto-generating System based on Configuration Files

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    尹航; 詹舒波

    2014-01-01

    In order to improve the efficiency of web application development, a lot of automatic generation tool have been proposed,such as the tool based on template and the page editing tool. But the requirements for developers are still too high, and the automation degree is low. This paper introduces a web page auto-generating system based on xml files, which converts the xml file to the web page. All these pages constitute the whole web application. These configuration files de-scribe the sytle, components, interactive logics of the page and the relations between components and database. The data-base structure is described by another configuration files. Users do not need to write code, instead of writing the xml confi-guration files, which greatly improves the efficiency of web development, reduce the cost of development and maintainance.%为了提高web应用的开发效率,产生了很多自动生成工具,如基于模板、可视化页面编辑工具。但仍需要开发人员具备较高的专业技能,并且生成工具的自动化程度不高。本文给出了一个解析xml配置文件生成web页面,并由这些页面组成完整的web系统的自动生成工具。Xml配置文件用于描述页面的风格、控件、交互逻辑以及页面元素与后台的数据的关联等信息,同时数据库表的结构也通过后台 xml配置文件描述。用户无需编写前台和后台代码,而只需要书写描述页面的配置文件,这大大提高了web开发的效率,降低了开发和维护的成本。

  20. Novel configuration of poly(vinylidenedifluoride)-based gel polymer electrolyte for application in lithium-ion batteries

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fasciani, Chiara; Panero, Stefania; Hassoun, Jusef; Scrosati, Bruno

    2015-10-01

    Herein we propose a novel poly(vinylidene difluoride) (PVdF)-based gel polymer electrolyte (GPE) for application in lithium-ion batteries, LIBs. The GPE is prepared under air as a dry, flexible film and directly gelled during LIB assembly with a conventional liquid organic electrolyte. The dry-gel here originally reported maintains its structural integrity due to the presence of crystallized EC-solvent within its matrix that avoids structural collapse, as demonstrated by TGA analysis. By avoiding the use of controlled atmosphere, the GPE is easy to handle and suitable for roll-to-roll scaling-up, i.e. characteristics missed by the common gel membranes. Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) evidences a micrometric polymer network of the dry membrane precursor acting as the support matrix for the gelation. Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements and galvanostatic tests suggest a good stability of the lithium electrode/gel electrolyte interface and a satisfactory lithium transference number. Cycling tests of gel-electrolyte-based lithium half-cells using lithium iron phosphate (LiFePO4, LFP) and graphite (C), respectively, as counter electrodes, as well as of a full C/LFP lithium-ion battery confirm the suitability of the GPE developed in this work for application in stable, low cost and environmentally friendly energy storage systems.

  1. A Rules-Based Approach for Configuring Chains of Classifiers in Real-Time Stream Mining Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Brian Foo

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Networks of classifiers can offer improved accuracy and scalability over single classifiers by utilizing distributed processing resources and analytics. However, they also pose a unique combination of challenges. First, classifiers may be located across different sites that are willing to cooperate to provide services, but are unwilling to reveal proprietary information about their analytics, or are unable to exchange their analytics due to the high transmission overheads involved. Furthermore, processing of voluminous stream data across sites often requires load shedding approaches, which can lead to suboptimal classification performance. Finally, real stream mining systems often exhibit dynamic behavior and thus necessitate frequent reconfiguration of classifier elements to ensure acceptable end-to-end performance and delay under resource constraints. Under such informational constraints, resource constraints, and unpredictable dynamics, utilizing a single, fixed algorithm for reconfiguring classifiers can often lead to poor performance. In this paper, we propose a new optimization framework aimed at developing rules for choosing algorithms to reconfigure the classifier system under such conditions. We provide an adaptive, Markov model-based solution for learning the optimal rule when stream dynamics are initially unknown. Furthermore, we discuss how rules can be decomposed across multiple sites and propose a method for evolving new rules from a set of existing rules. Simulation results are presented for a speech classification system to highlight the advantages of using the rules-based framework to cope with stream dynamics.

  2. Network sensitivity to geographical configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Searle, A C; McClelland, D E; Searle, Antony C; Scott, Susan M; Clelland, David E Mc

    2002-01-01

    Gravitational wave astronomy will require the coordinated analysis of data from the global network of gravitational wave observatories. Questions of how to optimally configure the global network naturally arise in this context. We propose a formalism to compare different configurations of the network, using both the coincident network analysis method and the coherent network analysis method, and construct a model to compute a figure-of-merit based on the detection rate for a population of standard-candle binary inspirals. We find that this measure of network quality is very sensitive to the geographic location of component detectors under a coincident network analysis, but comparatively insensitive under a coherent network analysis.

  3. Modularisation of Software Configuration Management

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Henrik Bærbak

    2000-01-01

    management, and outline how modularisation is natural and powerful also in this context. The analysis is partly based on experiences from case studies where small- to medium-sized development projects are using a prototype tool that supports modular software configuration management.......The principle of modularisation is one of the main techniques that software designers use to tame the complexity of programming. A software project, however, is complex in many other areas than just programming. In this paper, we focus on one of these complex areas, namely software configuration...

  4. Iterative universal state selective correction for the Brillouin-Wigner multireference coupled-cluster theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Banik, Subrata; Ravichandran, Lalitha; Brabec, Jiří; Hubač, Ivan; Kowalski, Karol; Pittner, Jiří

    2015-03-21

    As a further development of the previously introduced a posteriori Universal State-Selective (USS) corrections [K. Kowalski, J. Chem. Phys. 134, 194107 (2011); J. Brabec et al., ibid. 136, 124102 (2012)], we suggest an iterative form of the USS correction by means of correcting effective Hamiltonian matrix elements. We also formulate USS corrections via the left Bloch equations. The convergence of the USS corrections with excitation level towards the full configuration interaction (FCI) limit is also investigated. Various forms of the USS and simplified diagonal USS corrections at the singles and doubles and perturbative triple levels are numerically assessed on several model systems and on the ozone and tetramethyleneethane molecules. It is shown that the iterative USS correction can successfully replace the previously developed a posteriori Brillouin-Wigner coupled cluster size-extensivity correction, while it is not sensitive to intruder states and performs well also in other cases when the a posteriori one fails, like, e.g., for the asymmetric vibration mode of ozone. PMID:25796230

  5. High Power Er/Yb Codoped Double Clad Fiber Pulsed Amplifier Based on an All-Fiber Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHOU Lei; NING Ji-Ping; CHEN Cheng; HAN Qun; ZHANG Wei-Yi; WANG Jun-Tao

    2009-01-01

    We report an all-fiber two-stage high power pulsed amplifier,seeded with a 1550nm,1 kHz repetition rate rectangular pulse,and based on Er/Yb co-doped double clad fiber.All the characteristics are measured in the experiment.The maxima/slope efficiency is 22.56%,which is the highest we know of at such a low repetition rate,and the maximal output signal power is 1W.The various factors that affect the pulsed amplifier performance are analyzed.A high output power while keeping high power conversion efficiency can be obtained with careful selection of the input power,pump power and repetition rate.The experimental results show that the crucial parameters should be optimized when designing all-fiber pulsed amplifiers.

  6. PIV Logon Configuration Guidance

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Glen Alan [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2016-03-04

    This document details the configurations and enhancements implemented to support the usage of federal Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Card for logon on unclassified networks. The guidance is a reference implementation of the configurations and enhancements deployed at the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) by Network and Infrastructure Engineering – Core Services (NIE-CS).

  7. Business Model Process Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Taran, Yariv; Nielsen, Christian; Thomsen, Peter;

    2015-01-01

    strategic preference, as part of their business model innovation activity planned. Practical implications – This paper aimed at strengthening researchers and, particularly, practitioner’s perspectives into the field of business model process configurations. By insuring an [abstracted] alignment between......Purpose – The paper aims: 1) To develop systematically a structural list of various business model process configuration and to group (deductively) these selected configurations in a structured typological categorization list. 2) To facilitate companies in the process of BM innovation......, by developing (inductively) an ontological classification framework, in view of the BM process configurations typology developed. Design/methodology/approach – Given the inconsistencies found in the business model studies (e.g. definitions, configurations, classifications) we adopted the analytical induction...

  8. Configuring calendar variation based on time series regression method for forecasting of monthly currency inflow and outflow in Central Java

    Science.gov (United States)

    Setiawan, Suhartono, Ahmad, Imam Safawi; Rahmawati, Noorgam Ika

    2015-12-01

    Bank Indonesia (BI) as the central bank of Republic Indonesiahas a single overarching objective to establish and maintain rupiah stability. This objective could be achieved by monitoring traffic of inflow and outflow money currency. Inflow and outflow are related to stock and distribution of money currency around Indonesia territory. It will effect of economic activities. Economic activities of Indonesia,as one of Moslem country, absolutely related to Islamic Calendar (lunar calendar), that different with Gregorian calendar. This research aims to forecast the inflow and outflow money currency of Representative Office (RO) of BI Semarang Central Java region. The results of the analysis shows that the characteristics of inflow and outflow money currency influenced by the effects of the calendar variations, that is the day of Eid al-Fitr (moslem holyday) as well as seasonal patterns. In addition, the period of a certain week during Eid al-Fitr also affect the increase of inflow and outflow money currency. The best model based on the value of the smallestRoot Mean Square Error (RMSE) for inflow data is ARIMA model. While the best model for predicting the outflow data in RO of BI Semarang is ARIMAX model or Time Series Regression, because both of them have the same model. The results forecast in a period of 2015 shows an increase of inflow money currency happened in August, while the increase in outflow money currency happened in July.

  9. Study of low-lying electronic states of ozone by multireference Møller-Plesset perturbation method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsuneda, T.; Nakano, H.; Hirao, K.

    1995-10-01

    The geometry and relative energy of the seven low-lying electronic states of ozone and the ground state of ozonide anion have been determined in C2v symmetry by the complete active space self-consistent field (CASSCF) and the multireference Møller-Plesset perturbation (MRMP) methods. The results are compared with the photodetachment spectra of O-3 observed recently by Arnold et al. The theoretical electron affinity of ozone is 1.965 eV, which is 0.14 eV below the experimental result of 2.103 eV. The calculated adiabatic excitation energies (assignment of Arnold et al. in parentheses) of ozone are 3A2 0.90 eV (1.18 eV), 3B2, 1.19 eV (1.30 eV), 3B1, 1.18 eV (1.45 eV), 1A2, 1.15 eV (˜1.6 eV), 1B1, 1.65 eV (2.05 eV), and 1B2, 3.77 eV (3.41 eV), respectively. Overall the present theory supports the assignment of Arnold et al. However, the simple considerations of geometry and energy are insufficient to determine a specific assignment of the 3B2 and 3B1 states. The dissociation energy of the ground state of ozone is computed to be 0.834 eV at the present level of theory. The present theory also predicts that none of the excited states lies below the ground state dissociation limit of O3.

  10. Visualization of the CMS python configuration system

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The job configuration system of the CMS experiment is based on the Python programming language. Software modules and their order of execution are both represented by Python objects. In order to investigate and verify configuration parameters and dependencies naturally appearing in modular software, CMS employs a graphical tool. This tool visualizes the configuration objects, their dependencies, and the information flow. Furthermore it can be used for documentation purposes. The underlying software concepts as well as the visualization are presented.

  11. Description of electron transfer in the ground and excited states of organic donor–acceptor systems by single-reference and multi-reference density functional methods

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Electron transfer in the ground and excited states of a model donor–acceptor (D–A) system is investigated using the single-reference and multi-reference density functional theory (DFT) methods. To analyze the results of the calculations, a simple two-site multi-reference model was derived that predicts a stepwise electron transfer in the S0 state and a wave-like dependence of the S1 electron transfer on the external stimulus. The standard single-reference Kohn-Sham (KS) DFT approach and the time-dependent DFT (TDDFT) method failed to describe the correct dependence of the S0 and S1 electron transfer on the external electric field applied along the donor–acceptor system. The multi-reference DFT approach, the spin-restricted ensemble-referenced KS (REKS) method, was able to successfully reproduce the correct behavior of the S0 and S1 electron transfer on the applied field. The REKS method was benchmarked against experimentally measured gas phase charge transfer excitations in a series of organic donor–acceptor complexes and displayed its ability to describe this type of electronic transitions with a very high accuracy, mean absolute error of 0.05 eV with the use of the standard range separated density functionals. On the basis of the calculations undertaken in this work, it is suggested that the non-adiabatic coupling between the S0 and S1 states may interfere with the electron transfer in a weakly coupled donor–acceptor system. It is also suggested that the electronic excitation of a D+–A− system may play a dual role by assisting the further electron transfer at certain magnitudes of the applied electric field and causing the backward transfer at lower electric field strengths

  12. Equivariant configuration spaces

    OpenAIRE

    Rourke, Colin; Sanderson, Brian

    1997-01-01

    We use the compression theorem (arxiv:math.GT/9712235) cf section 7, to prove results for equivariant configuration spaces analogous to the well-known non-equivariant results of May, Milgram and Segal.

  13. FEL phased array configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shellan, Jeffrey B.

    1986-01-01

    The advantages and disadvantages of various phased array and shared aperture concepts for FEL configurations are discussed. Consideration is given to the characteristics of intra- and inter-micropulse phasing; intra-macropulse phasing; an internal coupled resonator configuration; and an injection locked oscillator array. The use of a master oscillator power amplifier (MOPA) configuration with multiple or single master oscillators for FELs is examined. The venetian blind, rotating plate, single grating, and grating rhomb shared aperture concepts are analyzed. It is noted that the shared aperture approach using a grating rhomb and the MOPA concept with a single master oscillator and a coupled resonator are useful for FEL phased array configurations; and the MOPA concept is most applicable.

  14. Drupal 8 configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Borchert, Stefan

    2015-01-01

    Drupal 8 Configuration Management is intended for people who use Drupal 8 to build websites, whether you are a hobbyist using Drupal for the first time, a long-time Drupal site builder, or a professional web developer.

  15. Configuration Management Automation (CMA)

    Data.gov (United States)

    Department of Transportation — Configuration Management Automation (CMA) will provide an automated, integrated enterprise solution to support CM of FAA NAS and Non-NAS assets and investments. CMA...

  16. ATLAS DAQ Configuration Databases

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    I.Alexandrov; A.Amorim; 等

    2001-01-01

    The configuration databases are an important part of the Trigger/DAQ system of the future ATLAS experiment .This paper describes their current status giving details of architecture,implementation,test results and plans for future work.

  17. Airport Configuration Prediction Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — There is presently poor knowledge throughout the National Airspace System (NAS) of the airport configurations currently in use at each airport. There is even less...

  18. Configuration by Modularisation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Riitahuhta, Asko; Andreasen, Mogens Myrup

    1998-01-01

    Globally operating companies have realized that locally customized products and services are today the prerequisite for the success. The capability or the paradigm to act locally in global markets is called Mass Customization [Victor 1997]. The prerequisite for Mass Customization is Configuration...... for the creation of a structured product family is presented and examples are given. The concepts of a novel Dynamic Modularisation method, Metrics for Modularisation and Design for Configurability are presented....

  19. Compact Torsatron configurations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Low-aspect-ratio stellarator configurations can be realized by using torsatron winding. Plasmas with aspect ratios in the range of 3.5 to 5 can be confined by these Compact Torsatron configurations. Stable operation at high Β should be possible in these devices, if a vertical field coil system is adequately designed to avoid breaking of the magnetic surfaces at finite Β. 17 refs., 21 figs., 1 tab

  20. Mechanism of Spectral Tuning Going from Retinal in Vacuo to Bovine Rhodopsin and its Mutants: Multireference ab initio Quantum Mechanics/Molecular Mechanics Studies

    OpenAIRE

    Altun, Ahmet; Yokoyama, Shozo; Morokuma, Keiji

    2008-01-01

    We have investigated photoabsorption spectra of bovine rhodopsin and its mutants (E122Q and E113Q) by hybrid quantum mechanical/molecular mechanical (QM/MM) calculations as well as retinal in vacuo by pure QM calculations, employing multireference (MR) ab initio and TD-B3LYP methods. The sophisticated MR-SORCI+Q and MRCISD+Q methods extrapolated with respect to adopted approximations can reproduce the experimental absorption maxima of retinal very well. The relatively inexpensive MR-DDCI2+Q m...

  1. 性能传导知识挖掘配置设计系统%Product configuration design system of conductive knowledge mining based on performance

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈尉刚; 王欢; 赵燕伟; 洪欢欢

    2013-01-01

    为实现计算机支持下产品的快速响应设计,提高产品开发效率,开发出了一种性能传导知识挖掘配置设计系统.该系统主要分为产品需求实例管理、产品配置设计过程管理、产品配置设计知识管理、产品配置方案管理4个功能模块,通过将客户的模糊性能需求转化为需求信息物元,在实例库中进行相似实例检索,构建关联函数,对检索到的不满足要求的最相似实例进行了拓展分析和可拓变换,消除了目标实例和条件实例之间的矛盾.通过设定阈值提取传导特征和传导对象,比较了相似实例变换前后性能特征数据获取主动变换对于传导特征的影响程度,通过可拓分类获取了传导变换引起的质变、量变知识.最后,以大型螺杆空压机为例,验证了该系统的有效性.研究结果表明,通过挖掘配置设计过程中的传导知识,对于提高产品配置准确性和产品开发效率有重要意义.%In order to achieve rapid response design of the products supported by the computer and improve efficiency of product development,a product configuration design system of conductive knowledge miming driven by performance was developed.The system contains product requirement management module,product configuration design process management module,product configuration design knowledge management module and evaluation for product configuration management module.Customers' fuzzy requirements for performance were transformed to matter-element of information about requirements,the most similar case was retrieved in the case base.correlation function was established to analysis if the most similar case meets requirements,if not,it needs to extensive analysis and extensive transformation to resolve conflict between the target case and condition case.Conductive characteristic and conductive objects was gained by defining threshold,the impact of active transformation to conductive characteristics was

  2. Hubble Space Telescope Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-01-01

    This image illustrates the overall Hubble Space Telescope (HST) configuration. The HST is the product of a partnership between NASA, European Space Agency Contractors, and the international community of astronomers. It is named after Edwin P. Hubble, an American Astronomer who discovered the expanding nature of the universe and was the first to realize the true nature of galaxies. The purpose of the HST, the most complex and sensitive optical telescope ever made, is to study the cosmos from a low-Earth orbit. By placing the telescope in space, astronomers are able to collect data that is free of the Earth's atmosphere. The HST detects objects 25 times fainter than the dimmest objects seen from Earth and provides astronomers with an observable universe 250 times larger than visible from ground-based telescopes, perhaps as far away as 14 billion light-years. The HST views galaxies, stars, planets, comets, possibly other solar systems, and even unusual phenomena such as quasars, with 10 times the clarity of ground-based telescopes. The major elements of the HST are the Optical Telescope Assembly (OTA), the Support System Module (SSM), and the Scientific Instruments (SI). The HST is approximately the size of a railroad car, with two cylinders joined together and wrapped in a silvery reflective heat shield blanket. Wing-like solar arrays extend horizontally from each side of these cylinders, and dish-shaped anternas extend above and below the body of the telescope. The HST was deployed from the Space Shuttle Discovery (STS-31 mission) into Earth orbit in April 1990. The Marshall Space Flight Center had responsibility for design, development, and construction of the HST. The Perkin-Elmer Corporation, in Danbury, Connecticut, developed the optical system and guidance sensors. The Lockheed Missile and Space Company of Sunnyvale, California produced the protective outer shroud and spacecraft systems, and assembled and tested the finished telescope.

  3. International Space Station Configuration Analysis and Integration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Anchondo, Rebekah

    2016-01-01

    Ambitious engineering projects, such as NASA's International Space Station (ISS), require dependable modeling, analysis, visualization, and robotics to ensure that complex mission strategies are carried out cost effectively, sustainably, and safely. Learn how Booz Allen Hamilton's Modeling, Analysis, Visualization, and Robotics Integration Center (MAVRIC) team performs engineering analysis of the ISS Configuration based primarily on the use of 3D CAD models. To support mission planning and execution, the team tracks the configuration of ISS and maintains configuration requirements to ensure operational goals are met. The MAVRIC team performs multi-disciplinary integration and trade studies to ensure future configurations meet stakeholder needs.

  4. On the Multi-Reference Nature of Plutonium Oxides: PuO$_2^{2+}$, PuO$_2$, PuO$_3$ and PuO$_2$(OH)$_2$

    CERN Document Server

    Boguslawski, Katharina; Tecmer, Paweł; Duperrouzel, Corinne; Gomes, André Severo Pereira; Legeza, Örs; Ayers, Paul W; Vallet, Valérie

    2016-01-01

    Actinide-containing complexes present formidable challenges for electronic structure methods due to the large number of degenerate or quasi-degenerate electronic states arising from partially occupied 5f and 6d shells. Conventional multi-reference methods can treat active spaces that are often at the upper limit of what is required for a proper treatment of species with complex electronic structures, leaving no room for verifying their suitability. In this work we address the issue of properly defining the active spaces in such calculations, and introduce a protocol to determine optimal active spaces based on the use of the Density Matrix Renormalization Group algorithm and concepts of quantum information theory. We apply the protocol to elucidate the electronic structure and bonding mechanism of volatile plutonium oxides (PuO$_3$ and PuO$_2$(OH)$_2$), species associated with nuclear safety issues for which little is known about the electronic structure and energetics. We show how, within a scalar relativisti...

  5. 基于KingView的MPS组态监控系统设计%Design of MPS configuration monitoring system based on KingView

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈天炎

    2012-01-01

    Based on the modular production system of German company FESTO,this paper designs an online real-time monitoring system for automated production line by KingView soft.System uses Siemens S7-300 series PLC as the main control device,designs the automatic control system hardware and software,implements communication between the PLC and PC,completes the development of the monitoring program and the system real-time online monitoring based on industrial configuration software KingView.%以德国FESTO公司的MPS模块化生产加工系统为基础,设计了一种基于Kingview组态王的自动化生产线实时在线监控系统.系统采用西门子S7-300系列PLC作为主要控制设备,完成自动控制系统的硬件和软件设计,实现PLC与上位机之间的通信,并利用工业组态软件KingView完成监控程序的开发,实现对该系统的实时在线监控.

  6. Laser-based welding of 17-4 PH martensitic stainless steel in a tubular butt joint configuration with a built-in backing bar

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ma, Junjie; Atabaki, Mehdi Mazar; Liu, Wei; Pillai, Raju; Kumar, Biju; Vasudevan, Unnikrishnan; Kovacevic, Radovan

    2016-08-01

    Laser-based welding of thick 17-4 precipitation hardening (PH) martensitic stainless steel (SS) plates in a tubular butt joint configuration with a built-in backing bar is very challenging because the porosity and cracks are easily generated in the welds. The backing bar blocked the keyhole opening at the bottom surface through which the entrapped gas could escape, and the keyhole was unstable and collapsed overtime in a deep partially penetrated welding conditions resulting in the formation of pores easily. Moreover, the fast cooling rate prompted the ferrite transform to austenite which induced cracking. Two-pass welding procedure was developed to join 17-4 PH martensitic SS. The laser welding assisted by a filler wire, as the first pass, was used to weld the groove shoulder. The added filler wire could absorb a part of the laser beam energy; resulting in the decreased weld depth-to-width ratio and relieved intensive restraint at the weld root. A hybrid laser-arc welding or a gas metal arc welding (GMAW) was used to fill the groove as the second pass. Nitrogen was introduced to stabilize the keyhole and mitigate the porosity. Preheating was used to decrease the cooling rate and mitigate the cracking during laser-based welding of 17-4 PH martensitic SS plates.

  7. A Novel Component Carrier Configuration and Switching Scheme for Real-Time Traffic in a Cognitive-Radio-Based Spectrum Aggregation System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fu, Yunhai; Ma, Lin; Xu, Yubin

    2015-01-01

    In spectrum aggregation (SA), two or more component carriers (CCs) of different bandwidths in different bands can be aggregated to support a wider transmission bandwidth. The scheduling delay is the most important design constraint for the broadband wireless trunking (BWT) system, especially in the cognitive radio (CR) condition. The current resource scheduling schemes for spectrum aggregation become questionable and are not suitable for meeting the challenge of the delay requirement. Consequently, the authors propose a novel component carrier configuration and switching scheme for real-time traffic (RT-CCCS) to satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system. In this work, the authors consider a sensor-network-assisted CR network. The authors first introduce a resource scheduling structure for SA in the CR condition. Then the proposed scheme is analyzed in detail. Finally, simulations are carried out to verify the analysis on the proposed scheme. Simulation results prove that our proposed scheme can satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system. PMID:26393594

  8. A Novel Component Carrier Configuration and Switching Scheme for Real-Time Traffic in a Cognitive-Radio-Based Spectrum Aggregation System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fu, Yunhai; Ma, Lin; Xu, Yubin

    2015-09-17

    In spectrum aggregation (SA), two or more component carriers (CCs) of different bandwidths in different bands can be aggregated to support a wider transmission bandwidth. The scheduling delay is the most important design constraint for the broadband wireless trunking (BWT) system, especially in the cognitive radio (CR) condition. The current resource scheduling schemes for spectrum aggregation become questionable and are not suitable for meeting the challenge of the delay requirement. Consequently, the authors propose a novel component carrier configuration and switching scheme for real-time traffic (RT-CCCS) to satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system. In this work, the authors consider a sensor-network-assisted CR network. The authors first introduce a resource scheduling structure for SA in the CR condition. Then the proposed scheme is analyzed in detail. Finally, simulations are carried out to verify the analysis on the proposed scheme. Simulation results prove that our proposed scheme can satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system.

  9. A Novel Component Carrier Configuration and Switching Scheme for Real-Time Traffic in a Cognitive-Radio-Based Spectrum Aggregation System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yunhai Fu

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available In spectrum aggregation (SA, two or more component carriers (CCs of different bandwidths in different bands can be aggregated to support a wider transmission bandwidth. The scheduling delay is the most important design constraint for the broadband wireless trunking (BWT system, especially in the cognitive radio (CR condition. The current resource scheduling schemes for spectrum aggregation become questionable and are not suitable for meeting the challenge of the delay requirement. Consequently, the authors propose a novel component carrier configuration and switching scheme for real-time traffic (RT-CCCS to satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system. In this work, the authors consider a sensor-network-assisted CR network. The authors first introduce a resource scheduling structure for SA in the CR condition. Then the proposed scheme is analyzed in detail. Finally, simulations are carried out to verify the analysis on the proposed scheme. Simulation results prove that our proposed scheme can satisfy the delay requirement in the CR-based SA system.

  10. Isospin mixing within the multi-reference nuclear density functional theory and beyond - selected aspects

    CERN Document Server

    Satula, W; Konieczka, M; Nazarewicz, W

    2013-01-01

    The results of systematic calculations of isospin-symmetry-breaking corrections to superallowed beta-decays based on the self-consistent isospin- and angular-momentum-projected nuclear density functional theory (DFT) are reviewed with an emphasis on theoretical uncertainties of the model. Extensions of the formalism towards no core shell model approach with basis cutoff scheme dictated by the self-consistent particle-hole DFT solutions will be also discussed.

  11. The LHCb configuration database

    CERN Document Server

    Abadie, L; Van Herwijnen, Eric; Jacobsson, R; Jost, B; Neufeld, N

    2005-01-01

    The aim of the LHCb configuration database is to store information about all the controllable devices of the detector. The experiment's control system (that uses PVSS ) will configure, start up and monitor the detector from the information in the configuration database. The database will contain devices with their properties, connectivity and hierarchy. The ability to store and rapidly retrieve huge amounts of data, and the navigability between devices are important requirements. We have collected use cases to ensure the completeness of the design. Using the entity relationship modelling technique we describe the use cases as classes with attributes and links. We designed the schema for the tables using relational diagrams. This methodology has been applied to the TFC (switches) and DAQ system. Other parts of the detector will follow later. The database has been implemented using Oracle to benefit from central CERN database support. The project also foresees the creation of tools to populate, maintain, and co...

  12. Configuration Control Office

    CERN Multimedia

    Beltramello, O

    In order to enable Technical Coordination to manage the detector configuration and to be aware of all changes in this configuration, a baseline of the envelopes has been created in April 2001. Fifteen system and multi-system envelope drawings have been approved and baselined. An EDMS file is associated with each approved envelope, which provides a list of the current known unsolved conflicts related to the envelope and a list of remaining drawing inconsistencies to be corrected. The envelope status with the associated drawings and EDMS file can be found on the web at this adress: http://atlasinfo.cern.ch/Atlas/TCOORD/Activities/Installation/Configuration/ Any modification in the baseline has to be requested via the Engineering Change Requests. The procedure can be found under: http://atlasinfo.cern.ch/Atlas/TCOORD/Activities/TcOffice/Quality/ECR/ TC will review all the systems envelopes in the near future and manage conflict resolution with the collaboration of the systems.

  13. Configuration and Data Management Process and the System Safety Professional

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shivers, Charles Herbert; Parker, Nelson C. (Technical Monitor)

    2001-01-01

    This article presents a discussion of the configuration management (CM) and the Data Management (DM) functions and provides a perspective of the importance of configuration and data management processes to the success of system safety activities. The article addresses the basic requirements of configuration and data management generally based on NASA configuration and data management policies and practices, although the concepts are likely to represent processes of any public or private organization's well-designed configuration and data management program.

  14. Propellant Simulation Plastic System Based on PMAC and Configuration%基于PMAC和组态的推进剂模拟整形系统

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王慧; 侯守全; 钟亮

    2011-01-01

    介绍了基于PMAC和组态的远程监控系统在小型固体火箭推进剂模拟整形系统中的应用,数控系统以PMAC及PLC为核心,通过模拟加工、数据采集实现了系统的远程监控.数控系统的控制方式灵活方便,得到的实验数据为固体火箭推进剂模拟整形的进一步研究提供了宝贵的依据.%This paper introduces the application of propellant simulation plastic s stem on the miniature solid rocket engine based on PMAC and configuration.This remote automatic control of the system is achieved by simulation machining, data acquisition with PMAC and PLC as the core.The system which adopts flexible control mode supplys precious experimental data for the futher study of the propellant simulation plastic system.

  15. Dynamic Model-Based Evaluation of Process Configurations for Integrated Operation of Hydrolysis and Co-Fermentation for Bioethanol Production from Lignocellulose

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Morales Rodriguez, Ricardo; Meyer, Anne S.; Gernaey, Krist;

    2011-01-01

    . Each configuration was evaluated against the following benchmark criteria, yield (kg ethanol/kg dry-biomass), final product concentration and number of unit operations required in the different process configurations. The results show that simultaneous saccharification and co-fermentation (SSCF......In this study a number of different process flowsheets were generated and their feasibility evaluated using simulations of dynamic models. A dynamic modeling framework was used for the assessment of operational scenarios such as, fed-batch, continuous and continuous with recycle configurations......) operating in continuous mode with a recycle of the SSCF reactor effluent, results in the best productivity of bioethanol among the proposed process configurations, with a yield of 0.18 kg ethanol/kg dry-biomass....

  16. Privacy at home: Analysis of behavioral patterns in the spatial configuration of traditional and modern houses in the city of Hamedan based on the notion of space syntax

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Saeid Alitajer

    2016-09-01

    The findings indicate that the spatial configurations of houses have changed in the course of time. In terms of the indices of spatial configurations, however, the striking difference between traditional and modern houses in Hamedan revolves around the integration and equivalence of all spaces in a house. In other words, the hierarchy of access to spaces and the recognition of territories are limited in modern houses. Hence, privacy in modern houses fades.

  17. Ansible configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Hall, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    This book is intended for anyone who wants to learn Ansible starting from the basics. Some experience of how to set up and configure Linux machines and a working knowledge of BIND, MySQL, and other Linux daemons is expected.

  18. Space Station Final Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    1994-01-01

    An artist's conception of what the final configuration of the International Space Station (ISS) will look like when it is fully built and deployed. The ISS is a multidisciplinary laboratory, technology test bed, and observatory that will provide an unprecedented undertaking in scientific, technological, and international experimentation.

  19. Inclusive Services Innovation Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holdheide, Lynn R.; Reschly, Daniel J.

    2011-01-01

    Teacher preparation to deliver inclusive services to students with disabilities is increasingly important because of changes in law and policy emphasizing student access to, and achievement in, the general education curriculum. This innovation configuration identifies the components of inclusive services that should be incorporated in teacher…

  20. DNS BIND Server Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Radu MARSANU

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available After a brief presentation of the DNS and BIND standard for Unix platforms, the paper presents an application which has a principal objective, the configuring of the DNS BIND 9 server. The general objectives of the application are presented, follow by the description of the details of designing the program.

  1. Multi-Configuration Dirac–Hartree–Fock (MCDHF Calculations for B-Like Ions

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Indu Khatri

    2016-05-01

    Full Text Available Relativistic configuration interaction results are presented for several B-like ions (Ge XXVIII, Rb XXXIII, Sr XXXIV, Ru XL, Sn XLVI, and Ba LII using the multi-configuration Dirac–Hartree–Fock (MCDHF method. The calculations are carried out in the active space approximation with the inclusion of the Breit interaction, the finite nuclear size effect, and quantum electrodynamic corrections. Results for fine structure energy levels for 1s22s22p and 2s2p2 configurations relative to the ground state are reported. The transition wavelengths, transition probabilities, line strengths, and absorption oscillator strengths for 2s22p–2s2p2 electric dipole (E1 transitions are calculated. Both valence and core-valence correlation effects were accounted for through single-double multireference (SD-MR expansions to increasing sets of active orbitals. Comparisons are made with the available data and good agreement is achieved. The values calculated using core–valence correlation are found to be very close to other theoretical and experimental values. The behavior of oscillator strengths as a function of nuclear charge is studied. We believe that our results can guide experimentalists in identifying the fine-structure levels in their future work.

  2. Large-scale first principles configuration interaction calculations of optical absorption in aluminum clusters.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shinde, Ravindra; Shukla, Alok

    2014-10-14

    We report the linear optical absorption spectra of aluminum clusters Aln (n = 2-5) involving valence transitions, computed using the large-scale all-electron configuration interaction (CI) methodology. Several low-lying isomers of each cluster were considered, and their geometries were optimized at the coupled-cluster singles-doubles (CCSD) level of theory. With these optimized ground-state geometries, excited states of different clusters were computed using the multi-reference singles-doubles configuration-interaction (MRSDCI) approach, which includes electron correlation effects at a sophisticated level. These CI wave functions were used to compute the transition dipole matrix elements connecting the ground and various excited states of different clusters, and thus their photoabsorption spectra. The convergence of our results with respect to the basis sets, and the size of the CI expansion, was carefully examined. Our results were found to be significantly different as compared to those obtained using time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) [Deshpande et al. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys., 2003, 68, 035428]. When compared to the available experimental data for the isomers of Al2 and Al3, our results are in very good agreement as far as important peak positions are concerned. The contribution of configurations to many body wave functions of various excited states suggests that in most cases optical excitations involved are collective, and plasmonic in nature. PMID:25162600

  3. Reference frame for Product Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ladeby, Klaes Rohde; Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur

    2011-01-01

    This paper presents a reference frame for configuration. The reference frame is established by review of existing literature, and consequently it is a theoretical frame of reference. The review of literature shows a deterioration of the understanding of configuration. Most recent literature reports...... on configuration systems in the shape of anecdotal reporting on the development of information systems that perhaps support the configuration task – perhaps not. Consequently, the definition of configuration has become ambiguous as different research groups defines configuration differently. This paper propose...... a reference frame for configuration that permits 1) a more precise understanding of a configuration system, 2) a understanding of how the configuration system relate to other systems, and 3) a definition of the basic concepts in configuration. The total configuration system, together with the definition...

  4. Improving the quotation process with product configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Christensen, Simon Pape

    2006-01-01

    1998 – 1999, and the configuration system has now been in operation for more than three years during which period significant results have been achieved. The lead time for making budget quotations has been reduced from 2-5 weeks to 1-3 days. The quotations are more consistent and easy to read......How can product configuration support the process of engineering highly complex industrial products? This article describes how an IT-based product configuration system was developed to support the process of mak-ing budget quotations. The article is based on a research project carried out...... for making a budget quotation have been significantly reduced....

  5. Speeding up Derivative Configuration from Product Platforms

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ruben Heradio

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available To compete in the global marketplace, manufacturers try to differentiate their products by focusing on individual customer needs. Fulfilling this goal requires that companies shift from mass production to mass customization. Under this approach, a generic architecture, named product platform, is designed to support the derivation of customized products through a configuration process that determines which components the product comprises. When a customer configures a derivative, typically not every combination of available components is valid. To guarantee that all dependencies and incompatibilities among the derivative constituent components are satisfied, automated configurators are used. Flexible product platforms provide a big number of interrelated components, and so, the configuration of all, but trivial, derivatives involves considerable effort to select which components the derivative should include. Our approach alleviates that effort by speeding up the derivative configuration using a heuristic based on the information theory concept of entropy.

  6. Graph theory for FPGA minimum configurations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ruan Aiwu; Li Wenchang; Xiang Chuanyin; Song Jiangmin; Kang Shi; Liao Yongbo

    2011-01-01

    A traditional bottom-up modeling method for minimum configuration numbers is adopted for the study of FPGA minimum configurations.This method is limited ifa large number of LUTs and multiplexers are presented.Since graph theory has been extensively applied to circuit analysis and test,this paper focuses on the modeling FPGA configurations.In our study,an internal logic block and interconnections of an FPGA are considered as a vertex and an edge connecting two vertices in the graph,respectively.A top-down modeling method is proposed in the paper to achieve minimum configuration numbers for CLB and IOB.Based on the proposed modeling approach and exhaustive analysis,the minimum configuration numbers for CLB and IOB are five and three,respectively.

  7. Research on Customized Telecommunication Product Structural Modeling and Configuration Based on Modular Product Family%基于模块化产品族的定制电信产品结构建模及配置研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    丑文亚

    2013-01-01

    According to the plurality and individuation of the customers'demands, a customized telecommunication product configuration model was established on the basis of the modular product family structure GBOM. The configuration modules were categorized as basic configuration modular, essential modular and optional modular complying with the configurability of telecommunication products. Five-element information expression model was also constructed. Additionally, the attributes and variable of the module, module configuration rules and the match of module variables were analyzed. Based on customers' demands, the customized telecommunication product configuration was completed by determining and assigning values to the parameters of each configuration module in GBOM and constraint solving.%针对个性化、多元化的定制客户需求特点,在模块化产品族结构GBOM基础上建立了一种定制电信产品配置模型.根据电信产品的可配置性,将配置模块分为基本配置模块、必选配置模块、可选配置模块3类,构建了配置模块的五元信息表达模型,研究了模块的属性及其变量、模块的配置规则和模块变量的匹配.基于客户需求在GBOM中确定设计参数,并赋值于各配置模块,在配置规则下求解得到最终的定制电信产品.

  8. Data assimilative twin-experiment in a high-resolution Bay of Biscay configuration: 4DEnOI based on stochastic modeling of the wind forcing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vervatis, V.; Testut, C. E.; De Mey, P.; Ayoub, N.; Chanut, J.; Quattrocchi, G.

    2016-04-01

    A twin-experiment is carried out introducing elements of an Ensemble Kalman Filter (EnKF), to assess and correct ocean uncertainties in a high-resolution Bay of Biscay configuration. Initially, an ensemble of 102 members is performed by applying stochastic modeling of the wind forcing. The target of this step is to simulate the envelope of possible realizations and to explore the robustness of the method at building ensemble covariances. Our second step includes the integration of the ensemble-based error estimates into a data assimilative system adopting a 4D Ensemble Optimal Interpolation (4DEnOI) approach. In the twin-experiment context, synthetic observations are simulated from a perturbed member not used in the subsequent analyses, satisfying the condition of an unbiased probability distribution function against the ensemble by performing a rank histogram. We evaluate the assimilation performance on short-term predictability focusing on the ensemble size, the observational network, and the enrichment of the ensemble by inexpensive time-lagged techniques. The results show that variations in performance are linked to intrinsic oceanic processes, such as the spring shoaling of the thermocline, in combination with external forcing modulated by river runoffs and time-variable wind patterns, constantly reshaping the error regimes. Ensemble covariances are able to capture high-frequency processes associated with coastal density fronts, slope currents and upwelling events near the Armorican and Galician shelf break. Further improvement is gained when enriching model covariances by including pattern phase errors, with the help of time-neighbor states augmenting the ensemble spread.

  9. Configuration Management Process Assessment Strategy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Henry, Thad

    2014-01-01

    Purpose: To propose a strategy for assessing the development and effectiveness of configuration management systems within Programs, Projects, and Design Activities performed by technical organizations and their supporting development contractors. Scope: Various entities CM Systems will be assessed dependent on Project Scope (DDT&E), Support Services and Acquisition Agreements. Approach: Model based structured against assessing organizations CM requirements including best practices maturity criteria. The model is tailored to the entity being assessed dependent on their CM system. The assessment approach provides objective feedback to Engineering and Project Management of the observed CM system maturity state versus the ideal state of the configuration management processes and outcomes(system). center dot Identifies strengths and risks versus audit gotcha's (findings/observations). center dot Used "recursively and iteratively" throughout program lifecycle at select points of need. (Typical assessments timing is Post PDR/Post CDR) center dot Ideal state criteria and maturity targets are reviewed with the assessed entity prior to an assessment (Tailoring) and is dependent on the assessed phase of the CM system. center dot Supports exit success criteria for Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews. center dot Gives a comprehensive CM system assessment which ultimately supports configuration verification activities.*

  10. RINGED ACCRETION DISKS: EQUILIBRIUM CONFIGURATIONS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pugliese, D.; Stuchlík, Z., E-mail: d.pugliese.physics@gmail.com, E-mail: zdenek.stuchlik@physics.cz [Institute of Physics and Research Centre of Theoretical Physics and Astrophysics, Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Silesian University in Opava, Bezručovo náměstí 13, CZ-74601 Opava (Czech Republic)

    2015-12-15

    We investigate a model of a ringed accretion disk, made up by several rings rotating around a supermassive Kerr black hole attractor. Each toroid of the ringed disk is governed by the general relativity hydrodynamic Boyer condition of equilibrium configurations of rotating perfect fluids. Properties of the tori can then be determined by an appropriately defined effective potential reflecting the background Kerr geometry and the centrifugal effects. The ringed disks could be created in various regimes during the evolution of matter configurations around supermassive black holes. Therefore, both corotating and counterrotating rings have to be considered as being a constituent of the ringed disk. We provide constraints on the model parameters for the existence and stability of various ringed configurations and discuss occurrence of accretion onto the Kerr black hole and possible launching of jets from the ringed disk. We demonstrate that various ringed disks can be characterized by a maximum number of rings. We present also a perturbation analysis based on evolution of the oscillating components of the ringed disk. The dynamics of the unstable phases of the ringed disk evolution seems to be promising in relation to high-energy phenomena demonstrated in active galactic nuclei.

  11. Dynamic configuring of the metastructure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katarzyna Grzybowska

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Background: A trend to create groups of enterprises can be observed; whose model of operation makes use of assets of large, small and medium sized companies. It is a higher level of organisational changes. This trend is described as network organisation. It is based on the so called supply chain. The Authors of this paper proposed authors' analysis dynamic configuration of the supply chain and presents an example. The supply chain is a metastructure. It is an intermediate form between a single enterprise (microstructure/microsystem and the global economy (macrostructure/macrosystem. The metastructure is characterized by a dynamic holarchy of mutually cooperating holons (enterprises. Methods: After a brief discussion of the nature of supply chain (metrastructure and configuration of metastructures, authors present variable supply chains in the light of morphological analysis and presents an example.   Results: The key benefits of this approach are: identifying the characteristics of a supply network and modeling the flow in the entire own supply chain metastructure and possible quick adaptations to new situations. Conclusions: Configuration of a supply chain with the use of a morphological analysis is a basic action, if its goal is to optimally model the flow of goods and implementation of quick adaptation to new situations.     

  12. Polysoaps: Configurations and Elasticity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Halperin, A.

    1997-03-01

    Simple polymers are very long, flexible, linear molecules. Amphiphiles, soaps, are small molecules comprising of a part that prefers water over oil and a part that prefers oil over water. By combining the two we arrive at an interesting, little explored, class of materials: Polysoaps. These comprise of a water soluble backbone incorporating, at intervals, covalently bound amphiphilic monomers. In water, the polymerised amphiphiles aggregate into self assembled units known as micelles. This induces a dramatic modification of the spatial configurations of the polymers. What were featureless random coils now exhibit intramolecular, hierachial self organisation. Due to this self organisation it is necessary to modify the paradigms describing the large scale behaviour of these polymers: Their configurations, dimensions and elasticity. Understanding the behaviour of these polymers is of practical interest because of their wide range of industrial applications, ranging from cosmetics to paper coating. It is of fundamental interest because polysoaps are characterised by a rugged free energy landscape that is reminiscent of complex systems such as proteins and glasses. The talk concerns theoretical arguments regarding the following issues: (i) The design parameters that govern the spatial configurations of the polysoaps, (ii) The interaction between polysoaps and free amphiphiles, (iii) The effect of the intramolecular self organisation on the elasticity of the chains.

  13. 一种基于DCO的可配置数字频率合成器%A DCO-Based Configurable Digital Frequency Synthesizer

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    文治平; 王浩弛; 陈雷; 李学武; 张彦龙

    2015-01-01

    This paper presents a digitally controlled oscillator (DCO ) based on a multiplying delay locked loop (MDLL) ,and a DCO‐based configurable digital frequency synthesizer (DFS) is implemented .The output clock frequency is equal to the reference clock frequency multiplied by M divided by D .The multiplication ratio M and division ratio D can be programmed from 2 to 32 ,and 1 to 32 ,respectively .The frequency synthesizer achieves similar jitter performance as conventional MDLL .The DFS is implemented in TSMC 0 .13‐μm CMOS technology , with a layout area of 480 μm × 120 μm .The frequency range of the input and output clock are 1 ~ 270 M Hz and 15~ 400 MHz ,respectively .The measured phase noise is‐110 .01 dBc/Hz@ 1 MHz ,when the output clock frequency is 270 M Hz .%首先设计了一种基于MDLL的数控振荡器(DCO),进而实现了一种基于DCO的全数字可配置的数字频率合成器(DFS),输出时钟频率等于参考时钟频率乘以 M除以D ,实现了类似于MDLL的抖动特性.频率合成器提供一个可配置的倍频因子 M和一个分频因子D ,其范围为2~32和1~32,用户可以通过对 M和D的配置,实现任意倍数的频率合成.所设计的DFS采用 TSMC的0.13 mm标准CMOS工艺实现,版图面积为480μm ×120μm .DFS的输出频率范围为15~400 M Hz ,输入频率范围为1~270 M Hz .输出频率为270 M Hz时实测的相位噪声为-110.01 dBc/Hz@1 M Hz .

  14. REQUIREMENT PRODUCT CONFIGURATION IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wang Xin; Tan Jianrong; Zhang Shuyou; Wu Peining

    2005-01-01

    On the basis of researching on requirement product configuration in mass customization, the concept of product family requirement class (PFRC) and requirement-matching template are put forward. A case-based requirement product configuration (CB-RPC) model and corresponding requirement product model are established. The result of requirement product configuration is obtained by using the method of two-level similar matching. In addition, the effect of the method on requirement responding is analyzed. Finally, the model and the method given are applied in elevator industry, and have improved the enterprise's ability of rapid responding to customer's requirements.

  15. Control Configuration Selection for Multivariable Nonlinear Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Komareji, Mohammad

    2012-01-01

    are needed to be controlled, are nonlinear, and linear models are insufficient to describe the behavior of the processes. The focus of this work is on the problem of control configuration selection for such systems. A gramian-based interaction measure for control configuration selection of MIMO nonlinear...... processes is described. In general, most of the results on the control configuration selection, which have been proposed so far, can only support linear systems. The proposed gramian-based interaction measure not only supports nonlinear processes but also can be used to propose a richer sparse or block...... diagonal controller structure. The interaction measure is used for control configuration selection of the nonlinear quadruple-tank process....

  16. Optimal sensor configuration for complex systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sadegh, Payman; Spall, J. C.

    1998-01-01

    The paper considers the problem of sensor configuration for complex systems with the aim of maximizing the useful information about certain quantities of interest. Our approach involves: 1) definition of an appropriate optimality criterion or performance measure; and 2) description of an efficient...... and practical algorithm for achieving the optimality objective. The criterion for optimal sensor configuration is based on maximizing the overall sensor response while minimizing the correlation among the sensor outputs, so as to minimize the redundant information being provided by the multiple sensors....... The procedure for sensor configuration is based on the simultaneous perturbation stochastic approximation (SPSA) algorithm. SPSA avoids the need for detailed modeling of the sensor response by simply relying on the observed responses obtained by limited experimentation with test sensor configurations. We...

  17. Optimal sensor configuration for complex systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sadegh, Payman; Spall, J. C.

    1998-01-01

    Considers the problem of sensor configuration for complex systems. Our approach involves definition of an appropriate optimality criterion or performance measure, and description of an efficient and practical algorithm for achieving the optimality objective. The criterion for optimal sensor...... configuration is based on maximizing the overall sensor response while minimizing the correlation among the sensor outputs. The procedure for sensor configuration is based on simultaneous perturbation stochastic approximation (SPSA). SPSA avoids the need for detailed modeling of the sensor response by simply...... relying on observed responses as obtained by limited experimentation with test sensor configurations. We illustrate the approach with the optimal placement of acoustic sensors for signal detection in structures. This includes both a computer simulation study for an aluminum plate, and real...

  18. Fock-space multi-reference coupled-cluster response with the effect of triples on dipole moment of ClO and SF radicals

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Lalitha Ravichandran; Debarati Bhattacharya; Nayana Vaval; Sourav Pal

    2012-01-01

    Dipole moment calculations of SF and ClO radicals have been carried out using the recently developed partial triples correction to Fock-space multi-reference coupled cluster method. Theoretical calculation of the doublet SF and ClO radicals is useful due to their importance in atmospheric chemistry. The dipole moments of these radicals are extremely sensitive to correlation effects. A brief insight to the way the triples correction has been implemented is presented. We compare the results obtained from our analytic response treatment with that of restricted open Hartree-Fock (ROHF) calculations. Results are presented for both relaxed and non-relaxed approach in the ROHF method. Results suggest the importance of triples corrections. The effects of orbital relaxation are also analysed from the results.

  19. Dysprosium(III) complexes with a square-antiprism configuration featuring mononuclear single-molecule magnetic behaviours based on different β-diketonate ligands and auxiliary ligands.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Sheng; Ke, Hongshan; Shi, Quan; Zhang, Jangwei; Yang, Qi; Wei, Qing; Xie, Gang; Wang, Wenyuan; Yang, Desuo; Chen, Sanping

    2016-03-28

    Three mononuclear dysprosium(III) complexes derived from three β-diketonate ligands, 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-butanedione (tfmb), 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,3-butanedione (tffb) and 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-(2-naphthyl)-1,3-butanedione (tfnb) as well as auxiliary ligands, 5-nitro-1,10-phenanthroline (5-NO2-Phen), DMF and 2,2'-bipyridine (bpy) have been synthesized and structurally characterized, namely [Dy(5-NO2-Phen)(tfmb)3] (1), [Dy(DMF)2(tffb)3] (2) and [Dy(bpy)2(tfnb)3]·0.5(1,4-dioxane) (3). The metal ions in 1-3 adopt an approximately square-antiprismatic (SAP) coordination environment with D4d axial symmetry. The magnetic properties of 1-3 have been investigated, displaying weak out-of-phase AC signals under a zero-DC field. With an applied DC field of 1200 Oe, the quantum tunnelling of the magnetization was suppressed in 1-3 with the pre-exponential factor τ0 = 5.3 × 10(-7) s and the effective barrier ΔE/kB = 83 K for 1 as well as the pre-exponential factor τ0 = 3.09 × 10(-7) s and the effective barrier ΔE/kB = 39 K for 3. Interestingly, for the frequency dependence of the out-of-phase (χ'') of the AC susceptibility of 2, two slow relaxation of the magnetization processes occurred under the applied magnetic field of 1200 Oe, corresponding to the fast relaxation (FR) phase and slow relaxation (SR) phase, respectively. Arrhenius analysis gave the effective energy barrier (ΔE/kB) of 55 K and the pre-exponential factor (τ0) of 8.23 × 10(-12) for the SR. It is thus very likely that the FR process in complex 2 results from QTM enhanced by dipolar interactions between the Dy ions or the presence of the applied field. The structure-property relationship of some Dy(III) based mononuclear SMMs with the SAP configuration was further discussed.

  20. Automatic Configuration in NTP

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiang Zongli(蒋宗礼); Xu Binbin

    2003-01-01

    NTP is nowadays the most widely used distributed network time protocol, which aims at synchronizing the clocks of computers in a network and keeping the accuracy and validation of the time information which is transmitted in the network. Without automatic configuration mechanism, the stability and flexibility of the synchronization network built upon NTP protocol are not satisfying. P2P's resource discovery mechanism is used to look for time sources in a synchronization network, and according to the network environment and node's quality, the synchronization network is constructed dynamically.

  1. Configuring the autism epidemic

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Fie Lund Lindegaard; Seeberg, Jens

    2017-01-01

    Autism has been described as an epidemic, but this claim is contested and may point to an awareness epidemic, i.e. changes in the definition of what autism is and more attention being invested in diagnosis leading to a rise in registered cases. The sex ratio of children diagnosed with autism...... is skewed in favour of boys, and girls with autism tend to be diagnosed much later than boys. Building and further developing the notion of ‘configuration’ of epidemics, this article explores the configuration of autism in Denmark, with a particular focus on the health system and social support to families...

  2. CoMM:Configurable Multimedia Middleware

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SUN Song-lin; MA Yu-feng; CAI An-ni; SUN Jing-ao

    2004-01-01

    This paper presents the architecture of a Configurable Multimedia Middleware (CoMM). For distributed environments, the component based software framework and object-oriented technology are used in CoMM. Which contributs that it may be configured for various multimedia services with the reusable components conveniently. Also, the active QoS adaption mechanism, which protects the server from overload with the management of the resource vector, is introduced in detail.

  3. Working towards an ITIL Compliant Configuration Management

    OpenAIRE

    Omidiora, Abimbola

    2012-01-01

    The objective of this Thesis is to suggest how to implement an ITIL compliant configuration management based on a set of ITIL-oriented recommendations tailored for the case company. Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) is a de facto standard to manage complex IT systems which comprises best practices from IT Service Management (ITSM). Configuration Management (CM) is an integral part of ITIL processes designed to streamline IT management by systematizing IT environment, and th...

  4. Control capability analysis for complex spacecraft thruster configurations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    The set of forces and moments that can be generated by thrusters of a spacecraft is called the"control capability"with respect to the thruster configuration.If the control capability of a thruster configuration is adequate to fulfill a given space mission,we say this configuration is a feasible one with respect to the task.This study proposed a new way to analyze the control capability of the complex thruster configuration.Precise mathematical definitions of feasibility were proposed,based on which a criterion to judge the feasibility of the thruster configuration was presented through calculating the shortest distance to the boundary of the controllable region as a function of the thruster configuration.Finally,control capability analysis for the complex thruster configuration based on its feasibility with respect to the space mission was given followed by a 2-D thruster configuration example to demonstrate its validity.

  5. 基于回交理论的大型集装箱起重机产品杂交配置设计%Hybrid configuration design based on backcross theory for large scale container crane product

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    杨勇生; 许波桅; 秦朔丽

    2013-01-01

    In order to realize hybrid configuration design of large scale container crane product,the gene manipulation and encoding for product case templates are done on the basis of product case template.Considering the similarity between case templates and customer requirements,an evaluation model for hybrid configuration design of instantiated product is built.Backcross theory and template theory are applied to the product hybrid configuration design,and genetics effects of the backcross theory and backcross theory-based hybrid configuration design of cart mechanism are plotted.A backcross theory-based product hybrid configuration design flow is given.By selecting initial population,determining recurrent parent,introducing backcross factor,the basic difference evolution algorithm is improved,and a backcross theory-based difference evolution algorithm is proposed.A hybrid configuration design example of cart mechanism shows that the design flow and algorithm can realize optimal product configuration in a short period of time.%为实现大型集装箱起重机产品的杂交配置设计,根据产品实例模板进行产品实例模板基因化和编码.在考虑实例模板与客户需求相似度的基础上,建立实例化产品的杂交配置设计评价模型.将回交理论、模板理论应用于产品杂交配置设计,绘制回交理论的遗传学效应及基于回交理论的大车行走机构杂交配置设计示意图,给出基于回交理论的产品杂交配置设计流程.通过选取初始种群、确定轮回亲本、引入回交因子,改进基本的差分进化算法,提出一种基于回交理论的差分进化算法.大车行走机构杂交配置设计实例表明,该设计流程和算法能够在较短时间内实现产品的优化配置.

  6. Configurational Entropy Revisited

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lambert, Frank L.

    2007-09-01

    Entropy change is categorized in some prominent general chemistry textbooks as being either positional (configurational) or thermal. In those texts, the accompanying emphasis on the dispersal of matter—independent of energy considerations and thus in discord with kinetic molecular theory—is most troubling. This article shows that the variants of entropy can be treated from a unified viewpoint and argues that to decrease students' confusion about the nature of entropy change these variants of entropy should be merged. Molecular energy dispersal in space is implicit but unfortunately tacit in the cell models of statistical mechanics that develop the configurational entropy change in gas expansion, fluids mixing, or the addition of a non-volatile solute to a solvent. Two factors are necessary for entropy change in chemistry. An increase in thermodynamic entropy is enabled in a process by the motional energy of molecules (that, in chemical reactions, can arise from the energy released from a bond energy change). However, entropy increase is only actualized if the process results in a larger number of arrangements for the system's energy, that is, a final state that involves the most probable distribution for that energy under the new constraints. Positional entropy should be eliminated from general chemistry instruction and, especially benefiting "concrete minded" students, it should be replaced by emphasis on the motional energy of molecules as enabling entropy change.

  7. Definition and evaluation of product configurator development strategies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Haug, Anders; Hvam, Lars; Mortensen, Niels Henrik

    2012-01-01

    Product configurators represent one of the most successful applications of artificial intelligence principles. Product configurators are a subtype of software-based expert systems with a focus on the creation of product specifications. The use of product configurators has resulted in many positive...

  8. An Integrated Structure for Supplier Selection and Configuration of Knowledge-Based Networks Using QFD, ANP, and Mixed-Integer Programming Model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Abbasi

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available Today’s competitive world conditions and shortened product life cycles have led to the rise of attention towards new product development issue which can guarantee both growth and survival of organizations. The agility of new product development is directed by the efficiency and efficacy of knowledge management skills of an organization. A key issue in thorough success of such networks is the developed knowledge preservation amongst the members. Thus, it is important that reliable relations can be established between the members in order to promote further interactions. To do so, an integrated framework is developed in this paper to configure the new product development network so that sustainable collaborations can be maintained amongst the entities. The proposed framework consists of the network configuration in addition to the supplier selection phase. They are taken into consideration using a biobjective mathematical model in which incurred costs and suppliers' superiority determine the final configuration of the network. Finally, different numerical instances are solved to address the applicability of the proposed model.

  9. Size consistent formulations of the perturb-then-diagonalize Møller-Plesset perturbation theory correction to non-orthogonal configuration interaction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yost, Shane R; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2016-08-01

    In this paper we introduce two size consistent forms of the non-orthogonal configuration interaction with second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory method, NOCI-MP2. We show that the original NOCI-MP2 formulation [S. R. Yost, T. Kowalczyk, and T. VanVoorh, J. Chem. Phys. 193, 174104 (2013)], which is a perturb-then-diagonalize multi-reference method, is not size consistent. We also show that this causes significant errors in large systems like the linear acenes. By contrast, the size consistent versions of the method give satisfactory results for singlet and triplet excited states when compared to other multi-reference methods that include dynamic correlation. For NOCI-MP2 however, the number of required determinants to yield similar levels of accuracy is significantly smaller. These results show the promise of the NOCI-MP2 method, though work still needs to be done in creating a more consistent black-box approach to computing the determinants that comprise the many-electron NOCI basis. PMID:27497537

  10. Observed benefits from product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Haug, Anders; Mortensen, Niels Henrik;

    2013-01-01

    This article presents a study of the benefits obtained from applying product configuration systems based on a case study in four industry companies. The impacts are described according to main objectives in literature for imple-menting product configuration systems: lead time in the specification...... processes, on-time delivery of the specifica-tions, and resource consumption for making specifications, quality of specifications, optimization of products and services, and other observations. The purpose of the study is partly to identify specific impacts observed from implementing product configuration...... systems in industry companies and partly to assess if the objectives suggested are appropriate for describing the impact of product configuration systems and identifying other possible objectives. The empirical study of the com-panies also gives an indication of more overall performance indicators being...

  11. Extended Range Guided Munition Aerodynamic Configuration Design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LEI Juan-mian; WU Jia-sheng; JU Xian-ming

    2005-01-01

    Based on the analysis of the flying scheme and flying style of an extended range guided munition(ERGM), the aerodynamic characteristics design standards were put forward. According to the standards, the ERGM aerodynamic configuration was designed, and the wind tunnel experiments were processed. The experimental results show that the configuration has lower drag and good static stability at unguided flying stage. Moreover, the stability, maneuverability, rudder deflection angle and balance angle of attack of the configuration are all reasonably matched at guided flying stage, and the munition with the configuration can glide with larger lift-drag ratio at little balance angle of attack. The experimental results also indicate that the canard can't conduct rolling control when 1.0 < Ma < 1.5, so the ERGM must take rolling flight style with certain limited rolling speed.

  12. TWRS Configuration management program plan

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vann, J.M.

    1996-06-03

    The TWRS Configuration Management Program Plan (CMPP) integrates technical and administrative controls to establish and maintain consistency among requirements, product configuration, and product information for TWRS products during all life cycle phases. This CMPP will be used by TWRS management and configuration management personnel to establish and manage the technical and integrated baselines and controls and status changes to those baselines.

  13. Counterintuitive Behaviors in Configuration Mixing

    CERN Document Server

    Yu, Xiaofei; Robinson, Shadow

    2016-01-01

    By starting with a simple configurations of 2 neutrons in a single j shell we hare able to learn the effects of high lying configurations on physical properties such as nuclear magnetic g factors. Some counterintuitive results are found when both high lying spin orbit partners are allowed to admix with the basic configuration.

  14. Configuration files processing in Sonix+

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The work is dedicated to configuration files processing in software package Sonix+. The work contains a list of software data processing drawbacks and their solutions. The structure of configuration files was formalized and the model providing editing of configurations files was developed during the work. The document contains logic of functions related with data processing and description of additional functions for developers.

  15. Configuration spaces of tori

    OpenAIRE

    Feler, Yoel

    2006-01-01

    The configuration space C^n of unordered n-tuples of distinct points on a torus T^2 is a non-singular complex algebraic variety. We study holomorphic self-maps of C^n and prove that for n>4 any such map F either carries the whole of C^n into an orbit of the diagonal Aut(T^2) action in C^n or is of the form F(x)=T(x)x for some holomorphic map T:C^n-->Aut(T^2). We also prove that for n>4 any endomorphism of the torus braid group B_n(T^2) with a non-abelian image preserves the pure torus braid g...

  16. 中国联通3G基站及RNC配置模型研究%Research on the Configuration Model of 3G Base Station and RNC of China Unicom

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    席向涛; 杨新; 高婷婷

    2014-01-01

    通过对中国联通3G现网数据和用户模型分析,研究出适合当前实际3G用户模型的基站和RNC配置模型,对3G基站和RNC的软硬件资源配置给出了建议,以便更好地适应3G网络建设需求。%It analyzes the actual subscriber model with the operating 3G networks of China Unicom, and discusses the more suitable con-figuration model of 3G base station and RNC on account of the actual subscriber model. At the same time it gives some sug-gestions on the hardware and software configuration of 3G base station and RNC to adapt to the construction demand of 3G networks better.

  17. Study of Software Configuration Management Systems Based on ISO9000 and CMM%基于ISO9000和CMM的软件配置管理系统的研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李怀璋; 李明树

    2001-01-01

    Regarding ISO9000 and CMM software quality management as the background, the article mainly studies software configuration management based on Browser/Server environment. Its aim is to realize automated management of document flow and work-flow, and also the record and statistics in the middle course. As a result of it, better project tracking and condition inspection will be made,moreover, and enterprise's capability of mature model and continuous software process improvement will be implemented to a great extent.

  18. Relatedness with different interaction configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Taylor, Peter D; Grafen, A

    2010-02-01

    In an inclusive fitness model of social behaviour, a key concept is that of the relatedness between two interactants. This is typically calculated with reference to a "focal" actor taken to be representative of all actors, but when there are different interaction configurations, relatedness must be constructed as an average over all such configurations. We provide an example of such a calculation in an island model with local reproduction but global mortality, leading to variable island size and hence variable numbers of individual interactions. We find that the analysis of this example significantly sharpens our understanding of relatedness. As an application, we obtain a version of Hamilton's rule for a tag-based model of altruism in a randomly mixed population. For large populations, the selective advantage of altruism is enhanced by low (but not too low) tag mutation rates and large numbers of tags. For moderate population sizes and moderate numbers of tags, we find a window of tag mutation rates with critical benefit/cost ratios of between 1 and 3. PMID:19833134

  19. Parking Management System Based on RFID and Configuration Software%基于RFID和组态王的停车场管理系统

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李文华; 刘治翔

    2013-01-01

      介绍了一种可以实现无人值守,远程监测的停车场智能管理系统。将 RFID 技术、自动控制技术、计算机技术及组态软件应用到停车场的管理中,实现对车辆出入控制,停车位远程监测的现代化管理。监控设备、出入口门禁系统和停车位车辆检测器的信号通过RS-485总线与中心管理计算机通信。利用组态软件设计远程监测画面对停车位进行远程监测、调度。%This paper introduces a way to achieve unattended, remote monitoring, smart parking management system. It applies RFID technology, automatic control technology, computer technology and configuration software to the parking lot management, to achieve vehicle access control, remote monitoring of the modern parking management. Signal of monitoring equipment, import and export of vehicles parking access control system communicate with the central management computer via RS-485 Bus. Use the remote monitoring screen designed by configuration software for remote monitoring of parking spaces and scheduling.

  20. Generation Favorable Institutional Configuration Regional Business Environment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Natalia Zinovievna Solodilova

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available This article discusses the theoretical issues of creating an enabling business environment, which is the base platform for the successful development of entrepreneurship in the regions. Provides A definition of a favorable institutional configuration of the regional business environment, which refers to forms of implementing the basic institutions and other regional institutions, taking into account existing regional system of formal and informal interaction between economic actors. States that despite the measures taken, the landscape of the Russian business community in terms of regions, remains uneven, with different indices of investment and business attractiveness, there is differentiation in business conditions in the regions with similar natural and geographical conditions and resource potential, which is primarily determined by , differences in the institutional configuration of the regional business environment and quality of interaction among the business community of the region. Hypothesis about the impossibility of creating a favorable business environment, institutional configurations at the same time in all regions of the country, as well as its limited duration. Conducted theoretical and probabilistic analysis of the parameters of creating an enabling institutional configuration of the business environment in the Russian regions. Grounded approach whereby institutional configuration of regional business environment, may be subject to management and control actions through targeted by the regional authorities can accept the specified (favorable to the business community parameters. The necessity of planning and effective management of a favorable institutional configuration of the business environment by regional authorities to increase the period of its existence.

  1. Code Organization and Configuration Management

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    J.P.Wellisch; I.Osborne; 等

    2001-01-01

    Industry experts are increasingly focusing on team productivity on team productivity as the key to success,the base of the team effort is the four-fold structure of software in terms of logical organisation,physical organisation,managerial organisation,and dynamical structure.We describe the ideas put into action within the CMS software for organising software into sub-systems and packages,and to establish configuration management in a multiproject environment.We use a structure that allows to maximise the independence of soft ware development in individual areas,and at the same time emphasises the overwhelming importance of the interdependencies between the packages and components in the system.We comment on release procedures,and describe the inter-relationship between release,development,integration,and testing.

  2. 基于易控组态软件的液位监控系统设计与实现%Liquid Level Monitoring System Based on lNSPEC Configuration Software

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    徐健

    2015-01-01

    以实验室的液位控制系统为例,构建一个基于易控组态软件的液位监控系统。阐述了系统的硬件构成和组态软件的设计过程,提供了实现基于易控组态软件的过程监控系统的一种解决方案,该方案具有一定的工程应用价值。%Liquid level control system of laboatory as an example of constructing a liquid level monitoring system based on lNSPEC configuration software.Hardware structure and design process of configuration software are described in detail in this paper,and a solution for realizing process monitoring system based on lNSPEC configuration software is provided.There are certain engineering value and applicability.

  3. Study on the teaching system of engineering graphics based on creative configuration design%基于创新性构型设计的工程图学教学体系研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    熊志勇; 罗志成; 陈锦昌; 姜立军; 邓学雄; 刘林; 陈炽坤

    2012-01-01

    As the important carrier of spatial imagination and creative thinking training, configuration design plays key roles in training students' creative thinking abilities. Based on the research situation of engineering graphics education, a new curriculum system of engineering graphics based on creative configuration design is presented, which focuses on the configuration design and stands out the training of students' creative thinking ability. Then, the new curriculum system is deeply explained from three aspects: the educational reform target, the educational reform content and the teaching practice. The teaching practices indicate that the curriculum system can train student's creative thinking ability in configuration design very well.%构型设计作为空间想象和创造性思维训练的重要载体对培养学生创新思维能力具有重要作用.论文在探讨国内外工程图学教研情况基础上,构建了以构型设计为主线,突出学生创新思维能力培养的基于创新性构型设计的工程图学新课程体系.并从教学改革目标、教学改革内容和教学实践三方面进行了深入阐述.教学实践表明,该课程体系能很好地培养学生的形体构型设计创新思维能力.

  4. ATLAS software configuration and build tool optimisation

    CERN Document Server

    Rybkin, G; The ATLAS collaboration

    2014-01-01

    ATLAS software code base is over 6 million lines organised in about 2000 packages. It makes use of some 100 external software packages, is developed by more than 400 developers and used by more than 2500 physicists from over 200 universities and laboratories in 6 continents. To meet the challenge of configuration and building of this software, the Configuration Management Tool (CMT) is used. CMT expects each package to describe its build targets, build and environment setup parameters, dependencies on other packages in a text file called requirements, and each project (group of packages) to describe its policies and dependencies on other projects in a text project file. Based on the effective set of configuration parameters read from the requirements files of dependent packages and project files, CMT commands build the packages, generate the environment for their use, or query the packages. The main focus was on build time performance that was optimised within several approaches: reduction of the number of re...

  5. ATLAS software configuration and build tool optimisation

    CERN Document Server

    Rybkin, G; The ATLAS collaboration

    2013-01-01

    ATLAS software code base is over 6 million lines organised in about 2000 packages. It makes use of some 100 external software packages, is developed by more than 400 developers and used by more than 2500 physicists from over 200 universities and laboratories in 6 continents. To meet the challenge of configuration and building of this software, the Configuration Management Tool (CMT) is used. CMT expects each package to describe its build targets, build and environment setup parameters, dependencies on other packages in a text file called requirements, and each project (group of packages) to describe its policies and dependencies on other projects in a text project file. Based on the effective set of configuration parameters read from the requirements files of dependent packages and project files, CMT commands build the packages, generate the environment for their use, or query the packages. The main focus was on build time performance that was optimised within several approaches: reduction of the number of re...

  6. Curvature bounds for configuration spaces

    OpenAIRE

    Erbar, Matthias; Huesmann, Martin

    2014-01-01

    We show that the configuration space over a manifold M inherits many curvature properties of the manifold. For instance, we show that a lower Ricci curvature bound on M implies for the configuration space a lower Ricci curvature bound in the sense of Lott-Sturm-Villani, the Bochner inequality, gradient estimates and Wasserstein contraction. Moreover, we show that the heat flow on the configuration space, or the infinite independent particle process, can be identified as the gradient flow of t...

  7. 基于 pvBrowser ®的 Linux 图形组态软件的研究与开发%Research and development of Linux graphical configuration software based on pvBrowser ®

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郑闯鑫; 许金; 郭庆; 徐翠锋

    2015-01-01

    Graphical configuration as the user interface is an important part of the configuration software ,design goals of w hich are graphics performance visually ,real time and high efficiency .In order to develop a small graphic configuration software for marine instrumentation ,this paper has mainly studied the development of graphics configuration software based on pvBrowser ® under the Linux circumstance .Firstly ,this paper recommends the advantages in HMI /SCADA design about pvBrowser ® .Secondly ,this paper analyzed the graphics configuration software design features .Then we design the SVG graphics primitives with the XML ,set the properties and animation connect of these elements and estab‐lish internal event handling .Finally ,we design small graphics configuration software for the determination system of trace elements in seaw ater .%图形组态作为人机界面是组态软件的重要组成部分,图形表现形象直观、实时性强、处理效率高是其设计的目标。为了开发一款针对海水中痕量元素检测仪器的小型图形组态软件,主要对Linux环境下基于pvBrow ser ®的图形组态软件的开发进行了研究。介绍了pvBrowser ®在 HMI/SCADA设计方面的优势,论述了图形组态软件的功能设计,利用XML 编写SVG基本图元,设置图元属性及动画连接,并建立内部事件处理。归纳了小型图形组态软件设计的实用方法,并成功应用于海水中痕量元素测定系统。

  8. High Energy Electron Confinement in a Magnetic Cusp Configuration

    OpenAIRE

    Park, Jaeyoung; Krall, Nicholas A.; Sieck, Paul E.; Offermann, Dustin T.; Skillicorn, Michael; Sanchez, Andrew; Davis, Kevin; Alderson, Eric; Lapenta, Giovanni

    2014-01-01

    We report experimental results validating the concept that plasma confinement is enhanced in a magnetic cusp configuration when beta (plasma pressure/magnetic field pressure) is order of unity. This enhancement is required for a fusion power reactor based on cusp confinement to be feasible. The magnetic cusp configuration possesses a critical advantage: the plasma is stable to large scale perturbations. However, early work indicated that plasma loss rates in a reactor based on a cusp configur...

  9. 基于构型设计的工程制图课程中设计环节的探索%Exploration and practice for design ability based on shape configuration in engineering drawing

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈锦昌; 陈亮; 张瑞秋; 陈炽坤

    2013-01-01

    构型设计的教育是为了培养学生的创新能力和工程意识.论文探讨了基于构型设计工程制图课程的内容体系,分析了课程中常用的构型设计训练方式,并在此基础上就工程制图课程小设计环节的布置、实施和检查进行了探索,指出了在工程制图课程中可以引入小设计环节.小设计的实践对工程制图课程的教学改革有一定的指导意义.%Developing student innovation ability and engineering consciousness is the main purpose of shape configuration. This paper presents the curriculum system based on shape configuration design for engineering course, and analyzes some training styles for shape configuration design. An effective training method, small product design, is introduced in teaching process for engineering drawing course. The assignment, implement and examination of small product design are discussed in detail. The results of practice application show that introducing small product design has a meaning for engineering graphics teaching reform.

  10. 基于复利法的露天矿山生产设备优化配置%Optimized Configuration of Mechanical Equipment in Open-Pit Mines Based on the Compound Interest Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    吴长振; 戴剑勇; 杨仕教

    2011-01-01

    Considering the time value of funds, based on the depreciation method of compound interest and the relationship between mine production scale and equipment capacity and actual conditions of mines, the paper solves the optimized configuration problem about the type of main mechanical equipment and the quantity by applying integrated planning and Matlab software at the preliminary scheduling phase. This optimized configuration scheme brings better benefits for mining enterprises and provides a new idea about optimized configuration of equipment in capital construction phase of mine.%考虑到资金使用的时间价值,依据复利法的折旧方式以及矿山生产规模与设备生产能力的关系,结合矿山的实际情况,运用整数规划及Matlab软件解决露天矿山在生产规划阶段主体机械的设备型号、数量选择的优化配置问题,进而使矿山取得较好的经营效益,为基建期的矿山企业优化机械设备提供了一种新思路.

  11. Optimal Configuration Method for Large-scale Measurement Systems Based on Form Error Uncertainty%基于形状误差不确定度的大尺寸测量系统优化配置方法

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    倪爱晶; 郑联语

    2011-01-01

    For large-scale measuring system configuration, the solution to configure measurement systems based on form error uncertainty of measurement task is presented. The point simulation and data fusion from multiple instruments based on Monte Carlo are studied. Based on form error mathematical model, particle swarm optimization method is adopted to solve form error and Monte Carlo method is used to simulate and evaluate form error uncertainty. Finally, the simulation measurement test of a large frame between satellite cabins has been carried out The test results indicated that the proposed method for optimal measurement systems configuration based on form error uncertainty is effective. This method is able to provide a solution guide for rapid shop-floor deployment of large-scale measurement systems.%针对大尺寸测量系统部署问题,提出了面向测量任务的以形状误差不确定度为评价指标的优化配置测量系统的方法.对于基于蒙特卡罗仿真方法的测量点仿真和多测量仪器数据融合进行了研究.在建立形状误差评定模型基础上,提出并实现了基于粒子群算法的形状误差评定模型的求解及基于蒙特卡罗法的形状误差不确定度计算方法.通过某卫星舱段端框的仿真试验,验证了以不确定度为指标进行大尺寸测量系统配置方法的有效性,可为大尺寸测量系统现场快速部署提供方案指导.

  12. 基于Fisher判别和元胞自动机模型的微电网格局计算方法%An Approach to Calculate Micro-Grid's Configuration Based on Fisher Discriminant and Cellular Automata Model

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王砚帛; 谭永东; 文菓; 杨佳

    2012-01-01

    Based on Fisher discriminant and cellular automata model an approach to calculate the configuration of micro-grid is proposed. The cell space of micro-grid is established and Fisher discriminant is utilized to obtain the macroscopic evolution rules for cell space of micro-grid. According to the diversity of micro-grid user's electricity demands and decision-making uncertainty of power transaction a local evolution rule considering neighbors' relationship is drafted, and a concept of role transition's probability is also proposed. Using Matlab, a model to simulate the time-space dynamic evolution process of micro-grid configuration is built. The availability and effectiveness of the proposed method in the calculation of micro-grid's configuration and in the simulation of time-space dynamic evolution process of micro-grid configuration are verified by simulation results.%基于Fisher判别方法和元胞自动机模型提出了一种微电网格局计算方法.建立了微电网元胞空间,运用Fisher判别方法获取微电网元胞空间的宏观演化规则,并根据微电网用户角色的多样化和电力交易决策的不确定性,制定了考虑领域关系的局部演化规则,提出了角色转化概率的概念.在Matlab环境下建立了仿真算例模拟微电网格局的时空动态演化过程.仿真结果验证了该方法对于微电网格局计算以及模拟微电网格局时空动态演化过程的可行性和有效性.

  13. 基于人体工程学的仿人机械臂构型%Configuration of Humanoid Robotic Arm Based on Human Engineering

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    赵京; 宋春雨; 杜滨

    2013-01-01

    针对仿人机械臂构型问题,提出一种新的筛选方法,并确定串联结构方式下最符合人臂特征的仿人机械臂构型.从人体解剖学的角度出发,分析人臂的运动机理,并结合人体测量学和机器人学相关原理构建6种不同的仿人机械臂构型.提出全局相对可操作度指标对不同构型进行灵活性分析,并采用可视化方法绘制出各构型的运动灵活性性能分布图.根据人臂的运动特性分析人臂的运动工作空间,将各构型仿人机械臂工作空间与其对比,从而筛选出串联方式下的最佳仿人机械臂构型.该结果为仿人机械臂的设计提供了理论依据,并为后续运动规划奠定了基础.%A new screening method is proposed in configuring humanoid robotic arm,and a series configuration which is most consistent with the human arm characteristics is constructed The morement mechamnsm of human arm from the point of view of human anatomy is analyzed,and 6 types of humanoid robotic arm combined with the mechanism of anthropometry and robotics are constructed.The global relative manipulability index is put forward,and the dexterity of different types of humanoid robotic arm with this index are analyzed.The visualization method is used to plot the image of dexterous performance distribution.The workspaces of human arm are analyzed,and different types of humanoid robotic arm's workspace with it are contrasted,thereby screening the best type of humanoid robotic arm.The results lay the foundation for humanoid robotic arm design and follow-up study of motion planning.

  14. Static aeroelastic analysis for generic configuration wing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, IN; Miura, Hirokazu; Chargin, Mladen K.

    1991-01-01

    A static aeroelastic analysis capability that calculates flexible air loads for generic configuration wings was developed. It was made possible by integrating a finite element structural analysis code (MSC/NASTRAN) and a panel code of aerodynamic analysis based on linear potential flow theory. The framework already built in MSC/NASTRAN was used, and the aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix was computed externally and inserted in the NASTRAN by means of a DMAP program. It was shown that deformation and flexible air loads of an oblique wing configuration including asymmetric wings can be calculated reliably by this code both in subsonic and supersonic speeds.

  15. Mastering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

    CERN Document Server

    Rachui, Steve; Martinez, Santos; Daalmans, Peter

    2012-01-01

    Expert coverage of Microsoft's highly anticipated network software deployment tool The latest version of System Center Configuration Manager (SCCM) is a dramatic update of its predecessor Configuration Manager 2007, and this book offers intermediate-to-advanced coverage of how the new SCCM boasts a simplified hierarchy, role-based security, a new console, flexible application deployment, and mobile management. You'll explore planning and installation, migrating from SCCM 2007, deploying software and operating systems, security, monitoring and troubleshooting, and automating and customizing SCC

  16. Modelling Configuration Knowledge in Heterogeneous Product Families

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Queva, Matthieu Stéphane Benoit; Männistö, Tomi; Ricci, Laurent;

    2011-01-01

    Product configuration systems play an important role in the development of Mass Customisation. The configuration of complex product families may nowadays involve multiple design disciplines, e.g. hardware, software and services. In this paper, we present a conceptual approach for modelling...... the variability in such heterogeneous product families. Our approach is based on a framework that aims to cater for the different stakeholders involved in the modelling and management of the product family. The modelling approach is centred around the concepts of views, types and constraints and is illustrated...

  17. Space Station reference configuration update

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bonner, Tom F., Jr.

    1985-01-01

    The reference configuration of the NASA Space Station as of November 1985 is presented in a series of diagrams, drawings, graphs, and tables. The configurations for components to be contributed by ESA, Canada, and Japan are included. Brief captions are provided, along with answers to questions raised at the conference.

  18. Examination of energy price policies in Iran for optimal configuration of CHP and CCHP systems based on particle swarm optimization algorithm

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The current subsidized energy prices in Iran are proposed to be gradually eliminated over the next few years. The objective of this study is to examine the effects of current and future energy price policies on optimal configuration of combined heat and power (CHP) and combined cooling, heating, and power (CCHP) systems in Iran, under the conditions of selling and not-selling electricity to utility. The particle swarm optimization algorithm is used for minimizing the cost function for owning and operating various CHP and CCHP systems in an industrial dairy unit. The results show that with the estimated future unsubsidized utility prices, CHP and CCHP systems operating with reciprocating engine prime mover have total costs of 5.6 and $2.9x106 over useful life of 20 years, respectively, while both systems have the same capital recovery periods of 1.3 years. However, for the same prime mover and with current subsidized prices, CHP and CCHP systems require 4.9 and 5.2 years for capital recovery, respectively. It is concluded that the current energy price policies hinder the promotion of installing CHP and CCHP systems and, the policy of selling electricity to utility as well as eliminating subsidies are prerequisites to successful widespread utilization of such systems.

  19. Examination of energy price policies in Iran for optimal configuration of CHP and CCHP systems based on particle swarm optimization algorithm

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tichi, S.G.; Ardehali, M.M.; Nazari, M.E. [Energy Research Center, Department of Electrical Engineering, Amirkabir University of Technology (Tehran Polytechnic), 424 Hafez Ave., Tehran 15825-4413 (Iran)

    2010-10-15

    The current subsidized energy prices in Iran are proposed to be gradually eliminated over the next few years. The objective of this study is to examine the effects of current and future energy price policies on optimal configuration of combined heat and power (CHP) and combined cooling, heating, and power (CCHP) systems in Iran, under the conditions of selling and not-selling electricity to utility. The particle swarm optimization algorithm is used for minimizing the cost function for owning and operating various CHP and CCHP systems in an industrial dairy unit. The results show that with the estimated future unsubsidized utility prices, CHP and CCHP systems operating with reciprocating engine prime mover have total costs of 5.6 and 2.9 x 10{sup 6} over useful life of 20 years, respectively, while both systems have the same capital recovery periods of 1.3 years. However, for the same prime mover and with current subsidized prices, CHP and CCHP systems require 4.9 and 5.2 years for capital recovery, respectively. It is concluded that the current energy price policies hinder the promotion of installing CHP and CCHP systems and, the policy of selling electricity to utility as well as eliminating subsidies are prerequisites to successful widespread utilization of such systems. (author)

  20. Visible upconversion fiber lasers in ring configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Caspary, Reinhard; Baraniecki, Tomasz P.; Kozak, Marcin M.; Kowalsky, Wolfgang

    2005-09-01

    Up-conversion fiber lasers based on Pr3+/Yb3+ doped fluoride fibers and pumped at 835 nm can operate on emission lines in the red, orange, green, and blue spectral region. Up to now only Fabry-Perot configurations with two mirrors butt-coupled to the fiber ends were investigated. In this paper we present the first visible Pr3+/Yb3+ fiber lasers in a ring configuration. In contrast to the usual Fabry-Perot configuration, the basic ring resonator setup contains no free-space optics and no parts which need to be adjusted. The main challenge for such a setup is the connection between the fluoride laser fiber and the remaining part of the ring resonator, which is made from silica fibers. Due to the very different melting temperatures of both glasses usual fusion splices are impossible. We use a special technique to couple the fibers with glue.

  1. Configuration management for nuclear power plants

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Technical configuration management is more than control of documents, their storage and retrieval, it is an integral part of the plant operation and maintenance process encompassing plant structures, systems, components, computer software and other documents important to safe and reliable operation. The technical configuration management system developed by Framatome, France, for the 900 MW and 1300 MW pressurized water reactor series is explained. It includes a suitable document base, a way of continuously updating documents and ensuring conformity to the requirements and software tools to allow document and modification management. Currently (1988) microfilm is used to give access to the information but electronic storage and direct access by means of an optical disc will be provided. The benefits of configuration management are listed. (UK)

  2. Control Configuration Selection for Multivariable Descriptor Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2012-01-01

    Control configuration selection is the procedure of choosing the appropriate input and output pairs for the design of SISO (or block) controllers. This step is an important prerequisite for a successful industrial control strategy. In industrial practices it is often the case that the system, which...... is needed to be controlled, is either in the descriptor form or can be represented in the descriptor form. Singular systems and the differential algebraic equation (DAE) systems are among these systems. Descriptor systems appear in the variety of fields to describe the practical processes ranging from power...... systems, hydraulic systems to heat transfer, and chemical processes. The focus of this paper is on the problem of control configuration selection for multivariable descriptor systems. A gramian-based interaction measure for control configuration selection of such processes is described in this paper...

  3. SQUARE AND RHOMBUS CENTRAL CONFIGURATIONS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    In this paper, we consider the flat central configurations of bodies using the characteristic set method. We completely solve two special cases of four planets, namely,the square and the rhombus. For the square case, we obtain that a square is a central configuration only in the case where the masses are equal and there exactly are two different square central configurations determined by the mass and the angular velocity; for the rhombus case, we obtain that if a rhombus is a central configuration, then the masses of the diagonal vertices must be equal. Furthermore, there are two or three or four different rhombus central configurations determined by the masses and the angular velocity.

  4. Synthesis and stereochemical assignments of diastereomeric Ni(II complexes of glycine Schiff base with (R-2-(N-{2-[N-alkyl-N-(1-phenylethylamino]acetyl}aminobenzophenone; a case of configurationally stable stereogenic nitrogen

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hiroki Moriwaki

    2014-02-01

    Full Text Available A family of chiral ligands derived from α-phenylethylamine and 2-aminobenzophenone were prepared by alkylation of the nitrogen atom. Upon reaction with glycine and a Ni(II salt, these ligands were transformed into diastereomeric complexes, as a result of the configurational stability of the stereogenic nitrogen atom. Different diastereomeric ratios were observed depending on the substituent R introduced in the starting ligand, and stereochemical assignments were based on X-ray analysis, along with NMR studies and optical rotation measurements.

  5. The electronic states of 1,2,4-triazoles: A study of 1H- and1-methyl-1,2,4-triazole by vacuum ultraviolet photoabsorption and ultraviolet photoelectron spectroscopy and a comparison with ab initio configuration interaction computations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Palmer, Michael H.; Camp, Philip J.; Hoffmann, Søren Vrønning;

    2012-01-01

    The first vacuum ultraviolet absorption spectrum of a 1,2,4-triazole has been obtained and analyzed in detail, with assistance from both an enhanced UV photoelectron spectroscopic study and ab initio multi-reference multi-root configuration interaction procedures. For both 1H- and 1-methyl-1...... in terms of the near degeneracy of the first two ionization energies, leading to a pseudo Jahn-Teller effect. The “fingerprint” of the ionization spectrum yields band origins for several Rydberg states. The configuration interaction study shows that although the equilibrium structure for the first cation...... is effectively planar, the second cation shows significant twisting of the ring system. Some calculated singlet electronic states also show skeletal twisting in which the ring C–H is substantially out of plane....

  6. (re)new configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Søndergaard, Morten

    2012-01-01

    Whereas many good things can be said about the ability of digital media to facilitate creative transformations the actual reconfiguration that is taking place in the interactive media art field has only been superficially documented and understood. The practice-based innovation and process of ‘re...

  7. Computer Aided Aerodynamic Design of Missile Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Panneerselvam

    1987-10-01

    Full Text Available Aerodynamic configurations of tactical missiles have to produce the required lateral force with minimum time lag to meet the required manoeuvability and response time. The present design which is mainly based on linearised potential flow involves (a indentification of critical design points, (b design of lifting components and their integration with mutual interference, (c evaluation of aerodynamic characteristics, (d checking its adequacy at otherpoints, (e optimization of parameters and selection of configuration, and (f detailed evaluation including aerodynamic pressure distribution. Iterative design process in involed because of the mutual dependance between aerodynamic charactertistics and the parameters of the configuration. though this design method is based on third level of approximation with respect to real flow, aid of computer is essential for carrying out the iterative design process and also for effective selection of configuration by analysing performance. Futuristic design requirement which demand better accuracy on design and estimation calls for sophisticated super computer based theoretical methods viz. , full Euler solution/Navier-Strokes solutions.

  8. Configurationally exhaustive first-principles study of a quaternary superalloy with a vast configuration space

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maisel, S. B.; Höfler, M.; Müller, S.

    2016-07-01

    Exploration of the vast configuration space encountered in a multicomponent alloy is impossible without a suitable engine like the cluster-expansion (CE) method. While a CE ansatz can be formulated for an arbitrary number of components n , the combinatorial explosion of configuration space with increasing n can still be prohibitive. In this paper, we present a configurationally exhaustive study of a four-component nickel-based superalloy. We obtain all ground-state compounds, temperature- and concentration-dependent configurational energies, and micrographs of the γ /γ' microstructure of the γ'-strengthened superalloy Ni-Al-Ta-W. Several phenomena that cannot be studied from the binary building blocks Ni-Al, Ni-W, or Ni-Ta alone are discussed, e.g., the suppression of γ'' formation in Al-Ni-Ta-W, the effect of Ta on the γ' composition, and the tungsten partitioning ratio as a function of both temperature and bulk composition.

  9. Relativistic configuration interaction calculation on the ground and excited states of iridium monoxide

    CERN Document Server

    Suo, Bingbing; Han, Huixian

    2014-01-01

    We present the fully relativistic multi-reference configuration interaction calculations of the ground and low-lying excited electronic states of IrO for individual spin-orbit component. The lowest states for four spin-orbit components 1/2, 3/2, 5/2, and 7/2 are calculated intensively to clarify the ground state of IrO. Our calculation suggests that the ground state is of 1/2 spin-orbit component, which is highly mixed with $^4\\Sigma^-$ and $^2\\Pi$ states in $\\Lambda-S$ notation. The two low-lying states of the 5/2 and 7/2 spin-orbit components are nearly degenerate with the ground state and locate only 234 and 260 cm$^{-1}$ above, respectively. The equilibrium bond length 1.712 \\AA \\ and harmonic vibrational frequency 903 cm$^{-1}$ of the 5/2 spin-orbit component are close to the experimental measurement of 1.724 \\AA \\ and 909 cm$^{-1}$, which suggests the 5/2 state should be the low-lying state contributed to spectra in experimental study. Moreover, the electronic states that give rise to the observed trans...

  10. Polarimetric Radiometer Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Skou, Niels; Laursen, Brian; Søbjærg, Sten Schmidl

    1998-01-01

    be found either by cross correlating the received vertical and horizontal electrical fields, or they can be found by a combination of properly polarized brightness temperature measurements. These considerations directly point at two fundamentally different ways of implementing the polarimetric radiometer...... system. Paramount issues are instrument stability and sensitivity as well as the trade-off between increased microwave hardware complexity and fast digital correlator circuitry. Also, within each fundamental category there are significant trade-offs. Based on such considerations a second generation...

  11. A Software Configuration Management Course

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Asklund, U.; Bendix, Lars Gotfred

    2003-01-01

    Software Configuration Management has been a big success in research and creation of tools. There are also many vendors in the market of selling courses to companies. However, in the education sector Software Configuration Management has still not quite made it - at least not into the university...... curriculum. It is either not taught at all or is just a minor part of a general course in software engineering. In this paper, we report on our experience with giving a full course entirely dedicated to Software Configuration Management topics and start a discussion of what ideally should be the goal...... and contents of such a course....

  12. SAMI Automated Plug Plate Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Lorente, Nuria P F; Goodwin, Michael

    2012-01-01

    The Sydney-AAO Multi-object Integral field spectrograph (SAMI) is a prototype wide-field system at the Anglo-Australian Telescope (AAT) which uses a plug-plate to mount its 13 x 61-core imaging fibre bundles (hexabundles) in the optical path at the telescope's prime focus. In this paper we describe the process of determining the positions of the plug-plate holes, where plates contain three or more stacked observation configurations. The process, which up until now has involved several separate processes and has required significant manual configuration and checking, is now being automated to increase efficiency and reduce error. This is carried out by means of a thin Java controller layer which drives the configuration cycle. This layer controls the user interface and the C++ algorithm layer where the plate configuration and optimisation is carried out. Additionally, through the Aladin display package, it provides visualisation and facilitates user verification of the resulting plates.

  13. Configuration Spaces in Fundamental Physics

    CERN Document Server

    Anderson, Edward

    2015-01-01

    I consider configuration spaces for $N$-body problems, gauge theories and for GR in both geometrodynamical and Ashtekar variables forms, including minisuperspace and inhomogeneous perturbations thereabout in the former case. These include many interesting spaces of shapes (with and without whichever of local or global notions of scale). In considering reduced configuration spaces, stratified manifolds arise. Three strategies to deal with these are `excise', `unfold' and `accept'. I show that spaces of triangles arising from various interpretations of 3-body problems already serve as model arena for all three. I furthermore argue in favour of the `accept' strategy on relational grounds. Sheaf methods then become relevant in this case, as does the stratifold construct that pairs some well-behaved stratified manifolds with sheaves. I apply arguing against `excise' and `unfold' to GR's superspace and thin sandwich, and to the removal of collinear configurations in mechanics. Non-redundant configurations are also ...

  14. Comparing a thermo-mechanical Weichselian Ice Sheet reconstruction to reconstructions based on the sea level equation: aspects of ice configurations and glacial isostatic adjustment

    OpenAIRE

    Schmidt, P.; Lund, B; Näslund, J-O.; Fastook, J.

    2014-01-01

    In this study we compare a recent reconstruction of the Weichselian Ice Sheet as simulated by the University of Maine ice sheet model (UMISM) to two reconstructions commonly used in glacial isostatic adjustment (GIA) modelling: ICE-5G and ANU (Australian National University, also known as RSES). The UMISM reconstruction is carried out on a regional scale based on thermo-mechanical modelling, whereas ANU and ICE-5G are global models based on the sea level equation. The three ...

  15. Space Station reference configuration description

    Science.gov (United States)

    1984-01-01

    The data generated by the Space Station Program Skunk Works over a period of 4 months which supports the definition of a Space Station reference configuration is documented. The data were generated to meet these objectives: (1) provide a focal point for the definition and assessment of program requirements; (2) establish a basis for estimating program cost; and (3) define a reference configuration in sufficient detail to allow its inclusion in the definition phase Request for Proposal (RFP).

  16. Ultrasound-Modulated Optical Tomography in Reflective and Coaxial Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    傅洪波; 邢达; 曾亚光; 王毅; 陈群

    2003-01-01

    Ultrasound-modulated optical tomography affords a very promising noninvasive imaging method for biomedical diagnosis. With this technique, an ultrasound beam is focused into a scattering medium to provide an accurate localization and, simultaneously, a modulation of laser light inside the medium. Based on the high-sensitivity detection technique, we have developed a unique reflective configuration, which was more convenient and practical than other existing configurations. Furthermore, the configuration also introduced a new scheme to improve the spatial resolution in the imaging. A phantom was imaged to validate the feasibility of the proposed configuration.

  17. Comparative ab initio studies on the molecular structure and spectroscopic properties of FeF2: Single reference versus multireference methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Solomonik, Victor G; Stanton, John F; Boggs, James E

    2008-06-28

    The electronic excitation energies, molecular geometry, quadratic force fields, and vibrational frequencies in the ground (5)Delta(g) and low-lying excited (5)Sigma(g) (+) and (5)Pi(g) electronic states of iron difluoride are studied at sophisticated levels of theory. Two families of basis sets, nonrelativistic and Douglas-Kroll-Hess relativistic, are used that range in quality from triple-zeta to quintuple-zeta. These are augmented by additional diffuse functions (on fluorine atoms) and tight functions (on all atoms) for the description of core-valence correlation and utilized to determine complete basis set molecular properties. The quality of electron correlation treatment using conventional single reference coupled cluster methods CCSD and CCSD(T) is compared to that attained at the multiconfigurational quasidegenerate second-order perturbation theory (CASSCF+MCQDPT2) and the electron attachment equation-of-motion coupled cluster (EOMEA-CCSD) levels. Spin-orbit coupling effects are studied by the SO-MCQDPT2 method using the full Breit-Pauli spin-orbit operator. Effects of spin contamination in the coupled cluster molecular calculations are carefully analyzed. Results of the single reference CCSD(T) and multireference calculations are found to be in a remarkable agreement. The calculations indicate that the EOMEA-CC approach provides a suitable tool for an accurate treatment of FeF(2) and other systems where delicate electron correlation effects have to be carefully dealt with. The inclusion of relativistic effects is shown to be necessary for an accurate description of the molecular geometry and excitation energies of FeF(2). The results of calculations are in good agreement with the experimental data available. The predicted FeF(2) molecular properties are compared to those of the related FeF(3). PMID:18601314

  18. Experimental investigation at 10 Gb/s of the noise suppression capabilities in a pass-through configuration in SOA-based interferometric structures

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wolfson, David; Fjelde, Tina; Kloch, Allan;

    2000-01-01

    We experimentally investigate a pass-through scheme for all-optical noise suppression in a SOA-based interferometric structure at 10 Gb/s. An input power dynamic range of ~8 dB as well as a noise suppression capability of ~4.5 dB has been demonstrated. Furthermore, the transmission properties have...

  19. 基于状态空间连续逼近的云计算虚拟资源优化配置研究%Optimal Configuration of Virtualized Resources in Cloud Computing Based on Continuous State-Space Approximation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付钰; 严博; 吴晓平

    2012-01-01

    针对云计算中虚拟资源的优化配置问题,提出了一种基于状态空间连续逼近的云计算虚拟资源的优化配置方法.首先利用一个带时间扩展的标记转移系统,对虚拟资源在申请和调用过程中各对象的动作行为以及状态转移关系进行描述;然后根据对象之间的并发关系,推导出一组能够描述系统中每种对象各状态数量随时间变化的微分方程组;最后通过求解方程组,分析在供需平衡状态下各虚拟资源的实际需求,动态地配置各虚拟资源的数量,实现虚拟资源动态优化配置的目的.%In order to deal with the difficulties in the configuration of virtualized resources in cloud computing, an optimal configuration method based on continuous state-space approximation is proposed. By the use of the time-extended LTS, the actions and state transition relations of the objects that participated in the process of virtualized resources applying and allocating could be precisely described. Then, according to the concurrency relation among the objects, a set of ODE is generated which can describe the variable trend of the objects during working time. By solving out the ODE, the amount of virtualized resources to meet the demand can be calculated out, and the virtualized resources could be dynamically configured according to the results, so as to realize the purpose of optimal configuration of virtualized resources.

  20. Optimizing the order processing of customized products using product configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Bonev, Martin; Denkena, B.;

    2011-01-01

    . Product configuration based on integrated modular product structure and product family architecture has been recognized as an effective means for implementing mass customization. In order to evaluate the effects of product configuration on order processing, a study has been conducted by the Department...

  1. 基于LabVIEW的牵引逆变器测试参数动态配置方法%A Method of Measurement Parameters Progeammatically Configuring for Traction Inverter Based on LabVIEW

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈明奎; 谭利红

    2011-01-01

    研究了一种在LabVIEW环境中实现测试参数动态配置的方法,重点阐述了实现测试界面上参数动态修改的方法.该方法中运用VI引用、属性节点调用、控件引用索引、引用的特定类转换等LabVIEW高级编程技术.测试系统中加入了动态参数配置模块,扩大了软件的适用范围,有利于软件的模块化和复用.%A method of measurement parameters programmatically configuring based on LabVIEW was introduced. The technique of modifying measurement paramerter in human machine interface was discussed in detail, in which many advanced programming techniques. for example, applying VI reference, property node calling, controls references indexing, genetic referece converting to specific reference, were applied The module of measurement parameters programmatically configuring in measurement system extended the software's suitable scope and is beneficial to software's modularzation and reuse.

  2. Study on limiting efficiencies of a-Si:H/μc-Si:H-based single-nanowire solar cells under single and tandem junction configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhai, Xiongfei; Cao, Guoyang; Wu, Shaolong; Shang, Aixue; Li, Xiaofeng

    2015-11-01

    Detailed balance calculations are presented for a-Si:H/μc-Si:H-based single- and tandem-junction single-nanowire solar cells (S- and T-SNSCs). Our study is based on three-dimensional finite-element electromagnetic simulation and thermodynamic balanced analysis, which includes radiative and Auger recombinations simultaneously. We quantify and compare the limiting short-circuit current densities, open-circuit voltages, and light-conversion efficiencies of these highly compact photovoltaic cells, addressing especially the effect of Auger recombination on the open-circuit voltages of SNSCs. Results show that tandem design leads to much higher light-conversion capability than μc-Si:H S-SNSCs, but exhibits superior performance than a-Si:H S-SNSCs only for cells with large radii.

  3. Study on limiting efficiencies of a-Si:H/μc-Si:H-based single-nanowire solar cells under single and tandem junction configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhai, Xiongfei; Cao, Guoyang; Wu, Shaolong, E-mail: shaolong-wu@suda.edu.cn, E-mail: xfli@suda.edu.cn; Shang, Aixue; Li, Xiaofeng, E-mail: shaolong-wu@suda.edu.cn, E-mail: xfli@suda.edu.cn [College of Physics, Optoelectronics and Energy & Collaborative Innovation Center of Suzhou Nano Science and Technology, Soochow University, Suzhou 215006 (China); Key Lab of Advanced Optical Manufacturing Technologies of Jiangsu Province and Key Lab of Modern Optical Technologies of Education Ministry of China, Soochow University, Suzhou 215006 (China)

    2015-11-02

    Detailed balance calculations are presented for a-Si:H/μc-Si:H-based single- and tandem-junction single-nanowire solar cells (S- and T-SNSCs). Our study is based on three-dimensional finite-element electromagnetic simulation and thermodynamic balanced analysis, which includes radiative and Auger recombinations simultaneously. We quantify and compare the limiting short-circuit current densities, open-circuit voltages, and light-conversion efficiencies of these highly compact photovoltaic cells, addressing especially the effect of Auger recombination on the open-circuit voltages of SNSCs. Results show that tandem design leads to much higher light-conversion capability than μc-Si:H S-SNSCs, but exhibits superior performance than a-Si:H S-SNSCs only for cells with large radii.

  4. Configuration interaction studies on the spectroscopic properties of PbO including spin–orbit coupling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Luo; Rui, Li; Zhiqiang, Gai; RuiBo, Ai; Hongmin, Zhang; Xiaomei, Zhang; Bing, Yan

    2016-07-01

    Lead oxide (PbO), which plays the key roles in a range of research fields, has received a great deal of attention. Owing to the large density of electronic states and heavy atom Pb including in PbO, the excited states of the molecule have not been well studied. In this work, high level multireference configuration interaction calculations on the low-lying states of PbO have been carried out by utilizing the relativistic effective core potential. The effects of the core-valence correlation correction, the Davidson modification, and the spin–orbital coupling on the electronic structure of the PbO molecule are estimated. The potential energy curves of 18 Λ-S states correlated to the lowest dissociation limit (Pb (3Pg) + O(3Pg)) are reported. The calculated spectroscopic parameters of the electronic states below 30000 cm‑1, for instance, X1Σ+, 13Σ+, and 13Σ‑, and their spin–orbit coupling interaction, are compared with the experimental results, and good agreements are derived. The dipole moments of the 18 Λ-S states are computed with the configuration interaction method, and the calculated dipole moments of X1Σ+ and 13Σ+ are consistent with the previous experimental results. The transition dipole moments from 11Π, 21Π, and 21Σ+ to X1Σ+ and other singlet excited states are estimated. The radiative lifetime of several low-lying vibrational levels of 11Π, 21Π, and 21Σ+ states are evaluated. Project supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant Nos. 11404180 and 11574114), the Natural Science Foundation of Heilongjiang Province, China (Grant No. A2015010), the University Nursing Program for Young Scholars with Creative Talents in Heilongjiang Province, China (Grant No. UNPYSCT-2015095), and the Natural Science Foundation of Jilin Province, China (Grant No. 20150101003JC).

  5. Configuration interaction studies on the spectroscopic properties of PbO including spin orbit coupling

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    罗旺; 李瑞; 盖志强; 艾瑞波; 张宏民; 张晓美; 闫冰

    2016-01-01

    Lead oxide (PbO), which plays the key roles in a range of research fields, has received a great deal of attention. Owing to the large density of electronic states and heavy atom Pb including in PbO, the excited states of the molecule have not been well studied. In this work, high level multireference configuration interaction calculations on the low-lying states of PbO have been carried out by utilizing the relativistic effective core potential. The effects of the core-valence correlation correction, the Davidson modification, and the spin–orbital coupling on the electronic structure of the PbO molecule are estimated. The potential energy curves of 18Λ-S states correlated to the lowest dissociation limit (Pb (3Pg)+O(3Pg)) are reported. The calculated spectroscopic parameters of the electronic states below 30000 cm−1, for instance, X1Σ+, 13Σ+, and 13Σ−, and their spin–orbit coupling interaction, are compared with the experimental results, and good agreements are derived. The dipole moments of the 18Λ-S states are computed with the configuration interaction method, and the calculated dipole moments of X1Σ+and 13Σ+are consistent with the previous experimental results. The transition dipole moments from 11Π, 21Π, and 21Σ+to X1Σ+and other singlet excited states are estimated. The radiative lifetime of several low-lying vibrational levels of 11Π, 21Π, and 21Σ+states are evaluated.

  6. 基于小波包分解的风电混合储能容量配置方法%Wind power hybrid energy storage capacity configuration based on wavelet packet decomposition

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    卢芸; 徐骏

    2016-01-01

    This paper sets up a method of hybrid energy storage capacity configuration based on wavelet packet decomposition. Wind power is firstly decomposed into low frequency section and high frequency section by wavelet packet decomposition, and using low frequency section as the target of grid-connected power while high frequency section is divided into medium-high and highest on the base of the complementary property of battery and super-capacitor. Besides, the method of Gaussian approximation is adopted to fit the probability density function so that the capacity configuration of energy storage system can be calculated finally. The hybrid energy storage system simulation model is set up based on Matlab/Simulink. So the effectiveness of the capacity configuration can be verified by the fluctuation range and the state of charge (SOC) of energy storage system.%提出了一种基于小波包分解的风电混合储能容量配置方法。该方法对风电输出功率进行小波包分解,将其分解为低频部分和高频部分,采用低频部分作为并网目标功率,根据蓄电池和超级电容器的互补特性,分别用其平抑次高频部分和最高频部分。通过高斯逼近法拟合波动功率的概率密度函数,进而得出混合储能系统的容量。在 Matlab/Simulink 平台上搭建混合储能系统仿真模型。通过风电并网点输出功率的平滑程度以及混合储能系统荷电状态波动范围的分析,验证了该容量配置的有效性。

  7. Bethe's quantum numbers and rigged configurations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anatol N. Kirillov

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available We propose a method to determine the quantum numbers, which we call the rigged configurations, for the solutions to the Bethe ansatz equations for the spin-1/2 isotropic Heisenberg model under the periodic boundary condition. Our method is based on the observation that the sums of Bethe's quantum numbers within each string behave particularly nicely. We confirm our procedure for all solutions for length 12 chain (totally 923 solutions.

  8. Computer Aided Aerodynamic Design of Missile Configuration

    OpenAIRE

    Panneerselvam, S; P. Theerthamalai; A.K. Sarkar

    1987-01-01

    Aerodynamic configurations of tactical missiles have to produce the required lateral force with minimum time lag to meet the required manoeuvability and response time. The present design which is mainly based on linearised potential flow involves (a) indentification of critical design points, (b) design of lifting components and their integration with mutual interference, (c) evaluation of aerodynamic characteristics, (d) checking its adequacy at otherpoints, (e) optimization of parameters an...

  9. Bethe's quantum numbers and rigged configurations

    OpenAIRE

    Kirillov, Anatol N.; Sakamoto, Reiho

    2016-01-01

    We propose a method to determine the quantum numbers, which we call the rigged configurations, for the solutions to the Bethe ansatz equations for the spin-1/2 isotropic Heisenberg model under the periodic boundary condition. Our method is based on the observation that the sums of Bethe's quantum numbers within each string behave particularly nicely. We confirm our procedure for all solutions for length 12 chain (totally 923 solutions).

  10. Solar hydrogen system configuration using genetic algorithms

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    For standalone power supply systems based on solar hydrogen technology to work efficiently, the photovoltaic generator and electrolyse stack have to be configured so that they produce the needed amount of hydrogen in order for the fuel cell to produce sufficient power to operate the load. This paper discusses how genetic algorithms were applied to optimise the design of the photovoltaic generator and electrolyser combination by searching for the best configuration in terms of number of parallel and series PV modules, number of electrolyser cells, and cell surface area. First, a mathematical simulation model based on the current-voltage PV characteristics and the polarisation characteristics of the electrolyser was developed. The models parameters were obtained by fitting the mathematical models to experimental data. A genetic code was then developed. The code id based on the PV and electrolyser models as an evaluation measures for the fitness of the solutions generated. Results are presented confirming the effectiveness of using the genetic algorithms technique for solar hydrogen system configuration.(author)

  11. Ringed accretion disks: equilibrium configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Pugliese, D

    2015-01-01

    We investigate a model of ringed accretion disk, made up by several rings rotating around a supermassive Kerr black hole attractor. Each toroid of the ringed disk is governed by the General Relativity hydrodynamic Boyer condition of equilibrium configurations of rotating perfect fluids. Properties of the tori can be then determined by an appropriately defined effective potential reflecting the background Kerr geometry and the centrifugal effects. The ringed disks could be created in various regimes during the evolution of matter configurations around supermassive black holes. Therefore, both corotating and counterrotating rings have to be considered as being a constituent of the ringed disk. We provide constraints on the model parameters for the existence and stability of various ringed configurations and discuss occurrence of accretion onto the Kerr black hole and possible launching of jets from the ringed disk. We demonstrate that various ringed disks can be characterized by a maximum number of rings. We pr...

  12. Kramers Pairs in configuration interaction

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Avery, John Scales; Avery, James Emil

    2003-01-01

    The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total ...... spin operator and with all of the symmetry operations which leave the core Hamiltonian of a many-electron system invariant. The theory is extended to cases where orthonormality of orbitals of different configurations cannot be assumed.......The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total...

  13. Kramers Pairs in Configuration Interaction

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Avery, John Scales; Avery, James Emil

    2003-01-01

    The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total ...... spin operator and with all of the symmetry operations which leave the core Hamiltonian of a many-electron system invariant. The theory is extended to cases where orthonormality of orbitals of different configurations cannot be assumed.......The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total...

  14. Remote Configuration Monitoring of Autonomous Information Processing Machine on LAN.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hema Thomas

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available Remote Information Configuration is advanced software for capturing automatically the configuration of Computers available in the LAN. The software will collect all the configuration of computers in the network and store the information in the Data Base. The configuration such as the Processor, Memory such as RAM and Hard Disk, System Software and Application software installed will be captured from remote and stored in the Data Base with the timestamp. Any change in the configuration will be captured on time to time basis and updated; this will bring in a change management control of the components. Provision for manual recording of owner of the computer asset and location details will be provided for Asset Management. This module will also include the process of allotment of asset, removal of asset, re-allotment of asset, new asset request management, asset procurement planning.

  15. Design and Implementation of General Data Import Based on Configuration File%基于配置文件的通用数据导入设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王春刚

    2011-01-01

    数据导入操作是实现不同系统间数据交换的重要环节,本文利用配置文件实现异构数据的灵活导入,解决面向具体应用的问题.在综合教务管理信息系统中的成功应用验证了该方法的有效性.%Data import is key to data exchange between systems. The design based on configuration file can implicate heterogeneous data import and solve the problems of special application-oriented. The success of applying this method into the comprehensive teaching and administration system proves that it is effective.

  16. Configuration of distributed message converter systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Risse, Thomas; Aberer, Karl; Wombacher, Andreas; Surridge, Mike; Taylor, Stephen

    2004-01-01

    Finding a configuration of a distributed system satisfying performance goals is a complex search problem that involves many design parameters, like hardware selection, job distribution and process configuration. Performance models are a powerful tool to analyze potential system configurations, howev

  17. Configuration of the Jovian magnetosphere

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hill, T. W.; Dessler, A. J.; Michel, F. C.

    1974-01-01

    A model is presented in which the Jovian magnetosphere is severely inflated by the centrifugal stress of partially corotating plasma streaming out along field lines from the ionosphere. The model is consistent with observations reported from the Pioneer 10 encounter, including the disk-like field configuration, the diurnal modulation of trapped-particle fluxes, and the inferred departure from rigid corotation in the outer magnetosphere. The field configuration is closed on the dayside, but on the nightside the plasma can force the magnetic field open to form a planetary wind flowing in the antisolar direction.

  18. Topological complexity of configuration spaces

    OpenAIRE

    Farber, Michael; Grant, Mark

    2008-01-01

    The topological complexity TC(X) is a homotopy invariant which reflects the complexity of the problem of constructing a motion planning algorithm in the space X, viewed as configuration space of a mechanical system. In this paper we complete the computation of the topological complexity of the configuration space of n distinct points in Euclidean m-space for all m>1$ and n>1; the answer was previously known in the cases m=2 and m odd. We also give several useful general results concerning sha...

  19. Configuration spaces with summable labels

    OpenAIRE

    Salvatore, Paolo

    1999-01-01

    Let M be an n-manifold, and let A be a space with a partial sum behaving as an n-fold loop sum. We define the space C(M;A) of configurations in M with summable labels in A via operad theory. Some examples are symmetric products, labelled configuration spaces, and spaces of rational curves. We show that C(I^n,dI^n;A) is an n-fold delooping of C(I^n;A), and for n=1 it is the classifying space by Stasheff. If M is compact, parallelizable, and A is path connected, then C(M;A) is homotopic to the ...

  20. Model Counting in Product Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Kübler, Andreas; Küchlin, Wolfgang; 10.4204/EPTCS.29.5

    2010-01-01

    We describe how to use propositional model counting for a quantitative analysis of product configuration data. Our approach computes valuable meta information such as the total number of valid configurations or the relative frequency of components. This information can be used to assess the severity of documentation errors or to measure documentation quality. As an application example we show how we apply these methods to product documentation formulas of the Mercedes-Benz line of vehicles. In order to process these large formulas we developed and implemented a new model counter for non-CNF formulas. Our model counter can process formulas, whose CNF representations could not be processed up till now.

  1. Instance-specific algorithm configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Malitsky, Yuri

    2014-01-01

    This book presents a modular and expandable technique in the rapidly emerging research area of automatic configuration and selection of the best algorithm for the instance at hand. The author presents the basic model behind ISAC and then details a number of modifications and practical applications. In particular, he addresses automated feature generation, offline algorithm configuration for portfolio generation, algorithm selection, adaptive solvers, online tuning, and parallelization.    The author's related thesis was honorably mentioned (runner-up) for the ACP Dissertation Award in 2014,

  2. Configuration performance predication method of product family based on hierarchical support vector machine%基于递阶支持向量机的产品族配置性能预测

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    崔文华; 刘晓冰; 王伟; 王介生

    2013-01-01

    To predict the configuration performances of modular product family design accurately and quickly for judging whether to meet the diverse customer demand,a configuration performance prediction method of modular product family based on Hierarchical Support Vector Machine (H-SVM) was proposed.The new variant product performances were predicted through the data mining on the history database of typical product in the product family.The framework and basic procedure of configuration comprehensive performance prediction method based on H-SVM was introduced.An improved Shuffled Frog Leaping Algorithm (SFLA) was adopted to optimize the kernel function parameters and error penalty factors of SVM models,where the simulated annealing algorithm was used to increase local searching ability and convergence velocity.The method was verified on a developed modular paper currency sorter product family to assess the effectiveness of the proposed method.%为了准确而快速地对模块化产品族的配置性能进行预测,以判断其是否满足多样化的客户需求,提出了基于递阶支持向量机的模块化产品族配置性能预测方法.新配置产品性能通过对产品族中的典型产品历史数据库进行数据挖掘进行预测.介绍了基于递阶支持向量机的配置综合性能预测方法的预测框架和基本步骤,并提出一种改进混合蛙跳算法来优化支持向量化模型的核函数参数和误差惩罚因子,模拟退火算法用来提高算法的局部搜索能力和收敛速度.以某模块化设计的纸币清分机产品族为例,验证了所提评估策略的有效性.

  3. 基于拓扑构型的地毯图案生成方法%A Generation Method of Carpet Pattern Based on Topology Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    赵海英; 彭宏; 杨一帆; 徐正光

    2013-01-01

    Traditional fabric patterns generally contain certain basic elements which are characteristically distributed. However, the existing pattern generation methods based on characteristics and examples preserve neither the integrity of elements and structures in pattern, nor the information of styles and levels, such as distribution characteristics. Thus, taking Xinjiang carpet design as an example, an auto-generating method of patterns based on topological structure is presented. By interactively identifying patterns with different perception layers to serve as templates and extracting elements of the same class accurately by template-matching algorithm, pattern topological structure is generated. Then, appropriate patterns are extracted after the design of selection rules. Finally, the matrix mark method is used to embed the pattern. The experimental results show that the method not only solves the overlapping problem of pattern elements, but also generates beautifully-layered patterns that can express the composition, element image and color of the fabric prints, which can meet the design requirements of style inheritance.%传统的织物图案中通常包含按一定特征分布的基本元素,而现有基于特征和实例的图案生成方法难以保持图案中基本纹样元素与结构特征的完整性以及分布特征等基于风格层次的信息.文中以新疆地毯图案为例,提出一种基于拓扑构型的图案自动生成方法.将交互标识出的不同感知层的图案元素作为模板,并约束模板匹配算法较准确地提取同类图案元素,生成图案拓扑构型;再设计选择规则,提取合适的图案纹样.最后利用所提出的标识矩阵法进行纹样嵌图,结果表明,该方法不仅解决了图案元素重叠的问题,而且能生成体现织物图案的构图、元素形象和色彩的具有层次美感的图案,满足风格传承的设计要求.

  4. Silver nanoparticle-film based saturable absorber for passively Q-switched erbium-doped fiber laser (EDFL) in ring cavity configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ahmad, H.; Ruslan, N. E.; Ismail, M. A.; Ali, Z. A.; Reduan, S. A.; Lee, C. S. J.; Harun, S. W.

    2016-09-01

    We report a passive Q-switched erbium-doped fiber laser based on silver (Ag) nanoparticle thin-film saturable absorber (SA). The thin film was sandwiched between two fiber ferrules, which offer flexibility and easy integration into the ring cavity. Self-started and stable Q-switching is achieved at a central wavelength of 1558.7 nm within the C-band region. The repetition rate and pulse duration shows a typical Q-switched laser profile as we increase the pump power; the repetition rate increases from 19.471–74.074 kHz while pulse duration decreases from 8.88–3.2 µs. A signal-to-noise ratio value of 35 dB was obtained at 100 mW pump power. By using a balanced twin-detector method, the modulation depth and saturation intensity of the Ag nanoparticle thin film were measured to be 31.6% and 0.54 MW cm‑2 respectively. This result offers another alternative to the existing SA materials.

  5. Neural Network Based Active Disturbance Rejection Control of a Novel Electrohydraulic Servo System for Simultaneously Balancing and Positioning by Isoactuation Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qiang Gao

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available To satisfy the lightweight requirements of large pipe weapons, a novel electrohydraulic servo (EHS system where the hydraulic cylinder possesses three cavities is developed and investigated in the present study. In the EHS system, the balancing cavity of the EHS is especially designed for active compensation for the unbalancing force of the system, whereas the two driving cavities are employed for positioning and disturbance rejection of the large pipe. Aiming at simultaneously balancing and positioning of the EHS system, a novel neural network based active disturbance rejection control (NNADRC strategy is developed. In the NNADRC, the radial basis function (RBF neural network is employed for online updating of parameters of the extended state observer (ESO. Thereby, the nonlinear behavior and external disturbance of the system can be accurately estimated and compensated in real time. The efficiency and superiority of the system are critically investigated by conducting numerical simulations, showing that much higher steady accuracy as well as system robustness is achieved when comparing with conventional ADRC control system. It indicates that the NNADRC is a very promising technique for achieving fast, stable, smooth, and accurate control of the novel EHS system.

  6. Domain configuration changes under electric field-induced antiferroelectric-ferroelectric phase transitions in NaNbO3-based ceramics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We recently developed a feasible crystal chemistry strategy to stabilize the antiferroelectricity in NaNbO3 through a chemical substitution to decrease the tolerance factor and increase the average electronegativity of the system [Shimizu et al., Dalton Trans. 44, 10763 (2015) and Guo et al., J. Appl. Phys. 117, 214103 (2015)]. Two novel lead-free antiferroelectric (AFE) solid solutions, (1-x)NaNbO3-xCaZrO3 and (1-x)NaNbO3-xSrZrO3, have been found to exhibit the double polarization hysteresis typical of a reversible AFE ↔ ferroelectric (FE) phase transition. In this study, as demonstrated by (1-x)NaNbO3-xCaZrO3 system, the influence of chemical modification and electrical poling on the AFE/FE phase stability was investigated, primarily focusing on the microstructural and crystallographic evolutions. Together with the macroscopic polarization hysteresis measurements, a well-demonstrated structure-property relationship was presented. It was found that the CaZrO3 substitution into NaNbO3 can effectively destabilize the FE Q phase and correspondingly lead to a spontaneous reverting to AFE P phase. In contrast to the reversible AFE ↔ FE phase transition, the domain morphology evolution exhibits irreversible nature with a growing process of the orientational domains after applying electric field. Moreover, a multiple-zone axes electron diffraction map of P and Q phases has been summarized and is believed to be an efficient diagram to determine the AFE/FE nature of the NaNbO3-based systems

  7. Director configurations of nematic liquid crystalline droplets and corresponding configuration transitions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陆建明; 张红东; 丁建东; 杨玉良

    1996-01-01

    The director configurations of nematic liquid crystalline droplets and their corresponding configuration transitions were studied with Monte Carlo simulation in cubic lattices. The Lebwohl-Lasher (LL) nematogen potential was employed as the prototype of the nematic interaction between nearest-neighbor rodlike molecules. It has been found that the director configurations of nematic droplets change with the mode and strength of the interfacial interaction as well as temperature. Further description is given of the restructuring processes of spheric and elliptic nematic droplets subjected to different strengths of external fields. These results are, hence, helpful for understanding the display mechanism of polymer dispersed liquid crystal materials. The studies also demonstrate that Monte Carlo simulation based on LL model is an effective method for investigating the physics in the small systems of liquid crystal under confined geometries.

  8. Singlet and triplet excited states and intersystem crossing in free-base porphyrin: TDDFT and DFT/MRCI study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Perun, Serhiy; Tatchen, Jörg; Marian, Christel M

    2008-02-01

    Extensive time-dependent DFT (TDDFT) and DFT/multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) calculations are performed on the singlet and triplet excited states of free-base porphyrin, with emphasis on intersystem crossing processes. The equilibrium geometries, as well as the vertical and adiabatic excitation energies of the lowest singlet and triplet excited states are determined. Single and double proton-transfer reactions in the first excited singlet state are explored. Harmonic vibrational frequencies are calculated at the equilibrium geometries of the ground state and of the lowest singlet and triplet excited states. Furthermore, spin-orbit coupling matrix elements of the lowest singlet and triplet states and their numerical derivatives with respect to nuclear displacements are computed. It is shown that opening of an unprotonated pyrrole ring as well as excited-state single and double proton transfer inside the porphyrin cavity lead to crossings of the potential energy curves of the lowest singlet and triplet excited states. It is also found that displacements along out-of-plane normal modes of the first excited singlet state cause a significant increase of the , , and spin-orbit coupling matrix elements. These phenomena lead to efficient radiationless deactivation of the lowest excited states of free-base porphyrin via intercombination conversion. In particular, the S1-->T1 population transfer is found to proceed at a rate of approximately 10(7) s(-1) in the isolated molecule. PMID:18189251

  9. Sustainable Supply Chain Design: A Configurational Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Maryam Masoumik

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Designing the right supply chain that meets the requirements of sustainable development is a significant challenge. Although there are a considerable number of studies on issues relating to sustainable supply chain design (SSCD in terms of designing the practices, processes, and structures, they have rarely demonstrated how these components can be aligned to form an effective sustainable supply chain (SSC. Considering this gap in the literature, this study adopts the configurational approach to develop a conceptual framework that could configure the components of a SSC. In this respect, a process-oriented approach is utilized to classify and harmonize the design components. A natural-resource-based view (NRBV is adopted to determine the central theme to align the design components around. The proposed framework presents three types of SSC, namely, efficient SSC, innovative SSC, and reputed SSC. The study culminates with recommendations concerning the direction for future research.

  10. Use of density functional theory orbitals in the GVVPT2 variant of second-order multistate multireference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hoffmann, Mark R; Helgaker, Trygve

    2015-03-01

    A new variation of the second-order generalized van Vleck perturbation theory (GVVPT2) for molecular electronic structure is suggested. In contrast to the established procedure, in which CASSCF or MCSCF orbitals are first obtained and subsequently used to define a many-electron model (or reference) space, the use of an orbital space obtained from the local density approximation (LDA) variant of density functional theory is considered. Through a final, noniterative diagonalization of an average Fock matrix within orbital subspaces, quasicanonical orbitals that are otherwise indistinguishable from quasicanonical orbitals obtained from a CASSCF or MCSCF calculation are obtained. Consequently, all advantages of the GVVPT2 method are retained, including use of macroconfigurations to define incomplete active spaces and rigorous avoidance of intruder states. The suggested variant is vetted on three well-known model problems: the symmetric stretching of the O-H bonds in water, the dissociation of N2, and the stretching of ground and excited states C2 to more than twice the equilibrium bond length of the ground state. It is observed that the LDA-based GVVPT2 calculations yield good results, of comparable quality to conventional CASSCF-based calculations. This is true even for the C2 model problem, in which the orbital space for each state was defined by the LDA orbitals. These results suggest that GVVPT2 can be applied to much larger problems than previously accessible.

  11. Study of piping configurations. [LMFBR

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pan, Y.; Rafer, A.; Ahmed, H.

    1980-01-01

    A study of piping and elbow flexibility is performed using an analytical approach and piping analysis computer programs ADLPIPE and MARC. The study focuses on pipe loop configurations commonly used to accommodate thermal expansion in such applications as Liquid Metal Fast Breeder Reactors.

  12. NCCDS configuration management process improvement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shay, Kathy

    1993-01-01

    By concentrating on defining and improving specific Configuration Management (CM) functions, processes, procedures, personnel selection/development, and tools, internal and external customers received improved CM services. Job performance within the section increased in both satisfaction and output. Participation in achieving major improvements has led to the delivery of consistent quality CM products as well as significant decreases in every measured CM metrics category.

  13. Product Configuration Systems and Productivity

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Pedersen, Jørgen Lindgaard; Edwards, Kasper

    2004-01-01

    Twelve companies have been interviewed with the purpose to get information about technical, economic and organisational matters in respect of Product Configuration Systems (PCS).Combinations of qualitative interviews and quantitative scoring have been used in ranking expected and realized results...

  14. Inversion and Configuration of Faces.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bartlett, James C.; Searcy, Jean

    1993-01-01

    The Thatcher illusion, in which the inverted mouth and eyes of a face appear grotesque when upright, but not when the whole configuration is inverted, was studied in 3 experiments involving 89 undergraduates. Results suggest that the illusion represents a disruption of encoding of holistic information when faces are inverted. (SLD)

  15. Warehouse Simulation Through Model Configuration

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verriet, J.H.; Hamberg, R.; Caarls, J.; Wijngaarden, B. van

    2013-01-01

    The pre-build development of warehouse systems leads from a specific customer request to a specific customer quotation. This involves a process of configuring a warehouse system using a sequence of steps that contain increasingly more details. Simulation is a helpful tool in analyzing warehouse desi

  16. Bayesian image restoration, using configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thorarinsdottir, Thordis

    configurations are expressed in terms of the mean normal measure of the random set. These probabilities are used as prior probabilities in a Bayesian image restoration approach. Estimation of the remaining parameters in the model is outlined for salt and pepper noise. The inference in the model is discussed...

  17. Bayesian image restoration, using configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thorarinsdottir, Thordis Linda

    2006-01-01

    configurations are expressed in terms of the mean normal measure of the random set. These probabilities are used as prior probabilities in a Bayesian image restoration approach. Estimation of the remaining parameters in the model is outlined for the salt and pepper noise. The inference in the model is discussed...

  18. 云计算中nosql集群自动配置框架的研究与实现%Research and implementation of automatic configuration framework for nosql based on cloud computing

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    薛涛; 刘龙

    2015-01-01

    针对云计算中大数据的管理与存储需要手动扩展或释放资源,效率低下、成本高等问题,提出一种云计算环境下nosql数据自动配置管理解决方案,设计并实现有良好的伸缩性、自适应性、可扩展性,支持负载动态变化的nosql自动配置框架,该框架支持所有nosql数据库,广泛集成第三方云平台如亚马逊EC2、openstack、eucalyptus等。在该框架的基础上,实现了Nosman自动配置系统,经运行,该系统能够正常提供大数据的存储与管理,在保证用户SLA的情况下,能够随负载的动态变化自动配置nosql集群资源。%To deal with the problems of extending or releasing resources manually, low efficiency and high cost etc. on the management of big data for cloud computing, this paper puts forward a kind of nosql solution to manage data based on cloud computing. By designing and implementing an automatic configuration framework which has a good scalability, adaptability, scalability and accommodates rapid changes in load. This framework supports any nosql database to configure resources flexibly on the cloud platform, such as Amazon EC2, openstack, eucalyptus etc. . On the basis of this framework, this paper realizes an automatic configuration system called Nosman, which can provide normal storage and management for the big data. It ensures user’s SLA and can automatically allocate cluster resources with the dynamic change of load.

  19. The Application of the Greenhouse Control System Based on PLC and MCGS Configuration Software%PLC 和 MCGS 组态软件在温室控制中的应用

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张伏; 王唯; 张亚坤; 王俊; 李树强

    2014-01-01

    The greenhouse environment control is more and more attention because of the appropriate growth conditions of plant provided by the greenhouse .The greenhouse control system was designed by the PLC and MCGS configuration soft -ware , and the environmental parameters of the greenhouse was measured by the temperature sensor , the light sensor and the CO2 concentration sensor , and the measured value is sent to PLC , and the environmental parameters of the green-house was adjusted by the execution device based on the corresponding instruction compared with the set value by PLC , which can realize the intelligent , automatic control of the greenhouse .The configuration of the control system of the greenhouse was designed by MCGS configuration software , which can realize the functions included the dynamic demon-stration , the process monitoring , the data record , the curve display , and so on .The research will provide the design ba-sis for greenhouse environment control .%温室为植物生长提供了适宜的生长条件,温室环境控制越来越受到重视。为此,提出了基于 PLC 和MCGS组态软件的温室控制系统设计方案,采用温度传感器、光照传感器、CO2浓度传感器对温室中环境指标进行检测,并将测量值送入 PLC中,由PLC 将其与设定值进行比较,再发出相应的指令驱动执行设备来调节温室内的环境参数,从而实现温室的自动化控制。采用MCGS软件完成了控制系统的组态设计,实现了动态演示、过程监测、数据记录、曲线显示等功能,从而实现了控制系统操作的人性化和过程的可视化,为温室环境控制提供了设计基础。

  20. Development of All-purpose and Configurable IOS Software Engine Based on WPF%基于WPF的通用可配置式教员控制台软件引擎研发

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李方芳; 赵旭东; 卢伟文; 时振通

    2013-01-01

    教员控制台系统是飞行模拟器的总控制台,实现对模拟器整机的运行控制、实时状态监控等,是飞行模拟器的重要组成系统之一.根据不同用途的飞行模拟器应用特点,以及国内外主要飞行模拟器制造商的产品现状和技术特点,明确了教员控制台软件的功能需求,结合各种先进技术的发展,研发出了一套基于WPF(Windows Presentation Foundation)的通用可配置式教员控制台软件引擎,采用数据驱动的方式实现可编辑、可配置性,通过修改配置文件且不需要重新编译程序就能够在软件引擎的基础上快速地满足不同飞行模拟器对教员控制台软件的功能需求,缩短项目生产周期,节省人力物力,同时也便于项目后期维护.%Instructor Operating Station (IOS) is the center of command and monitor,which is one of the most important components of flight simulators,responsible for operational controlling and real-time status monitoring.According to the application requirements of various flight simulators,as well as the product status and technical characteristics of domestic and international flight simulator manufacturer,the functional requirements of IOS were confirmed.Combined with a variety of advanced technology development,the all-purpose and configurable IOS software engine based on WPF (Windows Presentation foundation) were designed and implemented,which can be editable and configurable through the way of data-driven.It can meet the requirements of IOS software in different flight simulator through modifying the configuration files without recompiling the program,therefore,it can shorten the project production cycle,save manpower and resources,maintain easily late in the project.

  1. Use of a convenient size-extensive normalization in multi-reference coupled cluster (MRCC) theory with incomplete model space: A novel valence universal MRCC formulation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We present in this paper a size-extensive formulation of a valence universal multi-reference coupled cluster (VU-MRCC) theory which uses a general incomplete model space (IMS). The earlier formulations by Mukherjee [D. Mukherjee, Chem. Phys. Lett. 125 (1986) 207] led to size-extensive Heff which was both connected and 'closed', thereby leading to size-extensive energies. However, this necessitated abandoning the intermediate normalization (IN) for the valence universal wave-operator Ω when represented as a normal ordered exponential cluster Ansatz Ω≡{exp(S)} with S as the cluster operator. The lack of IN stemmed from the excitation operator Sq-op which leads to excitations into the complementary model space by their action on at least one model function. The powers of Sq-op can in general bring a model function φi back to another model function φj, and this is the reason why Ω does not respect IN. Sq-op are all labelled by active orbitals only. To achieve connectivity of Heff, it must be a 'closed' operator. A closed operator is one which always produces a model function by its action on another model function. Since the decoupling conditions Lq-op=0, and Lop=0 for the transformed operator L=Ω-1HΩ would be in conflict with Ωq-op=1q-op, the model space projection of Ω, PΩP=P cannot be maintained for the normal ordered Ansatz. This leads to a somewhat awkward expression for Heff. Bera et al. [N. Bera, S. Ghosh, D. Mukherjee, S. Chattopadhyay, J. Phys. Chem. A 109 (2005) 11462] recently tried to simplify the expression for Heff, and accomplished this by introducing suitable counter-terms Xcl in Ω to enforce Ωcl=1cl. We show in this paper that Heff in this formulation leads to a disconnected Heff, though it is equivalent by a similarity transformation to a connected effective hamiltonian H∼eff. Guided by the insight gleaned from this demonstration, we have proposed in this paper a new form of the wave-operator which never generates any powers of Sq

  2. 基于本体映射的需求相似度产品配置研究%Research on Product Configuration of Requirement Similarity Ratio Based on Ontology Mapping

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    杨沁; 武珂; 唐伟; 卫道柱

    2013-01-01

    Considering the barriers of semantic communication between customer domain and product domain, and the advantages of ontology in semantic reasoning and information management, a method based on ontology mapping is presented to implement product configuration. For the inheritance and the innovation of product design, and the customer individual demand, a customer requirement ontology and product family case ontology are constructed. According to the optimum mapping decided by the similarity threshold, ontology constraints and context relations, the individual product configuration is realized quickly and precisely through calculating the similarity ratio among conception element of ontology, and the complexity of the product design process is reduced. Finally, an example of a car is presented to demonstrate the feasibility of the proposed method.%鉴于客户域与产品域间的语义沟通障碍,利用本体在语义推理、信息管理方面的优势提出了基于本体映射的产品配置方法.针对产品设计的继承性、创新性及客户的个性化需求,构建了客户需求本体和产品配置实例本体.通过本体中概念元素间的相似度计算,由相似度阀值、本体约束及上下文关系决定最优映射,最终实现了个性化产品的快速、准确配置,降低了产品设计过程的复杂性.最后,以某轿车的个性化产品为例说明该配置方法的可行性.

  3. 考虑运行风险的风电基地无功配置方法%An Approach to Configure Reactive Power in Wind Power Base Considering Operational Risk of Power Grid

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈宁; 房婷婷; 汤奕; 朱凌志; 陈梅; 汪宁渤; 吴福保

    2013-01-01

    针对大规模风电机组连续脱网事故,在简要分析风电基地故障演化过程的基础上,引入风险概念,提出了一种综合考虑无功补偿投资及运行成本、有功备用成本和切负荷成本的风电基地无功优化配置方法。该方法考虑系统中可调节的备用、可中断负荷等资源的协调,以事故过程可能产生的运行风险最小为优化目标,通过遗传算法求解得到风电基地无功优化配置方案。利用国内某实际电网数据,从经济型、并网点稳态电压水平和暂态电压特性3个方面,对比了所提方法与传统方法,结果表明所提方法能够有效提高系统运行经济性。%Due to the irrationality in configuration and control of reactive power in large-scale wind power bases, in recent years many accidents of large-scale grid-disconnection of wind power generation units continually occur home and abroad. In allusion to it, on the basis of analyzing the evolutionary process of fault occurred in wind power base in brief and leading in the concept of risk, an approach to configure reactive power in wind power based, in which the investment for reactive power compensation devices and their operational cost, the cost for active power reserve and the cost for load shedding are synthetically considered, is proposed. In the proposed approach, the coordination of resources such as adjustable reserve and interruptible load are considered, and the minimum risk possibly caused by fault process is taken as the optimization objective, utilizing genetic algorithm the reactive power in wind power base is attained and then the optimized reactive power configuration scheme can be implemented. Finally, based on the data from a certain power grid in China, the proposed approach and are compared with traditional method in three aspect, namely economy, steady state voltage level at grid-connected point and transient voltage characteristics, and comparison results

  4. Configurational Information as Potentially Negative Entropy: The Triple Helix Model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Loet Leydesdorff

    2008-10-01

    Full Text Available Configurational information is generated when three or more sources of variance interact. The variations not only disturb each other relationally, but by selecting upon each other, they are also positioned in a configuration. A configuration can be stabilized and/or globalized. Different stabilizations can be considered as second-order variation, and globalization as a second-order selection. The positive manifestations and the negative selections operate upon one another by adding and reducing uncertainty, respectively. Reduction of uncertainty in a configuration can be measured in bits of information. The variables can also be considered as dimensions of the probabilistic entropy in the system(s under study. The configurational information then provides us with a measure of synergy within a complex system. For example, the knowledge base of an economy can be considered as such a synergy in the otherwise virtual (that is, fourth dimension of a regime

  5. Double micropipettes configuration method of scanning ion conductance microscopy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhuang, Jian; Li, Zeqing; Jiao, Yangbohan

    2016-07-01

    In this paper, a new double micropipettes configuration mode of scanning ion conductance microscopy (SICM) is presented to better overcome ionic current drift and further improve the performance of SICM, which is based on a balance bridge circuit. The article verifies the feasibility of this new configuration mode from theoretical and experimental analyses, respectively, and compares the quality of scanning images in the conventional single micropipette configuration mode and the new double micropipettes configuration mode. The experimental results show that the double micropipettes configuration mode of SICM has better effect on restraining ionic current drift and better performance of imaging. Therefore, this article not only proposes a new direction of overcoming the ionic current drift but also develops a new method of SICM stable imaging.

  6. The ATLAS DAQ system online configurations database service challenge

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    This paper describes challenging requirements on the configuration service for the ATLAS experiment at CERN. It presents the status of the implementation and testing one year before the start of data taking, providing details of: . the capabilities of underlying OKS object manager to store and to archive configuration descriptions, its user and programming interfaces; . the organization of configuration descriptions for different types of data taking runs and combinations or participating sub-detectors; . the scalable architecture to support simultaneous access to the service by thousands of processes during the online configuration stage of ATLAS; . the experience with the usage of the configuration service during large scale tests, test beam, commissioning and technical runs. The paper also presents pro and contra of the chosen object-oriented implementation comparing with solutions based on pure relational database technologies, and explains why after several years of usage we continue with our approach

  7. Boundedness of Formation Configuration for Nonlinear Three-body Dynamics

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Peng; SONG Yongduan

    2011-01-01

    The configuration boundedness of the three-body model dynamics is studied for Sun-Earth formation flying missions. The three-body formation flying model is built up with considering the lunar gravitational acceleration and solar radiation pressure. Because traditional linearized dynamics based method has relatively lower accuracy, a modified nonlinear formation configuration analysis method is proposed in this paper. Comparative studies are carried out from three aspects, i.e., natural formation configuration with arbitrary departure time, initialization time and formation configuration boundedness, and specific initialization time for bounded formation configuration. Simulations demonstrate the differences between the two schemes,and indicate that the nonlinear dynamic method reduces the error caused by the model linearization and disturbance approximation, and thus provides higher accuracy for boundedness analysis, which is of value to initial parameters selection for natural three-body formation flying.

  8. Gas-solid Erosion on Bionic Configuration Surface

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HAN Zhiwu; ZHANG Junqiu; GE Chao; JIANG Jialian; REN Luquan

    2011-01-01

    A three levels orthogonal table- L9(34) was used, namely, impact angle, rotating speed, erodent size, and surface configuration were considered. The three bionic surface configurations are pit, groove, and ring. The experimental results indicate the experiment factors affecting erosive rate are, in their sequence of contribution, erodent size, impact angle, configuration, and rotating speed; the erosive rate increased with increase in rotating speed, erodent size; the erosion resistance of the sample with ring structure is higher than that of the other two samples. Based on this result, regression orthogonal experiment was carried out to select the optimal erosion resistance condition with respect to the ring bionic surface configuration. Regression equations between erosive rate and experimental factors of ring surface configurations were obtained.

  9. Measuring Multi-Configurational Character by Orbital Entanglement

    CERN Document Server

    Stein, Christopher J

    2016-01-01

    One of the most critical tasks at the very beginning of a quantum chemical investigation is the choice of either a multi- or single-configurational method. Naturally, many proposals exist to define a suitable diagnostic of the multi-configurational character for various types of wave functions in order to assist this crucial decision. Here, we present a new orbital-entanglement based multi-configurational diagnostic termed $Z_{s(1)}$. The correspondence of orbital entanglement and static (or nondynamic) electron correlation permits the definition of such a diagnostic. We chose our diagnostic to meet important requirements such as well-defined limits for pure single-configurational and multi-configurational wave functions. The $Z_{s(1)}$ diagnostic can be evaluated from a partially converged, but qualitatively correct, and therefore inexpensive density matrix renormalization group wave function as in our recently presented automated active orbital selection protocol. Its robustness and the fact that it can be ...

  10. Identification of configuration and boundaries of interplanetary magnetic clouds

    Science.gov (United States)

    Feng, H. Q.; Wu, D. J.; Chao, J. K.

    2006-07-01

    To study interplanetary magnetic clouds (IMCs), it is important to find their configurations and boundaries from the observed magnetic field data. This paper presents a novel method of identifying the configuration and boundaries of IMCs, wherein the interplanetary magnetic field data, which are measured in the Geocentric Solar Ecliptic (GSE) coordinate system, are converted into an IMC natural coordinate system that can more clearly display the configuration and boundaries of the IMC as a flux tube. The establishment of the natural coordinate system is based on the idea that the IMC is a flux rope with approximately constant α force-free field configuration. We also apply this method to analyze four IMCs observed by the Wind spacecraft. Two of them are identified as having the flux rope configuration lying in the ecliptic plane, and the other two are flux ropes vertical to the ecliptic plane. The results demonstrate that our method can work well for real IMCs.

  11. An approach for the development of visual configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Ladeby, Klaes Rohde

    2007-01-01

    -2002 and has during its operation since the beginning of 2003 delivered promising results. The lead-time for approval of quotations has been reduced and the percentages of first-time-completed and correct configuration sessions are increased thanks to an increased user-interaction, caused by the visualization......How can a visual configuration system be developed to support the specification process' in companies that manufacture customer tailored products? This article focuses on how visual configuration systems can be developed. The approach for developing visual configuration systems has been developed...... by Centre for Product Modelling (CPM) at The Technical University of Denmark. The approach is based on experiences from a visualization project in co-operation between CPM and the global provider of power protection American Power Conversion (APC). The visual configuration system was developed in 2001...

  12. The self-description data configuration model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abadie, Lana, E-mail: lana.abadie@iter.org [ITER Organization, Route de vinon sur Verdon, 13115 St Paul Lez Durance (France); Di Maio, Franck; Klotz, Wolf-Dieter; Mahajan, Kirti; Stepanov, Denis; Utzel, Nadine; Wallander, Anders [ITER Organization, Route de vinon sur Verdon, 13115 St Paul Lez Durance (France)

    2012-12-15

    Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer We use the relational model to represent the configuration data for ITER. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer We explain the different modeled views namely physical, functional and control. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer We explain how this information is used to generate configuration files. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer We explain that this information is validated. - Abstract: ITER will consist of roughly 160 plant systems I and C delivered in kind which need to be integrated into the ITER control infrastructure. To make the integration of all these plant systems I and C, a smooth operation, the CODAC (Controls, Data Access and Communications) group release every year the core software environment which consists of many applications. In this paper we would like to describe what configuration data and how it is modeled in the version 2. The model is based on three views, the physical one which lists the components with their signals, the functional view which describes the control functions and variables required to implement them and the control view which links the two previous views. We use Hibernate as an ORM (Object Relational Mapping) framework with a PostgreSQL database and Spring as a framework to handle transactions.

  13. On configuration spaces of hard spheres

    CERN Document Server

    Baryshnikov, Yuliy; Kahle, Matthew

    2011-01-01

    We study configuration spaces of hard spheres in a bounded region. We develop a general Morse-theoretic framework, and show that mechanically balanced configurations play the role of critical points. As an application, we find the precise threshold radius for a configuration space to be homotopy equivalent to the configuration space of points.

  14. 基于用户异常等级的虚拟机动态防御等级配置策略%CONFIGURATION STRATEGY OF DYNAMIC DEFENSE LEVELS FOR VIRTUAL MACHINE BASED ON USER ABNORMAL LEVEL

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    万贻敏; 陈宁江; 朱莉蓉

    2015-01-01

    Cloud computing is facing severe safety challenges because of its open operation environment.Traditional instruction detection system (IDS)can no longer fully adapt to new computing network environment,such as cloud computing.In view of that the end-user’s credibility has significant impact on the credibility of virtual machine,we present a user abnormal level-based dynamic configuration strategy of defense levels for virtual machines by making use of the credibility mechanism of dynamic behaviour and the idea of social trust.First,the strategy uses sliding window-based behaviour assessment mechanism to assess user’s behaviour,then based on the assessment result it divides the virtual machine the user located into different safety level domains.At last,it realises the dynamic configuration of safety levels of virtual machine through domain division rules chain,which greatly improves the efficiency of IDS.Simulation experiment shows that the proposed multi-level defense mechanism has good reliability.%云计算环境下,开放的运行环境使其面临重大的安全挑战,传统的入侵检测系统已经不能完全适合云计算等新型计算网络环境。鉴于终端用户的可信性对虚拟机可信性的影响,利用动态的行为可信性机制和社会信任的思想,提出一种基于用户异常等级的虚拟机防御等级动态配置策略。首先,利用滑动窗口行为评估机制评估用户行为,然后根据评估结果将用户所在的虚拟机划分为不同安全等级域,最后,通过分域规则链机制实现虚拟机安全等级的动态配置,有效提高入侵检测系统的效率。模拟实验表明,提出的多等级的防御机制具有良好的可靠性。

  15. Knowledge Engineering for Embedded Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur

    2008-01-01

    . Simplifications of the internal workings are both due to hardware- and application-induced configuration taking place both within the overall system and in each subsystem. By relating parameters in such a way, the number of user inputs or decision variables should decrease drastically, thus increasing the overall...... usability of the installation. In our case, we have rationalized that this should be done with embedded configuration, and the expected result is enhanced usability. The suggested method is deeply rooted in system theory. It draws on the emergent properties expected from the system, and tries to embed...... that have been treated with extreme postponement, meaning that variance is given with variables while installing. Variables here can be both software- and hardware-like in nature. These variables are defined as decision variables, and it is the reduction of these variables that is the overall goal. The next...

  16. Model Counting in Product Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Andreas Kübler

    2010-07-01

    Full Text Available We describe how to use propositional model counting for a quantitative analysis of product configuration data. Our approach computes valuable meta information such as the total number of valid configurations or the relative frequency of components. This information can be used to assess the severity of documentation errors or to measure documentation quality. As an application example we show how we apply these methods to product documentation formulas of the Mercedes-Benz line of vehicles. In order to process these large formulas we developed and implemented a new model counter for non-CNF formulas. Our model counter can process formulas, whose CNF representations could not be processed up till now.

  17. Configuring Symantec AntiVirus

    CERN Document Server

    Shimonski, Robert

    2003-01-01

    This is the only book that will teach system administrators how to configure, deploy, and troubleshoot Symantec Enterprise Edition in an enterprise network. The book will reflect Symantec''s philosophy of "Centralized Antivirus Management." For the same reasons that Symantec bundled together these previously separate products, the book will provide system administrators with a holistic approach to defending their networks from malicious viruses. This book will also serve as a Study Guide for those pursuing Symantec Product Specialist Certifications.Configuring Symantec AntiVirus Enterprise Edition contains step-by-step instructions on how to Design, implement and leverage the Symantec Suite of products in the enterprise.ØFirst book published on market leading product and fast-growing certification. Despite the popularity of Symantec''s products and Symantec Product Specialist certifications, there are no other books published or announced.ØLess expensive substitute for costly on-sight training. Symantec off...

  18. Configurational Prigogine-Defay ratio

    CERN Document Server

    Garden, Jean-Luc; Richard, Jacques; Wondraczek, L

    2010-01-01

    Classically, the Prigogine-Defay (PD) ratio involves differences in isobaric volumic specific heat, isothermal compressibility and isobaric thermal expansion coefficient between a super-cooled liquid and the corresponding glass at the glass transition. However, determining such differences by extrapolation of coefficients that have been measured for super-cooled liquid and glassy state, respectively, poses the problem that it does not take into account the non-equilibrium character of the glass transition. In this paper, we asses this old question by taking into account the gradual change of configurational contributions to the three thermodynamic coefficients upon varying temperature and pressure. Macroscopic non-equilibrium thermodynamics is applied to obtain a generalized form of the PD ratio. The classical PD ratio can then be taken as a particular case of this generalization. Under some assumptions, a configurational PD ratio (CPD ratio) can be expressed in terms of fictive temperature and fictive pressu...

  19. Enhancing diamond color center fluorescence via optimized plasmonic nanorod configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Szenes, Andras; Szabo, Lorant Zs; Szabo, Gabor; Csendes, Tibor; Csete, Maria

    2016-01-01

    Optimization of nanorod based configurations was realized to enhance fluorescence of NV and SiV color centers in diamond. Comparative study was performed on gold and silver nanorod based configurations optimized to enhance excitation and emission, as well as both phenomena simultaneously. Considerable excitation enhancement is achieved by silver nanorod, while both metals are appropriate to enhance emission. More significant improvement can be realized via silver nanorod at both wavelengths of both color centers. The optimal configuration is determined by preferences corresponding to the emission. Larger emission enhancement is achieved via both metals in case of SiV with respect to the NV center. Gold and silver nanorod based configurations making possible to improve SiV quantum efficiency by factor of 1.18 and 5.25 are proposed.

  20. Auralization of novel aircraft configurations

    OpenAIRE

    Arntzen, M.; Bertsch, E.L.; Simons, D.G.

    2015-01-01

    A joint initiative of NLR, DLR, and TU Delft has been initiated to streamline the process of generating audible impressions of novel aircraft configurations. The integrated approach adds to the value of the individual tools and allows predicting the sound of future aircraft before they actually fly. Hence, an existing process for the aircraft design and system noise prediction at DLR has been upgraded to generate the required input data for an aircraft auralization framework developed by NLR ...

  1. Drupal 7 Multi Sites Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Butcher, Matt

    2012-01-01

    Follow the creation of a multi-site instance with Drupal. The practical examples and accompanying screenshots will help you to get multiple Drupal sites set up in no time. This book is for Drupal site builders. It is assumed that readers are familiar with Drupal already, with a basic grasp of its concepts and components. System administration concepts, such as configuring Apache, MySQL, and Vagrant are covered but no previous knowledge of these tools is required.

  2. Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager

    CERN Document Server

    Sandbu, Marius

    2013-01-01

    This book is a step-by-step tutorial that guides you through the key steps in implementing best solutions for high availability and performance tuning. It is split into two distinct approaches: client and site side HA and optimization.Microsoft SCCM High Availability and Performance Tuning is for IT professionals and consultants working with Configuration Manager who wish to learn the skills to deploy a redundant and scalable solution.

  3. Theory of field reversed configurations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    This final report surveys the results of work conducted on the theory of field reversed configurations. This project has spanned ten years, beginning in early 1980. During this period, Spectra Technology was one of the leading contributors to the advances in understanding FRC. The report is organized into technical topic areas, FRC formation, equilibrium, stability, and transport. Included as an appendix are papers published in archival journals that were generated in the course of this report. 33 refs

  4. 基于组态技术的路灯远程监控系统设计与实现%Design and Implementation of a Remote Monitoring System for Street Lighting Based on Configuration Technology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张晓华; 罗进; 王梓儒; 郭源博

    2015-01-01

    To improve the energy efficiency and intelligent management level of the municipal lighting system, a remote monitoring system for street lighting based on configuration technology is designed. Using configuration software as the developing platform, the system builds an excellent operating interface both in man-machine friendliness and intelligent control. The compensating street lamp economizer based on S7-200 PLC is used to control street lights, improving the energy-saving rate in two stages of equipment composition and control strategy. For transmission networks, GPRS and ZigBee are combined to build a distributed system, which enables data collections and terminal operations more rapid and stable, thus achieving a variety of functions such as synchronous monitoring, rapid alarming, automatic operation and data management, etc. The system has been operating reliably in Harbin for 2 years with an over 50% energy-saving rate, effectively decreases the cost of labor inspections and maintenance and promotes the intelligent management level.%为提高市政照明系统的节能效率与智能化管理水平,设计了一种基于组态技术的路灯远程监控系统。该系统以工控组态软件作为远程监控系统开发平台,构建一个人机友好性与智能化管控俱佳的操作环境;利用基于 S7-200 PLC 的补偿式路灯节能器对路灯进行现场控制和管理,在设备组成和控制策略2个层面上提高节能效果;采用 GPRS和 ZigBee 相结合的网络架构作为媒介构建分布式数据传输体系,使远程监控系统能快速且稳定地完成终端数据采集和运行控制,实现实时监控、快速报警、自动运行和数据管理等多种功能。该系统已在哈尔滨市可靠运行2年,系统节能率提高至50%以上,有效减少了人工巡查和维护费用,提高智能化管理水平。

  5. Instant Apple Configurator how-to

    CERN Document Server

    Edge, Charles

    2013-01-01

    Filled with practical, step-by-step instructions and clear explanations for the most important and useful tasks. Get the job done and learn as you go. A how-To book with practical recipes accompanied with rich screenshots for easy comprehension.This book follows the Packt How-to approach, offering an informative yet practical guide that is easy to understand. The book takes a meticulous approach to providing quick and simple recipe-based solutions for security and deployment of iOS devices.""Instant Apple iOS Configurator Utility How-to"" book is ideal for anyone with a working knowledge in iO

  6. Tank monitor and control system (TMACS) software configuration management plan

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    GLASSCOCK, J.A.

    1999-05-13

    This Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP) describes the methodology for control of computer software developed and supported by the Systems Development and Integration (SD and I) organization of Lockheed Martin Services, Inc. (LMSI) for the Tank Monitor and Control System (TMACS). This plan controls changes to the software and configuration files used by TMACS. The controlled software includes the Gensym software package, Gensym knowledge base files developed for TMACS, C-language programs used by TMACS, the operating system on the production machine, language compilers, and all Windows NT commands and functions which affect the operating environment. The configuration files controlled include the files downloaded to the Acromag and Westronic field instruments.

  7. An automated approach to magnetic divertor configuration design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Blommaert, M.; Dekeyser, W.; Baelmans, M.; Gauger, N. R.; Reiter, D.

    2015-01-01

    Automated methods based on optimization can greatly assist computational engineering design in many areas. In this paper an optimization approach to the magnetic design of a nuclear fusion reactor divertor is proposed and applied to a tokamak edge magnetic configuration in a first feasibility study. The approach is based on reduced models for magnetic field and plasma edge, which are integrated with a grid generator into one sensitivity code. The design objective chosen here for demonstrative purposes is to spread the divertor target heat load as much as possible over the entire target area. Constraints on the separatrix position are introduced to eliminate physically irrelevant magnetic field configurations during the optimization cycle. A gradient projection method is used to ensure stable cost function evaluations during optimization. The concept is applied to a configuration with typical Joint European Torus (JET) parameters and it automatically provides plausible configurations with reduced heat load.

  8. High Energy Electron Confinement in a Magnetic Cusp Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Park, Jaeyoung; Sieck, Paul E; Offermann, Dustin T; Skillicorn, Michael; Sanchez, Andrew; Davis, Kevin; Alderson, Eric; Lapenta, Giovanni

    2014-01-01

    We report experimental results validating the concept that plasma confinement is enhanced in a magnetic cusp configuration when beta (plasma pressure/magnetic field pressure) is order of unity. This enhancement is required for a fusion power reactor based on cusp confinement to be feasible. The magnetic cusp configuration possesses a critical advantage: the plasma is stable to large scale perturbations. However, early work indicated that plasma loss rates in a reactor based on a cusp configuration were too large for net power production. Grad and others theorized that at high beta a sharp boundary would form between the plasma and the magnetic field, leading to substantially smaller loss rates. The current experiment validates this theoretical conjecture for the first time and represents critical progress toward the Polywell fusion concept which combines a high beta cusp configuration with an electrostatic fusion for a compact, economical, power-producing nuclear fusion reactor.

  9. Actively controlling coolant-cooled cold plate configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chainer, Timothy J.; Parida, Pritish R.

    2016-04-26

    Cooling apparatuses are provided to facilitate active control of thermal and fluid dynamic performance of a coolant-cooled cold plate. The cooling apparatus includes the cold plate and a controller. The cold plate couples to one or more electronic components to be cooled, and includes an adjustable physical configuration. The controller dynamically varies the adjustable physical configuration of the cold plate based on a monitored variable associated with the cold plate or the electronic component(s) being cooled by the cold plate. By dynamically varying the physical configuration, the thermal and fluid dynamic performance of the cold plate are adjusted to, for example, optimally cool the electronic component(s), and at the same time, reduce cooling power consumption used in cooling the electronic component(s). The physical configuration can be adjusted by providing one or more adjustable plates within the cold plate, the positioning of which may be adjusted based on the monitored variable.

  10. Equivariant Topology of Configuration Spaces

    OpenAIRE

    Blagojević, Pavle V. M.; Lück, Wolfgang; Ziegler, Günter M.

    2012-01-01

    We study the Fadell-Husseini index of the configuration space F(R^d,n) with respect to different subgroups of the symmetric group S_n. For p prime and d>0, we completely determine Index_{Z/p}(F(R^d,p);F_p) and partially describe Index{(Z/p)^k}(F(R^d,p^k);F_p). In this process we obtain results of independent interest, including: (1) an extended equivariant Goresky-MacPherson formula, (2) a complete description of the top homology of the partition lattice Pi_p as an F_p[Z_p]-module, and (3) a ...

  11. Stopped nucleons in configuration space

    CERN Document Server

    Bialas, Andrzej; Koch, Volker

    2016-01-01

    In this note, using the colour string model, we study the configuration space distribution of stopped nucleons in heavy-ion collisions. We find that the stopped nucleons from the target and the projectile end up separated from each other by the distance increasing with the collision energy. In consequence, for the center of mass energies larger than 6 or 10 GeV (depending on the details of the model) it appears that the system created is not in thermal and chemical equilibrium, and the net baryon density reached is likely not much higher than that already present in the colliding nuclei.

  12. Configuration optimization of space structures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Felippa, Carlos; Crivelli, Luis A.; Vandenbelt, David

    1991-01-01

    The objective is to develop a computer aid for the conceptual/initial design of aerospace structures, allowing configurations and shape to be apriori design variables. The topics are presented in viewgraph form and include the following: Kikuchi's homogenization method; a classical shape design problem; homogenization method steps; a 3D mechanical component design example; forming a homogenized finite element; a 2D optimization problem; treatment of volume inequality constraint; algorithms for the volume inequality constraint; object function derivatives--taking advantage of design locality; stiffness variations; variations of potential; and schematics of the optimization problem.

  13. Laser photography system: hardware configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Piszczek, Marek; Rutyna, Krzysztof; Kowalski, Marcin; Zyczkowski, Marek

    2012-06-01

    Solution presented in this article is a system using image acquisition time gating method. The time-spatial framing method developed by authors was used to build Laser Photography System (LPS). An active vision system for open space monitoring and terrorist threats detection is being built as an effect of recent work lead in the Institute of Optoelectronics, MUT. The device is destined to prevent and recognize possible terrorist threats in important land and marine areas. The aim of this article is to discuss the properties and hardware configuration of the Laser Photography System.

  14. ATLAS software configuration and build tool optimisation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rybkin, Grigory; Atlas Collaboration

    2014-06-01

    ATLAS software code base is over 6 million lines organised in about 2000 packages. It makes use of some 100 external software packages, is developed by more than 400 developers and used by more than 2500 physicists from over 200 universities and laboratories in 6 continents. To meet the challenge of configuration and building of this software, the Configuration Management Tool (CMT) is used. CMT expects each package to describe its build targets, build and environment setup parameters, dependencies on other packages in a text file called requirements, and each project (group of packages) to describe its policies and dependencies on other projects in a text project file. Based on the effective set of configuration parameters read from the requirements files of dependent packages and project files, CMT commands build the packages, generate the environment for their use, or query the packages. The main focus was on build time performance that was optimised within several approaches: reduction of the number of reads of requirements files that are now read once per package by a CMT build command that generates cached requirements files for subsequent CMT build commands; introduction of more fine-grained build parallelism at package task level, i.e., dependent applications and libraries are compiled in parallel; code optimisation of CMT commands used for build; introduction of package level build parallelism, i. e., parallelise the build of independent packages. By default, CMT launches NUMBER-OF-PROCESSORS build commands in parallel. The other focus was on CMT commands optimisation in general that made them approximately 2 times faster. CMT can generate a cached requirements file for the environment setup command, which is especially useful for deployment on distributed file systems like AFS or CERN VMFS. The use of parallelism, caching and code optimisation significantly-by several times-reduced software build time, environment setup time, increased the efficiency of

  15. Configuration of the LCD Controller & Driver Analysis Based on ARM & Linux Platform%ARM Linux平台下LCD控制器的配置及驱动分析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    韩金利

    2013-01-01

    The importance of LCD drive in Linux platform is introduced. The Samsung's 32-bit embed-ded microprocessor S3C2440A and LR043JC211 are presented for reference. By analyzing the interface circuit design of LCD display module and S3C2440 processor, this paper makes a detailed description of method and software configuration based on S3C-2440A the LCD controller. The LCD driver in the Linux is analyzed, and a verification method and the environment of experimental results are given as well.%介绍了linux平台下进行LCD驱动开发的重要性,以Samsung公司的32位嵌入式微处理器S3C2440A和LR043JC211为例,结合LCD显示模块与S3C2440处理器的接口电路设计,详细说明了基于S3C2440A处理器的LCD控制器的功能和软件配置方法,对Linux环境下LCD驱动进行分析,并给出了一种实验结果的验证环境与方法。

  16. An Information Configurable System for Human Resource Management Based on Cloud Computing%基于云计算的可配置人力资源管理信息系统

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    马鸿雁; 王继昌

    2014-01-01

    文中提出一种基于云计算的可配置人力资源管理信息系统,通过 RFID读写设备采集数据,将数据传输到云端,再利用云计算平台和SaaS服务架构,实现人力资源的集中式与分布式管理。该系统能有效的抵御网络攻击,可在高等院校和企业中应用。%This paper presents a configurable human resource management information system based on cloud computing. It can collect data through the RFID read-write device and transmit data to the cloud. With the aid of cloud computing platform and SaaS service architecture, centralized and distributed management of human resources can be implemented. This system can effectively resist attacks and can be applied in universities and enterprises.

  17. Comparative Study of Multiplet Structures of Mn4+ in K2SiF6, K2GeF6, and K2TiF6 Based on First-Principles Configuration-Interaction Calculations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Novita, Mega; Ogasawara, Kazuyoshi

    2012-02-01

    We performed first-principles configuration-interaction calculations of multiplet energies for Mn4+ in K2SiF6, K2GeF6, and K2TiF6 crystals. The results indicate that corrections based on a single-electron calculation are effective for the prediction of 4A2 → 4T2 and 4A2 → 4T1a transition energies, while such corrections are not necessary for the prediction of the 4A2 → 2E transition energy. The cluster size dependence of the multiplet energies is small. However, the 4A2 → 2E transition energy is slightly improved by using larger clusters including K ions. The theoretical multiplet energies are improved further by considering the lattice relaxation effect. As a result, the characteristic multiplet energy shifts depending on the host crystal are well reproduced without using any empirical parameters. Although K2GeF6 and K2TiF6 have lower symmetry than K2SiF6, the results indicate that the variation of the multiplet energy is mainly determined by the Mn-F bond length.

  18. Linux环境中基于云的DNS服务器的配置与优化%The Configuration and Optimization of DNS Server Based on the Cloud in Linux Environment

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郁胜尚; 李兰友; 王志明

    2013-01-01

    The Linux network operating system can provide a good platform for DNS server for its safety and stability. With the rapid transmission of network information,it is a bottleneck of the website promotion that how to make users access correspond-ing website faster.The configuration and optimization of DNS server based on the cloud can solve this problem.It can significant-ly improve some performance parameters such as DNS query delay,update delay,fault resilience,reliability and so on.%Linux网络操作系统以其出色的安全性与稳定性为DNS服务器提供了一个良好的平台,可是网络信息传递是迅速的,如何让用户更快地访问相对应的网站是网站推广的一个瓶颈。基于云的DNS服务器的配置与优化就是为了解决这种问题,使其DNS查询延迟、更新延迟、故障应变能力、可靠性等各方面性能都有着显著的提高。

  19. 基于Modbus协议多通信接口的工控组态软件PMSM控制%Multiple Communication Interface of Industrial Control Configuration Software PMSM Motor Control Based on Modbus Protocol

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张利国; 窦满峰

    2013-01-01

    为实现PMSM电机驱动控制与工控组态软件的无缝连接,满足工业控制中对电机实现智能控制的要求,设计并实现了基于Modbus_RTU串口通信协议的电机驱动控制与工控软件接口.针对通信接口的可扩展多选择性,提出一种设计方案和实现方法,采用高性能管脚可编程多协议收发器件MAX3160作为下位机通信芯片,设计了以TMS320F2812为处理器的硬件电路,研究了下位机C语言软件与上位机力控组态软件接口程序,实现了上位机数据建立、数据采集和动画链接.上位机工控软件与下位机硬件和软件的联机调试结果,达到设计要求.%In view of PMSM motor control and industrial control configuration software seamless connection and to meet the industrial control of the motor to achieve intelligent control requirements,a motor drive control and industrial control software interface based on the Modbus_RTU serial communication protocol was designed and realized.The design and implementation method according to the scalability and selectivity of communication interface were presented.High-performance pin programmable multi-protocol transceiver devices MAX3160 was used as the lower machine communication chip.DSP TMS320F2812 was taken as the processor hardware circuit and the interface procedures about C language software of lower machine and PC force control configuration software were studied.The computer data set,data acquisition and animation link were realized.The online debugging results show it can meet the design requirement.

  20. 利用COMSOL软件对1D-BPM电极影响的仿真及分析%Simulation Based on COMSOL for Effect of Electrode Configuration on 1D-BPM

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    高文宏; 马树元

    2012-01-01

    One-dimensional dimension binary-code phase modulator (1D-BPM) for speckle reduction in laser display system is designed based on Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3 (PMN-PT) and microelectromechnical system (MEMS) microfabrication technology.Mathematical model of 1D-BPM is built up,and the relationship between phase shift and electrical field applied by electrodes is deduced.Electrode configuration is investigated by simulation with finite element analysis.We find that the phase distribution across the gap between two electrodes depends not only on the electric field applied by electrodes,but also on the electrodes' configuration when their dimensions are on the submicron order.Electrodes corner effect is the significant factors for device design and optimization.%基于微机电系统(MEMS)微加工技术和Pb( Mg1/3 Nb2/3) O3-PbTiO3 (PMN-PT)电光材料设计的一维二进制码相位调制器(1D-BPM)可用于激光显示技术中的散斑消除.建立了1D-BPM数学模型,推导出电极在PMN-PT片内产生的电场和PMN-PT折射率变化导致通过的光束相位变化的关系.采用有限元分析方法仿真了电极几何尺寸对相位的影响,发现当电极尺寸在亚微米级时,两电极间相位分布不仅依赖于电极产生的电场大小,而且受到电极几何尺寸的影响.电极角效应是器件设计及优化时需考虑的重要因素.